diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'gcc/config/d30v')
| -rwxr-xr-x | gcc/config/d30v/abi | 234 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | gcc/config/d30v/d30v.c | 3514 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | gcc/config/d30v/d30v.h | 6245 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | gcc/config/d30v/d30v.md | 3910 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | gcc/config/d30v/libgcc1.asm | 193 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | gcc/config/d30v/t-d30v | 36 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | gcc/config/d30v/xm-d30v.h | 199 |
7 files changed, 0 insertions, 14331 deletions
diff --git a/gcc/config/d30v/abi b/gcc/config/d30v/abi deleted file mode 100755 index a434483..0000000 --- a/gcc/config/d30v/abi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v - -*- Text -*- - -This document describes the proposed ABI for the D30V processor. This is -revision 2 of the document. - -Revision history: - -Revision 1: - Original revision of this document. - -Revision 2: - Done after consultation with Mitsubshi about the calling sequence. - This revision now reduces the number of registers the compiler will not - touch from 18 registers down to 8. - - Register 1 is now a normal temporary register, since mvfacc rx,ay,32 is - legal. - - Arguments greater than 4 bytes must be passed in an even register or at - a double word alignment. - - The va_list type is a structure, not a char *. - - The stack must be aligned to 8 byte boundary. Doubles and long longs - must also be aligned to 8 byte boundaries. - - System calls are specified via trap 31. - -Revision 3: - I added discussion about compiler switches. - -Register usage: -=============== - - Registers Call Status Usage - --------- ----------- ----- - R0 hardware Hardwired to 0 - R1 volatile temp - R2 volatile Arg 1 and main return value. - R3 volatile Arg 2 and low bits of 64 bit returns - R4 - R17 volatile Args 3-16 - R18 volatile Static chain if used - R19 - R25 volatile temps - R26 - R33 saved Reserved for user use - R34 - R60 saved Registers preserved across calls - R61 saved Frame pointer if needed. - R62 saved Return address pointer (hardware) - R63 saved Stack pointer - CR0 - CR3 hardware {normal,backup} {psw,pc} - CR4 - CR6 hardware Reserved for future use - CR7 - CR9 volatile Repeat count, addresses - CR10 - CR11 saved Modulo start/end - CR12 - CR14 hardware Reserved for future use - CR15 - CR17 hardware Interrupt support - F0 - F1 volatile Execution flags - F2 - F3 volatile General flags - F4 - F7 volatile Special purpose flags - A0 volatile Accumulator - A1 saved Accumulator - -Notes on the register usage: -============================ - - 1) R61 will hold the frame pointer if it is needed. Normally the frame - pointer will not be needed, in which case this will become another - saved register. - - 2) Repeat instructions and delayed branches cannot cross call boundaries. - Similarly, all flags are assumed to not be preserved across calls. - - 3) Since so many registers are available, I reserved 8 registers (r26-r33) - for the user to use for any purpose (global variables, interrupt - routines, thread pointer, etc.). These registers will not be used by - the compiler for any purpose. - - 4) One of the two accumulators is saved across calls. - - 5) Doubles and long longs will only be allocated to even/odd register - pairs to allow use of the ld2w/st2w instructions. - -Miscellaneous call information: -=============================== - - 1) Structures are passed in registers, rounding them up to word - boundaries. - - 2) Any argument that is greater than word size (4 bytes) must be aligned - to a double word boundary and/or start in an even register. The - intention here is to be able to use the ld2w/st2w instructions for - moving doubles and long longs. - - 3) Variable argument functions are called with the same calling sequence - as non-variable argument functions. When called, a variable argument - function first saves the 16 registers (R2 - R17) used for passing - arguments. The va_list type is a structure. The first element of the - structure is a pointer to the first word saved on the stack, and the - second element is a number that gives which argument number is being - processed. - - 4) Word and double word sized structures/unions are returned in registers, - other functions returning structures expect a temporary area address to - be passed as the first argument. - - -The stack frame when a function is called looks like: - -high | .... | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #20 | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #19 | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #18 | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #17 | -low SP----> +-------------------------------+ - -After the prologue is executed, the stack frame will look like: - -high | .... | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #20 | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #19 | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #18 | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #17 | - Prev sp +-------------------------------+ - | | - | Save for arguments 1..16 if | - | the func. uses stdarg/varargs | - | | - +-------------------------------+ - | | - | Save area for preserved regs | - | | - +-------------------------------+ - | | - | Local variables | - | | - +-------------------------------+ - | | - | alloca space if used | - | | - +-------------------------------+ - | | - | Space for outgoing arguments | - | | -low SP----> +-------------------------------+ - -System Calls -============ - -System calls will be done using "TRAP 31". Input arguments will be in R2 - R5, -and the system call number will be in R6. Return values from the system call -will be in R2. Negative values of the return indicate the system call failed, -and the value is the negative of the error code. Here are the assigned system -call numbers (value in R6): - - exit 1 - open 2 - close 3 - read 4 - write 5 - lseek 6 - unlink 7 - getpid 8 - kill 9 - fstat 10 - (11 is reserved for sbrk) - argvlen 12 - argv 13 - chdir 14 - stat 15 - chmod 16 - utime 17 - time 18 - -Compiler Switches -================= - -The following d30v specific compiler switches are currently supported: - - -mextmem Link .text/.data/.bss/etc in external memory. - - -mextmemory Same as -mextmem. - - -monchip Link .text/.data/.bss/etc in the onchip data/text - memory. - - -mno-asm-optimize Do not pass -O to the assembler when optimizing (the -O - switch will mark two short instructions that don't - interfere with each other as being done parallel - instead of sequentially). - - -masm-optimize [default] If optimizing, pass -O to the assembler. - - -mbranch-cost=n Increase the internal costs of branches to n. Higher - costs means that the compiler will issue more - instructions to avoid doing a branch. The default is - 2. - - -mcond-exec=n Replace branches around n insns with conditional - execution if we can. Default is 4. - - -Sections -======== - -You can override the effect of the -mextmem/-monchip options by putting -functions into either the ".stext" or ".etext" sections. If you put them into -the ".stext" section, the linker will always link the function into the onchip -memory area. Similarly, if you put the function in the ".etext" section, the -linker will always link the function into the external memory area. - -Data can be controlled as well. If you put the data in the ".sdata" section, -the linker will put the data into the onchip data area. Similarly, if you put -the data in the ".edata" section, the linker will put the data into the -external memory. - - -Stack pointer -============= - -The crt0.o that we ship loads up the stack pointer with the value of the label -__stack. If you do not define a value for __stack, the linker will choose the -top of the onchip data area (0x20008000) for the stack pointer. You can set a -new value via the options: - - -Wl,-defsym,__stack=0x20008000 - -END CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v diff --git a/gcc/config/d30v/d30v.c b/gcc/config/d30v/d30v.c deleted file mode 100755 index 8e70c4a..0000000 --- a/gcc/config/d30v/d30v.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3514 +0,0 @@ -/* CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v */ -/* Definitions of target machine for use as an example. - Hack to fit. - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. - -This file is part of GNU CC. - -GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -any later version. - -GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to -the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#include "config.h" -#include "system.h" -#include "rtl.h" -#include "regs.h" -#include "hard-reg-set.h" -#include "real.h" -#include "insn-config.h" -#include "conditions.h" -#include "insn-flags.h" -#include "output.h" -#include "insn-attr.h" -#include "flags.h" -#include "recog.h" -#include "expr.h" -#include "obstack.h" -#include "tree.h" -#include "except.h" -#include "function.h" - -static void d30v_print_operand_memory_reference PROTO((FILE *, rtx)); -static void d30v_build_long_insn PROTO((HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx, rtx)); - -/* Define the information needed to generate branch and scc insns. This is - stored from the compare operation. */ - -struct rtx_def *d30v_compare_op0; -struct rtx_def *d30v_compare_op1; - -/* Define the information needed to modify the epilogue for EH. */ - -rtx d30v_eh_epilogue_sp_ofs; - -/* Cached value of d30v_stack_info */ -static d30v_stack_t *d30v_stack_cache = (d30v_stack_t *)0; - -/* Cache for __builtin_return_addr */ -static rtx d30v_return_addr_rtx; - -/* Values of the -mbranch-cost=n string. */ -int d30v_branch_cost = D30V_DEFAULT_BRANCH_COST; -char *d30v_branch_cost_string = (char *)0; - -/* Values of the -mcond-exec=n string. */ -int d30v_cond_exec = D30V_DEFAULT_MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE; -char *d30v_cond_exec_string = (char *)0; - -/* Whether or not a hard register can accept a register */ -unsigned char hard_regno_mode_ok[ (int)MAX_MACHINE_MODE ][FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; - -/* Whether to try and avoid moves between two different modes */ -unsigned char modes_tieable_p[ (NUM_MACHINE_MODES) * (NUM_MACHINE_MODES) ]; - -/* Map register number to smallest register class. */ -enum reg_class regno_reg_class[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; - -/* Map class letter into register class */ -enum reg_class reg_class_from_letter[256]; - - -/* Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make - sense on a particular target machine. You can define a macro - `OVERRIDE_OPTIONS' to take account of this. This macro, if - defined, is executed once just after all the command options have - been parsed. - - Don't use this macro to turn on various extra optimizations for - `-O'. That is what `OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS' is for. */ - -void -override_options () -{ - int regno, i, ok_p; - enum machine_mode mode1, mode2; - - /* Set up the branch cost information */ - if (d30v_branch_cost_string) - d30v_branch_cost = atoi (d30v_branch_cost_string); - - /* Set up max # instructions to use with conditional execution */ - if (d30v_cond_exec_string) - d30v_cond_exec = atoi (d30v_cond_exec_string); - - /* Setup hard_regno_mode_ok/modes_tieable_p */ - for (mode1 = VOIDmode; - (int)mode1 < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; - mode1 = (enum machine_mode)((int)mode1 + 1)) - { - int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode1); - int large_p = size > UNITS_PER_WORD; - int int_p = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode1) == MODE_INT; - - for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) - { - if (mode1 == VOIDmode) - ok_p = FALSE; - - else if (GPR_P (regno)) - { - if (!large_p) - ok_p = TRUE; - else - ok_p = (((regno - GPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0); - } - - else if (FLAG_P (regno)) - ok_p = (mode1 == CCmode); - - else if (CR_P (regno)) - ok_p = int_p && !large_p; - - else if (ACCUM_P (regno)) - ok_p = (mode1 == DImode); - - else if (SPECIAL_REG_P (regno)) - ok_p = (mode1 == SImode); - - else - ok_p = FALSE; - - hard_regno_mode_ok[ (int)mode1 ][ regno ] = ok_p; - } - - /* A C expression that is nonzero if it is desirable to choose - register allocation so as to avoid move instructions between a - value of mode MODE1 and a value of mode MODE2. - - If `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (R, MODE1)' and `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (R, - MODE2)' are ever different for any R, then `MODES_TIEABLE_P (MODE1, - MODE2)' must be zero. */ - for (mode2 = VOIDmode; - (int)mode2 <= NUM_MACHINE_MODES; - mode2 = (enum machine_mode)((int)mode2 + 1)) - { - if (mode1 == mode2) - ok_p = TRUE; - -#if 0 - else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode1) == MODE_INT - && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode1) <= UNITS_PER_WORD - && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode2) == MODE_INT - && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode2) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) - ok_p = TRUE; -#endif - - else - ok_p = FALSE; - - modes_tieable_p[ ((int)mode1 * (NUM_MACHINE_MODES)) + (int)mode2 ] = ok_p; - } - } - -#if 0 - for (mode1 = VOIDmode; - (int)mode1 < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; - mode1 = (enum machine_mode)((int)mode1 + 1)) - { - for (mode2 = VOIDmode; - (int)mode2 <= NUM_MACHINE_MODES; - mode2 = (enum machine_mode)((int)mode2 + 1)) - { - for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) - if (ok_p - && (hard_regno_mode_ok[(int)mode1][regno] - != hard_regno_mode_ok[(int)mode2][regno])) - error ("Bad modes_tieable_p for register %s, mode1 %s, mode2 %s", - reg_names[regno], GET_MODE_NAME (mode1), - GET_MODE_NAME (mode2)); - } - } -#endif - - /* A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard - register REGNO. In general there is more than one such class; - choose a class which is "minimal", meaning that no smaller class - also contains the register. */ - for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) - { - enum reg_class class; - - if (GPR_P (regno)) - class = (IN_RANGE_P (regno, GPR_FIRST+2, GPR_FIRST+62) - && ((regno - GPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0) ? EVEN_REGS : GPR_REGS; - - else if (regno == FLAG_F0) - class = F0_REGS; - - else if (regno == FLAG_F1) - class = F1_REGS; - - else if (FLAG_P (regno)) - class = OTHER_FLAG_REGS; - - else if (ACCUM_P (regno)) - class = ACCUM_REGS; - - else if (regno == CR_RPT_C) - class = REPEAT_REGS; - - else if (CR_P (regno)) - class = CR_REGS; - - else if (SPECIAL_REG_P (regno)) - class = GPR_REGS; - - else - class = NO_REGS; - - regno_reg_class[regno] = class; - -#if 0 - { - static char *names[] = REG_CLASS_NAMES; - fprintf (stderr, "Register %s class is %s, can hold modes", reg_names[regno], names[class]); - for (mode1 = VOIDmode; - (int)mode1 < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; - mode1 = (enum machine_mode)((int)mode1 + 1)) - { - if (hard_regno_mode_ok[ (int)mode1 ][ regno ]) - fprintf (stderr, " %s", GET_MODE_NAME (mode1)); - } - fprintf (stderr, "\n"); - } -#endif - } - - /* A C expression which defines the machine-dependent operand - constraint letters for register classes. If CHAR is such a - letter, the value should be the register class corresponding to - it. Otherwise, the value should be `NO_REGS'. The register - letter `r', corresponding to class `GENERAL_REGS', will not be - passed to this macro; you do not need to handle it. - - The following letters are unavailable, due to being used as - constraints: - '0'..'9' - '<', '>' - 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H' - 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P' - 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U' - 'V', 'X' - 'g', 'i', 'm', 'n', 'o', 'p', 'r', 's' */ - - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - reg_class_from_letter[i] = NO_REGS; - - reg_class_from_letter['a'] = ACCUM_REGS; - reg_class_from_letter['b'] = BR_FLAG_REGS; - reg_class_from_letter['c'] = CR_REGS; - reg_class_from_letter['d'] = GPR_REGS; - reg_class_from_letter['e'] = EVEN_REGS; - reg_class_from_letter['f'] = FLAG_REGS; - reg_class_from_letter['l'] = REPEAT_REGS; - reg_class_from_letter['x'] = F0_REGS; - reg_class_from_letter['y'] = F1_REGS; - reg_class_from_letter['z'] = OTHER_FLAG_REGS; -} - - -/* Return true if a memory operand is a short memory operand. */ - -int -short_memory_operand (op, mode_int) - register rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return (d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, XEXP (op, 0), reload_completed) - == 1); -} - -/* Return true if a memory operand is a long operand. */ - -int -long_memory_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return (d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, XEXP (op, 0), reload_completed) - == 2); -} - -/* Return true if a memory operand is valid for the D30V. */ - -int -d30v_memory_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return (d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, XEXP (op, 0), reload_completed) - != 0); -} - -/* Return true if a memory operand uses a single register for the - address. */ - -int -single_reg_memory_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx addr; - int regno; - - if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - addr = XEXP (op, 0); - if (! d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, addr, reload_completed)) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (addr) == SUBREG) - addr = SUBREG_REG (addr); - - return (GET_CODE (addr) == REG); -} - -/* Return true if a memory operand uses a constant address. */ - -int -const_addr_memory_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (! d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, XEXP (op, 0), reload_completed)) - return FALSE; - - switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0))) - { - default: - break; - - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST_INT: - case CONST: - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a memory reference suitable for a call. */ - -int -call_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (! d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, XEXP (op, 0), reload_completed)) - return FALSE; - - switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0))) - { - default: - break; - - case SUBREG: - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - /* fall through */ - - case REG: - return (GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (XEXP (op, 0)))); - - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST_INT: - case CONST: - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a GPR register. */ - -int -gpr_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is an accumulator register. */ - -int -accum_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return ACCUM_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is a GPR or an accumulator register. */ - -int -gpr_or_accum_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - if (ACCUM_P (REGNO (op))) - return TRUE; - - return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is a CR register. */ - -int -cr_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return CR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is the repeat count register. */ - -int -repeat_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return (REGNO (op) == CR_RPT_C || REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); -} - -/* Return true if operand is a FLAG register. */ - -int -flag_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return FLAG_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is either F0 or F1. */ - -int -br_flag_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return BR_FLAG_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is either F0/F1 or the constants 0/1. */ - -int -br_flag_or_constant_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT) - return (INTVAL (op) == 0 || INTVAL (op) == 1); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return BR_FLAG_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is either F0 or F1, or a GPR register. */ - -int -gpr_or_br_flag_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)) || BR_FLAG_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is the F0 register. */ - -int -f0_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return (REGNO (op) == FLAG_F0 || REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); -} - -/* Return true if operand is the F1 register. */ - -int -f1_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return (REGNO (op) == FLAG_F1 || REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); -} - -/* Return true if operand is the F1 register. */ - -int -carry_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - return (REGNO (op) == FLAG_CARRY || REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); -} - -/* Return true if operand is a register of any flavor or a 0 of the - appropriate type. */ - -int -reg_or_0_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - case REG: - case SUBREG: - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return register_operand (op, mode); - - case CONST_INT: - return INTVAL (op) == 0; - - case CONST_DOUBLE: - return CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0 && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) == 0; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a GPR register or a signed 6 bit immediate. */ - -int -gpr_or_signed6_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT) - return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -32, 31); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is a GPR register or an unsigned 5 bit immediate. */ - -int -gpr_or_unsigned5_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT) - return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), 0, 31); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is a GPR register or an unsigned 6 bit immediate. */ - -int -gpr_or_unsigned6_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - - if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT) - return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), 0, 63); - - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); -} - -/* Return true if operand is a GPR register or a constant of some form. */ - -int -gpr_or_constant_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - break; - - case CONST_INT: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - return TRUE; - - case SUBREG: - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - break; - - /* fall through */ - - case REG: - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a GPR register or a constant of some form, - including a CONST_DOUBLE, which gpr_or_constant_operand doesn't recognize. */ - -int -gpr_or_dbl_const_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - break; - - case CONST_INT: - case CONST_DOUBLE: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - return TRUE; - - case SUBREG: - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - break; - - /* fall through */ - - case REG: - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a gpr register or a valid memory operation. */ - -int -gpr_or_memory_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - break; - - case SUBREG: - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - break; - - /* fall through */ - - case REG: - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (op)); - - case MEM: - return d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, XEXP (op, 0), reload_completed); - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is something that can be an input for a move - operation. */ - -int -move_input_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - break; - - case CONST_INT: - case CONST_DOUBLE: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - return TRUE; - - case SUBREG: - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - break; - - return TRUE; - - case REG: - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; - - case MEM: - if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ADDRESSOF) - return TRUE; - return d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, XEXP (op, 0), - reload_completed); - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is something that can be an output for a move - operation. */ - -int -move_output_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - break; - - case SUBREG: - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - op = SUBREG_REG (op); - if (GET_CODE (op) != REG) - break; - - return TRUE; - - case REG: - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; - - case MEM: - if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ADDRESSOF) - return TRUE; - return d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, XEXP (op, 0), - reload_completed); - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a signed 6 bit immediate. */ - -int -signed6_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT) - return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), -32, 31); - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is an unsigned 5 bit immediate. */ - -int -unsigned5_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT) - return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), 0, 31); - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is an unsigned 6 bit immediate. */ - -int -unsigned6_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT) - return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (op), 0, 63); - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a constant with a single bit set. */ - -int -bitset_operand (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT) - return IN_RANGE_P (exact_log2 (INTVAL (op)), 0, 31); - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if the operator is a ==/!= test against f0 or f1 that can be - used in conditional execution. */ - -int -condexec_test_operator (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx x0, x1; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) != EQ && GET_CODE (op) != NE) - return FALSE; - - x0 = XEXP (op, 0); - if (GET_CODE (x0) != REG || !BR_FLAG_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (x0))) - return FALSE; - - x1 = XEXP (op, 1); - if (GET_CODE (x1) != CONST_INT || INTVAL (x1) != 0) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if the operator is a ==/!= test against f0, f1, or a general - register that can be used in a branch instruction. */ - -int -condexec_branch_operator (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx x0, x1; - int regno; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) != EQ && GET_CODE (op) != NE) - return FALSE; - - x0 = XEXP (op, 0); - if (GET_CODE (x0) != REG) - return FALSE; - - regno = REGNO (x0); - if (!GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (regno) && !BR_FLAG_P (regno)) - return FALSE; - - x1 = XEXP (op, 1); - if (GET_CODE (x1) != CONST_INT || INTVAL (x1) != 0) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if the unary operator can be executed with conditional - execution. */ - -int -condexec_unary_operator (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx op0; - - /* Only do this after register allocation, so that we can look at the register # */ - if (!reload_completed) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != '1') - return FALSE; - - op0 = XEXP (op, 0); - if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) - op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - break; - - case ABS: - case NEG: - case NOT: - if (GET_MODE (op) == SImode && GET_CODE (op0) == REG && GPR_P (REGNO (op0))) - return TRUE; - - break; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if the add or subtraction can be executed with conditional - execution. */ - -int -condexec_addsub_operator (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx op0, op1; - - /* Only do this after register allocation, so that we can look at the register # */ - if (!reload_completed) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != '2' && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != 'c') - return FALSE; - - op0 = XEXP (op, 0); - op1 = XEXP (op, 1); - - if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) - op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); - - if (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG) - op1 = SUBREG_REG (op1); - - if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) - return FALSE; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - break; - - case PLUS: - case MINUS: - return (GET_MODE (op) == SImode && GPR_P (REGNO (op0)) - && gpr_or_constant_operand (op1, SImode)); - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if the binary operator can be executed with conditional - execution. We don't include add/sub here, since they have extra - clobbers for the flags registers. */ - -int -condexec_binary_operator (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx op0, op1; - - /* Only do this after register allocation, so that we can look at the register # */ - if (!reload_completed) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != '2' && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != 'c') - return FALSE; - - op0 = XEXP (op, 0); - op1 = XEXP (op, 1); - - if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) - op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); - - if (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG) - op1 = SUBREG_REG (op1); - - if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) - return FALSE; - - /* MULT is not included here, because it is an IU only instruction. */ - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - case AND: - case IOR: - case XOR: - case ASHIFTRT: - case LSHIFTRT: - case ROTATERT: - return (GET_MODE (op) == SImode && GPR_P (REGNO (op0)) - && gpr_or_constant_operand (op1, SImode)); - - case ASHIFT: - case ROTATE: - return (GET_MODE (op) == SImode && GPR_P (REGNO (op0)) - && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT); - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if the shift/rotate left operator can be executed with - conditional execution. */ - -int -condexec_shiftl_operator (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx op0, op1; - - /* Only do this after register allocation, so that we can look at the register # */ - if (!reload_completed) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != '2' && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != 'c') - return FALSE; - - op0 = XEXP (op, 0); - op1 = XEXP (op, 1); - - if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) - op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); - - if (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG) - op1 = SUBREG_REG (op1); - - if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) - return FALSE; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - case ASHIFT: - case ROTATE: - return (GET_MODE (op) == SImode && GPR_P (REGNO (op0)) - && GET_CODE (op1) == NEG - && GET_CODE (XEXP (op1, 0)) == REG - && GPR_P (REGNO (XEXP (op1, 0)))); - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if the {sign,zero} extend operator from memory can be - conditionally executed. */ - -int -condexec_extend_operator (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - - /* Only do this after register allocation, so that we can look at the register # */ - if (!reload_completed) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != '1') - return FALSE; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - break; - - case SIGN_EXTEND: - case ZERO_EXTEND: - if ((GET_MODE (op) == SImode && GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == QImode) - || (GET_MODE (op) == SImode && GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == HImode) - || (GET_MODE (op) == HImode && GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == QImode)) - return TRUE; - - break; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true for comparisons against 0 that can be turned into a - bratnz/bratzr instruction. */ - -int -branch_zero_operator (op, mode_int) - rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx x0, x1; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_CODE (op) != EQ && GET_CODE (op) != NE) - return FALSE; - - x0 = XEXP (op, 0); - if (GET_CODE (x0) != REG || !GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (x0))) - return FALSE; - - x1 = XEXP (op, 1); - if (GET_CODE (x1) != CONST_INT || INTVAL (x1) != 0) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if an operand is simple, suitable for use in a conditional move */ - -int -cond_move_operand (op, mode_int) - register rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx addr; - - if (mode != QImode && mode != HImode && mode != SImode && mode != SFmode) - return FALSE; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - case REG: - case SUBREG: - return gpr_operand (op, mode); - - case CONST_DOUBLE: - return GET_MODE (op) == SFmode; - - case CONST_INT: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - return TRUE; - - /* Don't allow post dec/inc, since we might not get the side effects correct. */ - case MEM: - addr = XEXP (op, 0); - return GET_CODE (addr) != POST_DEC && GET_CODE (addr) != POST_INC; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if an operand is simple, suitable for use in conditional execution. - Unlike cond_move, we can allow auto inc/dec. */ - -int -cond_exec_operand (op, mode_int) - register rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx addr; - - if (mode != QImode && mode != HImode && mode != SImode && mode != SFmode) - return FALSE; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - case REG: - case SUBREG: - return gpr_operand (op, mode); - - case CONST_DOUBLE: - return GET_MODE (op) == SFmode; - - case CONST_INT: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - return TRUE; - - case MEM: - return memory_operand (op, mode); - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a SI mode signed relational test. */ - -int -srelational_si_operator (op, mode_int) - register rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx x0, x1; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - return FALSE; - - case EQ: - case NE: - case LT: - case LE: - case GT: - case GE: - break; - } - - x0 = XEXP (op, 0); - if (GET_CODE (x0) != REG && GET_CODE (x0) != SUBREG) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (x0) != SImode) - return FALSE; - - x1 = XEXP (op, 1); - switch (GET_CODE (x1)) - { - default: - return FALSE; - - case REG: - case SUBREG: - case CONST_INT: - case LABEL_REF: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case CONST: - break; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a SI mode unsigned relational test. */ - -int -urelational_si_operator (op, mode_int) - register rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx x0, x1; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - switch (GET_CODE (op)) - { - default: - return FALSE; - - case LTU: - case LEU: - case GTU: - case GEU: - break; - } - - x0 = XEXP (op, 0); - if (GET_CODE (x0) != REG && GET_CODE (x0) != SUBREG) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (x0) != SImode) - return FALSE; - - x1 = XEXP (op, 1); - switch (GET_CODE (x1)) - { - default: - return FALSE; - - case REG: - case SUBREG: - case CONST_INT: - case LABEL_REF: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case CONST: - break; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if operand is a DI mode relational test. */ - -int -relational_di_operator (op, mode_int) - register rtx op; - int mode_int; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx x0, x1; - - if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != '<') - return FALSE; - - x0 = XEXP (op, 0); - if (GET_CODE (x0) != REG && GET_CODE (x0) != SUBREG) - return FALSE; - - if (GET_MODE (x0) != DImode) - return FALSE; - - x1 = XEXP (op, 1); - if (GET_CODE (x1) != REG && GET_CODE (x1) != SUBREG - && GET_CODE (x1) != CONST_INT && GET_CODE (x1) != CONST_DOUBLE) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - - -/* Calculate the stack information for the current function. - - D30V stack frames look like: - - high | .... | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #19 | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #18 | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #17 | - +-------------------------------+ - | Argument word #16 | - Prev sp +-------------------------------+ - | | - | Save for arguments 1..16 if | - | the func. uses stdarg/varargs | - | | - +-------------------------------+ - | | - | Save area for GPR registers | - | | - +-------------------------------+ - | | - | Save area for accumulators | - | | - +-------------------------------+ - | | - | Local variables | - | | - +-------------------------------+ - | | - | alloca space if used | - | | - +-------------------------------+ - | | - | Space for outgoing arguments | - | | - low SP----> +-------------------------------+ -*/ - -d30v_stack_t * -d30v_stack_info () -{ - static d30v_stack_t info, zero_info; - d30v_stack_t *info_ptr = &info; - tree fndecl = current_function_decl; - tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (fndecl); - int varargs_p = 0; - tree cur_arg; - tree next_arg; - int saved_gprs; - int saved_accs; - int memrefs_2words; - int memrefs_1word; - unsigned char save_gpr_p[GPR_LAST]; - int i; - - /* If we've already calculated the values and reload is complete, just return now */ - if (d30v_stack_cache) - return d30v_stack_cache; - - /* Zero all fields */ - info = zero_info; - - if (profile_flag) - regs_ever_live[GPR_LINK] = 1; - - /* Determine if this is a stdarg function */ - if (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) != 0 - && (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype))) != void_type_node)) - varargs_p = 1; - else - { - /* Find the last argument, and see if it is __builtin_va_alist. */ - for (cur_arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl); cur_arg != (tree)0; cur_arg = next_arg) - { - next_arg = TREE_CHAIN (cur_arg); - if (next_arg == (tree)0) - { - if (DECL_NAME (cur_arg) - && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (cur_arg)), "__builtin_va_alist")) - varargs_p = 1; - - break; - } - } - } - - /* Calculate which registers need to be saved & save area size */ - saved_accs = 0; - memrefs_2words = 0; - memrefs_1word = 0; - for (i = ACCUM_FIRST; i <= ACCUM_LAST; i++) - { - if (regs_ever_live[i] && !call_used_regs[i]) - { - info_ptr->save_p[i] = 2; - saved_accs++; - memrefs_2words++; - } - } - - saved_gprs = 0; - for (i = GPR_FIRST; i <= GPR_LAST; i++) - { - if (regs_ever_live[i] && (!call_used_regs[i] || i == GPR_LINK)) - { - save_gpr_p[i] = 1; - saved_gprs++; - } - else - save_gpr_p[i] = 0; - } - - /* Determine which register pairs can be saved together with ld2w/st2w */ - for (i = GPR_FIRST; i <= GPR_LAST; i++) - { - if (((i - GPR_FIRST) & 1) == 0 && save_gpr_p[i] && save_gpr_p[i+1]) - { - memrefs_2words++; - info_ptr->save_p[i++] = 2; - } - else if (save_gpr_p[i]) - { - memrefs_1word++; - info_ptr->save_p[i] = 1; - } - } - - /* Determine various sizes */ - info_ptr->varargs_p = varargs_p; - info_ptr->varargs_size = ((varargs_p) - ? (GPR_ARG_LAST + 1 - GPR_ARG_FIRST) * UNITS_PER_WORD - : 0); - - info_ptr->accum_size = 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD * saved_accs; - info_ptr->gpr_size = D30V_ALIGN (UNITS_PER_WORD * saved_gprs, - 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD); - info_ptr->vars_size = D30V_ALIGN (get_frame_size (), 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD); - info_ptr->parm_size = D30V_ALIGN (current_function_outgoing_args_size, - 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD); - - info_ptr->total_size = D30V_ALIGN ((info_ptr->gpr_size - + info_ptr->accum_size - + info_ptr->vars_size - + info_ptr->parm_size - + info_ptr->varargs_size), - (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)); - - info_ptr->save_offset = (info_ptr->total_size - - (info_ptr->varargs_size - + info_ptr->gpr_size - + info_ptr->accum_size)); - - /* The link register is the last GPR saved, but there might be some padding - bytes after it, so account for that. */ - info_ptr->link_offset = (info_ptr->total_size - - (info_ptr->varargs_size - + (info_ptr->gpr_size - - UNITS_PER_WORD * saved_gprs) - + UNITS_PER_WORD)); - - info_ptr->memrefs_varargs = info_ptr->varargs_size / (2 * UNITS_PER_WORD); - info_ptr->memrefs_2words = memrefs_2words; - info_ptr->memrefs_1word = memrefs_1word; - - if (reload_completed) - d30v_stack_cache = info_ptr; - - return info_ptr; -} - - -/* Internal function to print all of the information about the stack */ - -void -debug_stack_info (info) - d30v_stack_t *info; -{ - int i; - - if (!info) - info = d30v_stack_info (); - - fprintf (stderr, "\nStack information for function %s:\n", - ((current_function_decl && DECL_NAME (current_function_decl)) - ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (current_function_decl)) - : "<unknown>")); - - fprintf (stderr, "\tsave_offset = %d\n", info->save_offset); - fprintf (stderr, "\tmemrefs_varargs = %d\n", info->memrefs_varargs); - fprintf (stderr, "\tmemrefs_2words = %d\n", info->memrefs_2words); - fprintf (stderr, "\tmemrefs_1word = %d\n", info->memrefs_1word); - fprintf (stderr, "\tvarargs_p = %d\n", info->varargs_p); - fprintf (stderr, "\tvarargs_size = %d\n", info->varargs_size); - fprintf (stderr, "\tvars_size = %d\n", info->vars_size); - fprintf (stderr, "\tparm_size = %d\n", info->parm_size); - fprintf (stderr, "\tgpr_size = %d\n", info->gpr_size); - fprintf (stderr, "\taccum_size = %d\n", info->accum_size); - fprintf (stderr, "\ttotal_size = %d\n", info->total_size); - fprintf (stderr, "\tsaved registers ="); - - for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++) - { - if (info->save_p[i] == 2) - { - fprintf (stderr, " %s-%s", reg_names[i], reg_names[i+1]); - i++; - } - else if (info->save_p[i]) - fprintf (stderr, " %s", reg_names[i]); - } - - putc ('\n', stderr); - fflush (stderr); -} - - -/* Return non-zero if this function is known to have a null or 1 instruction epilogue. */ - -int -direct_return () -{ - if (reload_completed) - { - d30v_stack_t *info = d30v_stack_info (); - - /* If no epilogue code is needed, can use just a simple jump */ - if (info->total_size == 0) - return 1; - -#if 0 - /* If just a small amount of local stack was allocated and no registers - saved, skip forward branch */ - if (info->total_size == info->vars_size - && IN_RANGE_P (info->total_size, 1, 31)) - return 1; -#endif - } - - return 0; -} - - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable CUM for the - state at the beginning of the argument list. The variable has type - `CUMULATIVE_ARGS'. The value of FNTYPE is the tree node for the data type - of the function which will receive the args, or 0 if the args are to a - compiler support library function. The value of INDIRECT is nonzero when - processing an indirect call, for example a call through a function pointer. - The value of INDIRECT is zero for a call to an explicitly named function, a - library function call, or when `INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS' is used to find - arguments for the function being compiled. - - When processing a call to a compiler support library function, LIBNAME - identifies which one. It is a `symbol_ref' rtx which contains the name of - the function, as a string. LIBNAME is 0 when an ordinary C function call is - being processed. Thus, each time this macro is called, either LIBNAME or - FNTYPE is nonzero, but never both of them at once. */ - -void -d30v_init_cumulative_args (cum, fntype, libname, indirect, incoming) - CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum; - tree fntype; - rtx libname; - int indirect; - int incoming; -{ - *cum = GPR_ARG_FIRST; - - if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG) - { - fprintf (stderr, "\ninit_cumulative_args:"); - if (indirect) - fputs (" indirect", stderr); - - if (incoming) - fputs (" incoming", stderr); - - if (fntype) - { - tree ret_type = TREE_TYPE (fntype); - fprintf (stderr, " return=%s,", - tree_code_name[ (int)TREE_CODE (ret_type) ]); - } - - if (libname && GET_CODE (libname) == SYMBOL_REF) - fprintf (stderr, " libname=%s", XSTR (libname, 0)); - - putc ('\n', stderr); - } -} - - -/* If defined, a C expression that gives the alignment boundary, in bits, of an - argument with the specified mode and type. If it is not defined, - `PARM_BOUNDARY' is used for all arguments. */ - -int -d30v_function_arg_boundary (mode_int, type) - int mode_int; - tree type; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - int size = ((mode == BLKmode && type) - ? int_size_in_bytes (type) - : GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); - - return (size > UNITS_PER_WORD) ? 2*UNITS_PER_WORD : UNITS_PER_WORD; -} - - -/* A C expression that controls whether a function argument is passed in a - register, and which register. - - The arguments are CUM, which summarizes all the previous arguments; MODE, - the machine mode of the argument; TYPE, the data type of the argument as a - tree node or 0 if that is not known (which happens for C support library - functions); and NAMED, which is 1 for an ordinary argument and 0 for - nameless arguments that correspond to `...' in the called function's - prototype. - - The value of the expression should either be a `reg' RTX for the hard - register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument on the - stack. - - For machines like the Vax and 68000, where normally all arguments are - pushed, zero suffices as a definition. - - The usual way to make the ANSI library `stdarg.h' work on a machine where - some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to cause nameless - arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is done by making - `FUNCTION_ARG' return 0 whenever NAMED is 0. - - You may use the macro `MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (MODE, TYPE)' in the definition of - this macro to determine if this argument is of a type that must be passed in - the stack. If `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is not defined and `FUNCTION_ARG' - returns non-zero for such an argument, the compiler will abort. If - `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is defined, the argument will be computed in the - stack and then loaded into a register. */ - -Rtx -d30v_function_arg (cum, mode_int, type, named, incoming) - CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum; - int mode_int; - tree type; - int named; - int incoming; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - int size = ((mode == BLKmode && type) - ? int_size_in_bytes (type) - : GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); - int adjust = (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && (*cum & 1) != 0); - rtx ret; - - /* Return a marker for use in the call instruction. */ - if (mode == VOIDmode) - ret = const0_rtx; - - else if (*cum + adjust <= GPR_ARG_LAST) - ret = gen_rtx (REG, mode, *cum + adjust); - - else - ret = NULL_RTX; - - if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG) - fprintf (stderr, - "function_arg: words = %2d, mode = %4s, named = %d, size = %3d, adjust = %1d, arg = %s\n", - *cum, GET_MODE_NAME (mode), named, size, adjust, - (ret) ? ((ret == const0_rtx) ? "<0>" : reg_names[ REGNO (ret) ]) : "memory"); - - return ret; -} - - -/* A C expression for the number of words, at the beginning of an argument, - must be put in registers. The value must be zero for arguments that are - passed entirely in registers or that are entirely pushed on the stack. - - On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in registers - and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the first N words of - arguments are passed in registers, and the rest on the stack. If a - multi-word argument (a `double' or a structure) crosses that boundary, its - first few words must be passed in registers and the rest must be pushed. - This macro tells the compiler when this occurs, and how many of the words - should go in registers. - - `FUNCTION_ARG' for these arguments should return the first register to be - used by the caller for this argument; likewise `FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG', for - the called function. */ - -int -d30v_function_arg_partial_nregs (cum, mode_int, type, named) - CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum; - int mode_int; - tree type; - int named; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - int bytes = ((mode == BLKmode) - ? int_size_in_bytes (type) - : GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); - int words = (bytes + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD; - int adjust = (bytes > UNITS_PER_WORD && (*cum & 1) != 0); - int arg_num = *cum + adjust; - int ret; - - ret = ((arg_num <= GPR_ARG_LAST && arg_num + words > GPR_ARG_LAST+1) - ? GPR_ARG_LAST - arg_num + 1 - : 0); - - if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG && ret) - fprintf (stderr, "function_arg_partial_nregs: %d\n", ret); - - return ret; -} - - -/* A C expression that indicates when an argument must be passed by reference. - If nonzero for an argument, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a - pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself. The - pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer to - that type. - - On machines where `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is not defined, a suitable - definition of this macro might be - #define FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE\ - (CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \ - MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (MODE, TYPE) */ - -int -d30v_function_arg_pass_by_reference (cum, mode_int, type, named) - CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum; - int mode_int; - tree type; - int named; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - int ret = MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (mode, type); - - if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG && ret) - fprintf (stderr, "function_arg_pass_by_reference: %d\n", ret); - - return ret; -} - - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the summarizer variable CUM to - advance past an argument in the argument list. The values MODE, TYPE and - NAMED describe that argument. Once this is done, the variable CUM is - suitable for analyzing the *following* argument with `FUNCTION_ARG', etc. - - This macro need not do anything if the argument in question was passed on - the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space used - for arguments without any special help. */ - -void -d30v_function_arg_advance (cum, mode_int, type, named) - CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum; - int mode_int; - tree type; - int named; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - int bytes = ((mode == BLKmode) - ? int_size_in_bytes (type) - : GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); - int words = D30V_ALIGN (bytes, UNITS_PER_WORD) / UNITS_PER_WORD; - int adjust = (bytes > UNITS_PER_WORD && (*cum & 1) != 0); - - *cum += words + adjust; - - if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG) - fprintf (stderr, - "function_adv: words = %2d, mode = %4s, named = %d, size = %3d, adjust = %1d\n", - *cum, GET_MODE_NAME (mode), named, words * UNITS_PER_WORD, adjust); -} - - -/* If defined, is a C expression that produces the machine-specific code for a - call to `__builtin_saveregs'. This code will be moved to the very beginning - of the function, before any parameter access are made. The return value of - this function should be an RTX that contains the value to use as the return - of `__builtin_saveregs'. - - The argument ARGS is a `tree_list' containing the arguments that were passed - to `__builtin_saveregs'. - - If this macro is not defined, the compiler will output an ordinary call to - the library function `__builtin_saveregs'. */ - -Rtx -d30v_expand_builtin_saveregs (args) - tree args; -{ - int offset = UNITS_PER_WORD * (GPR_ARG_LAST + 1 - GPR_ARG_FIRST); - - if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG) - fprintf (stderr, "expand_builtin_saveregs: offset from ap = %d\n", - offset); - - return gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, virtual_incoming_args_rtx, GEN_INT (- offset)); -} - - -/* This macro offers an alternative to using `__builtin_saveregs' and defining - the macro `EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS'. Use it to store the anonymous register - arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to have been - passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can use the - standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that pass all - their arguments on the stack. - - The argument ARGS_SO_FAR is the `CUMULATIVE_ARGS' data structure, containing - the values that obtain after processing of the named arguments. The - arguments MODE and TYPE describe the last named argument--its machine mode - and its data type as a tree node. - - The macro implementation should do two things: first, push onto the stack - all the argument registers *not* used for the named arguments, and second, - store the size of the data thus pushed into the `int'-valued variable whose - name is supplied as the argument PRETEND_ARGS_SIZE. The value that you - store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack frame. - - Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at compile - time without knowing their data types, `SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS' is only - useful on machines that have just a single category of argument register and - use it uniformly for all data types. - - If the argument SECOND_TIME is nonzero, it means that the arguments of the - function are being analyzed for the second time. This happens for an inline - function, which is not actually compiled until the end of the source file. - The macro `SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS' should not generate any instructions in - this case. */ - -void -d30v_setup_incoming_varargs (cum, mode_int, type, pretend_size, second_time) - CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum; - int mode_int; - tree type; - int *pretend_size; - int second_time; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG) - fprintf (stderr, - "setup_vararg: words = %2d, mode = %4s, second_time = %d\n", - *cum, GET_MODE_NAME (mode), second_time); -} - - - -/* A C compound statement that outputs the assembler code for entry to a - function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame, - initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be - saved, and allocating SIZE additional bytes of storage for the local - variables. SIZE is an integer. FILE is a stdio stream to which the - assembler code should be output. - - The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this - macro. That has already been done when the macro is run. - - To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array - `regs_ever_live': element R is nonzero if hard register R is used anywhere - within the function. This implies the function prologue should save - register R, provided it is not one of the call-used registers. - (`FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' must likewise use `regs_ever_live'.) - - On machines that have "register windows", the function entry code does not - save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if they are - supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes appropriate - steps to "push" the register stack, if any non-call-used registers are used - in the function. - - On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the function - entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame pointer if one is - wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a frame pointer is in - wanted, the macro can refer to the variable `frame_pointer_needed'. The - variable's value will be 1 at run time in a function that needs a frame - pointer. *Note Elimination::. - - The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space - required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions listed - below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the order listed, with - the last listed region closest to the top of the stack (the lowest address - if `STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD' is defined, and the highest address if it is not - defined). You can use a different order for a machine if doing so is more - convenient or required for compatibility reasons. Except in cases where - required by standard or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack - layout used by GCC need agree with that used by other compilers for a - machine. - - * A region of `current_function_pretend_args_size' bytes of - uninitialized space just underneath the first argument - arriving on the stack. (This may not be at the very start of - the allocated stack region if the calling sequence has pushed - anything else since pushing the stack arguments. But - usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed yet, - because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) - This region is used on machines where an argument may be - passed partly in registers and partly in memory, and, in some - cases to support the features in `varargs.h' and `stdargs.h'. - - * An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the - function. The size of this area, which may also include - space for such things as the return address and pointers to - previous stack frames, is machine-specific and usually - depends on which registers have been used in the function. - Machines with register windows often do not require a save - area. - - * A region of at least SIZE bytes, possibly rounded up to an - allocation boundary, to contain the local variables of the - function. On some machines, this region and the save area - may occur in the opposite order, with the save area closer to - the top of the stack. - - * Optionally, when `ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS' is defined, a - region of `current_function_outgoing_args_size' bytes to be - used for outgoing argument lists of the function. *Note - Stack Arguments::. - - Normally, it is necessary for the macros `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' and - `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' to treat leaf functions specially. The C variable - `leaf_function' is nonzero for such a function. */ - -/* For the d30v, move all of the prologue processing into separate insns. */ -void -d30v_function_prologue (stream, size) - FILE *stream; - int size; -{ -} - - -/* Called after register allocation to add any instructions needed for the - prologue. Using a prologue insn is favored compared to putting all of the - instructions in the FUNCTION_PROLOGUE macro, since it allows the scheduler - to intermix instructions with the saves of the caller saved registers. In - some cases, it might be necessary to emit a barrier instruction as the last - insn to prevent such scheduling. */ - -void -d30v_expand_prologue () -{ - rtx sp = stack_pointer_rtx; - d30v_stack_t *info = d30v_stack_info (); - int i; - rtx mem_di = NULL_RTX; - rtx mem_si = NULL_RTX; - int num_memrefs = (info->memrefs_2words - + info->memrefs_1word - + info->memrefs_varargs); - - if (TARGET_DEBUG_STACK) - debug_stack_info (info); - - /* Grow the stack. */ - if (info->total_size) - emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (sp, sp, GEN_INT (- info->total_size))); - - /* If there is more than one save, use post-increment addressing which will - result in smaller code, than would the normal references. If there is - only one save, just do the store as normal. */ - - if (num_memrefs > 1) - { - rtx save_tmp = gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, GPR_STACK_TMP); - rtx post_inc = gen_rtx (POST_INC, Pmode, save_tmp); - mem_di = gen_rtx (MEM, DImode, post_inc); - mem_si = gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, post_inc); - emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (save_tmp, sp, GEN_INT (info->save_offset))); - } - else if (num_memrefs == 1) - { - rtx addr = plus_constant (sp, info->save_offset); - mem_di = gen_rtx (MEM, DImode, addr); - mem_si = gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, addr); - } - - /* Save the accumulators. */ - for (i = ACCUM_FIRST; i <= ACCUM_LAST; i++) - if (info->save_p[i]) - { - rtx acc_tmp = gen_rtx (REG, DImode, GPR_ATMP_FIRST); - emit_insn (gen_movdi (acc_tmp, gen_rtx (REG, DImode, i))); - emit_insn (gen_movdi (mem_di, acc_tmp)); - } - - /* Save the GPR registers that are adjacent to each other with st2w. */ - for (i = GPR_FIRST; i <= GPR_LAST; i += 2) - if (info->save_p[i] == 2) - emit_insn (gen_movdi (mem_di, gen_rtx (REG, DImode, i))); - - /* Save the GPR registers that need to be saved with a single word store. */ - for (i = GPR_FIRST; i <= GPR_LAST; i++) - if (info->save_p[i] == 1) - emit_insn (gen_movsi (mem_si, gen_rtx (REG, SImode, i))); - - /* Save the argument registers if this function accepts variable args. */ - if (info->varargs_p) - { - /* Realign r22 if an odd # of GPRs were saved. */ - if ((info->memrefs_1word & 1) != 0) - { - rtx save_tmp = XEXP (XEXP (mem_si, 0), 0); - emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (save_tmp, save_tmp, GEN_INT (UNITS_PER_WORD))); - } - - for (i = GPR_ARG_FIRST; i <= GPR_ARG_LAST; i += 2) - emit_insn (gen_movdi (mem_di, gen_rtx (REG, DImode, i))); - } - - /* Update the frame pointer. */ - if (frame_pointer_needed) - emit_move_insn (frame_pointer_rtx, sp); - - /* Hack for now, to prevent scheduler from being too cleaver */ - emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); -} - - -/* A C compound statement that outputs the assembler code for exit from a - function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved registers and - stack pointer to their values when the function was called, and returning - control to the caller. This macro takes the same arguments as the macro - `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE', and the registers to restore are determined from - `regs_ever_live' and `CALL_USED_REGISTERS' in the same way. - - On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work of - returning from the function. On these machines, give that instruction the - name `return' and do not define the macro `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' at all. - - Do not define a pattern named `return' if you want the `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' - to be used. If you want the target switches to control whether return - instructions or epilogues are used, define a `return' pattern with a - validity condition that tests the target switches appropriately. If the - `return' pattern's validity condition is false, epilogues will be used. - - On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the function - exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these two cases is - completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer is wanted, the - macro can refer to the variable `frame_pointer_needed'. The variable's - value will be 1 when compiling a function that needs a frame pointer. - - Normally, `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' and `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' must treat leaf - functions specially. The C variable `leaf_function' is nonzero for such a - function. *Note Leaf Functions::. - - On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while others - leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when given `-mrtd' - pops arguments in functions that take a fixed number of arguments. - - Your definition of the macro `RETURN_POPS_ARGS' decides which functions pop - their own arguments. `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' needs to know what was decided. - The variable that is called `current_function_pops_args' is the number of - bytes of its arguments that a function should pop. *Note Scalar Return::. */ - -/* For the d30v, move all processing to be as insns, but do any cleanup - here, since it is done after handling all of the insns. */ -void -d30v_function_epilogue (stream, size) - FILE *stream; - int size; -{ - d30v_stack_cache = (d30v_stack_t *)0; /* reset stack cache */ -} - - - -/* Called after register allocation to add any instructions needed for the - epilogue. Using a epilogue insn is favored compared to putting all of the - instructions in the FUNCTION_PROLOGUE macro, since it allows the scheduler - to intermix instructions with the saves of the caller saved registers. In - some cases, it might be necessary to emit a barrier instruction as the last - insn to prevent such scheduling. */ - -void -d30v_expand_epilogue () -{ - rtx sp = stack_pointer_rtx; - d30v_stack_t *info = d30v_stack_info (); - int i; - rtx mem_di = NULL_RTX; - rtx mem_si = NULL_RTX; - int num_memrefs = info->memrefs_2words + info->memrefs_1word; - rtx post_inc; - int extra_stack; - - /* Hack for now, to prevent scheduler from being too cleaver */ - emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); - - /* Restore sp from fp. */ - if (frame_pointer_needed) - emit_move_insn (sp, frame_pointer_rtx); - - /* For the epilogue, use post-increment addressing all of the time. First - adjust the sp, to eliminate all of the stack, except for the save area. */ - - if (info->save_offset) - emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (sp, sp, GEN_INT (info->save_offset))); - - post_inc = gen_rtx (POST_INC, Pmode, sp); - mem_di = gen_rtx (MEM, DImode, post_inc); - mem_si = gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, post_inc); - - /* Restore the accumulators. */ - for (i = ACCUM_FIRST; i <= ACCUM_LAST; i++) - if (info->save_p[i]) - { - rtx acc_tmp = gen_rtx (REG, DImode, GPR_ATMP_FIRST); - emit_insn (gen_movdi (acc_tmp, mem_di)); - emit_insn (gen_movdi (gen_rtx (REG, DImode, i), acc_tmp)); - } - - /* Restore the GPR registers that are adjacent to each other with ld2w. */ - for (i = GPR_FIRST; i <= GPR_LAST; i += 2) - if (info->save_p[i] == 2) - emit_insn (gen_movdi (gen_rtx (REG, DImode, i), mem_di)); - - /* Save the GPR registers that need to be saved with a single word store. */ - for (i = GPR_FIRST; i <= GPR_LAST; i++) - if (info->save_p[i] == 1 - && ! (d30v_eh_epilogue_sp_ofs && i == GPR_LINK)) - emit_insn (gen_movsi (gen_rtx (REG, SImode, i), mem_si)); - - /* Release any remaining stack that was allocated for saving the - varargs registers or because an odd # of registers were stored. */ - extra_stack = info->varargs_size; - if ((info->memrefs_1word & 1) != 0) - extra_stack += UNITS_PER_WORD; - - if (extra_stack) - emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (sp, sp, GEN_INT (extra_stack))); - - /* ??? Should try to combine this with the above add? */ - if (d30v_eh_epilogue_sp_ofs) - emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (sp, sp, d30v_eh_epilogue_sp_ofs)); - - /* Hack for now, to prevent scheduler from being too cleaver */ - emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); - - /* Now emit the return instruction. */ - emit_jump_insn (gen_indirect_jump (gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, GPR_LINK))); -} - - -/* A C statement or compound statement to output to FILE some assembler code to - call the profiling subroutine `mcount'. Before calling, the assembler code - must load the address of a counter variable into a register where `mcount' - expects to find the address. The name of this variable is `LP' followed by - the number LABELNO, so you would generate the name using `LP%d' in a - `fprintf'. - - The details of how the address should be passed to `mcount' are determined - by your operating system environment, not by GNU CC. To figure them out, - compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C - compiler and look at the assembler code that results. */ - -void -d30v_function_profiler (stream, labelno) - FILE *stream; - int labelno; -{ - fprintf (stream, "# profile\n"); -} - - -/* Split a 64 bit item into an upper and a lower part. We specifically do not - want to call gen_highpart/gen_lowpart on CONST_DOUBLEs since it will give us - the wrong part for floating point in cross compilers, and split_double does - not handle registers. Also abort if the register is not a general purpose - register. */ - -void -d30v_split_double (value, p_high, p_low) - rtx value; - rtx *p_high; - rtx *p_low; -{ - int offset = 0; - int regno; - - if (!reload_completed) - abort (); - - switch (GET_CODE (value)) - { - case SUBREG: - offset = SUBREG_WORD (value); - value = SUBREG_REG (value); - if (GET_CODE (value) != REG) - abort (); - - /* fall through */ - - case REG: - regno = REGNO (value) + offset; - if (!GPR_P (regno)) - abort (); - - *p_high = gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno); - *p_low = gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno+1); - break; - - case CONST_INT: - case CONST_DOUBLE: - split_double (value, p_high, p_low); - break; - - default: - abort (); - } -} - - -/* A C compound statement to output to stdio stream STREAM the assembler syntax - for an instruction operand that is a memory reference whose address is X. X - is an RTL expression. - - On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the section - that the address refers to. On these machines, define the macro - `ENCODE_SECTION_INFO' to store the information into the `symbol_ref', and - then check for it here. *Note Assembler Format::. */ - -void -d30v_print_operand_address (stream, x) - FILE *stream; - rtx x; -{ - if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) - x = XEXP (x, 0); - - switch (GET_CODE (x)) - { - default: - break; - - case REG: - fputs (reg_names[ REGNO (x) ], stream); - return; - - case CONST_INT: - fprintf (stream, "%ld", (long) INTVAL (x)); - return; - - /* We wrap simple symbol refs inside a parenthesis, so that a name - like `r2' is not taken for a register name. */ - case SYMBOL_REF: - fputs ("(", stream); - assemble_name (stream, XSTR (x, 0)); - fputs (")", stream); - return; - - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - output_addr_const (stream, x); - return; - } - - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to d30v_print_operand_address:", x); -} - - -/* Print a memory reference suitable for the ld/st instructions. */ - -static void -d30v_print_operand_memory_reference (stream, x) - FILE *stream; - rtx x; -{ - rtx x0 = NULL_RTX; - rtx x1 = NULL_RTX; - - switch (GET_CODE (x)) - { - default: - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to d30v_print_operand_memory_reference:", x); - break; - - case SUBREG: - case REG: - case POST_DEC: - case POST_INC: - x0 = x; - break; - - case CONST_INT: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - x1 = x; - break; - - case PLUS: - x0 = XEXP (x, 0); - x1 = XEXP (x, 1); - if (GET_CODE (x0) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x0) == SYMBOL_REF - || GET_CODE (x0) == CONST || GET_CODE (x0) == LABEL_REF) - { - x0 = XEXP (x, 1); - x1 = XEXP (x, 0); - } - break; - } - - fputs ("@(", stream); - if (!x0) - fputs (reg_names[GPR_R0], stream); - - else - { - char *suffix = ""; - int offset0 = 0; - - if (GET_CODE (x0) == SUBREG) - { - offset0 = SUBREG_WORD (x0); - x0 = SUBREG_REG (x0); - } - - if (GET_CODE (x0) == POST_INC) - { - x0 = XEXP (x0, 0); - suffix = "+"; - } - else if (GET_CODE (x0) == POST_DEC) - { - x0 = XEXP (x0, 0); - suffix = "-"; - } - - if (GET_CODE (x0) == REG && GPR_P (REGNO (x0))) - fprintf (stream, "%s%s", reg_names[REGNO (x0) + offset0], suffix); - else - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to d30v_print_operand_memory_reference:", x); - } - - fputs (",", stream); - - if (!x1) - fputs (reg_names[GPR_R0], stream); - - else - { - int offset1 = 0; - - switch (GET_CODE (x1)) - { - case SUBREG: - offset1 = SUBREG_WORD (x1); - x1 = SUBREG_REG (x1); - if (GET_CODE (x1) != REG) - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to d30v_print_operand_memory_reference:", x); - - /* fall through */ - case REG: - fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x1) + offset1], stream); - break; - - case CONST_INT: - fprintf (stream, "%ld", (long) INTVAL (x1)); - break; - - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - d30v_print_operand_address (stream, x1); - break; - - default: - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to d30v_print_operand_memory_reference:", x); - } - } - - fputs (")", stream); -} - - -/* A C compound statement to output to stdio stream STREAM the assembler syntax - for an instruction operand X. X is an RTL expression. - - LETTER is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways of - printing the operand. It is used when identical operands must be printed - differently depending on the context. LETTER comes from the `%' - specification that was used to request printing of the operand. If the - specification was just `%DIGIT' then LETTER is 0; if the specification was - `%LTR DIGIT' then LETTER is the ASCII code for LTR. - - If X is a register, this macro should print the register's name. The names - can be found in an array `reg_names' whose type is `char *[]'. `reg_names' - is initialized from `REGISTER_NAMES'. - - When the machine description has a specification `%PUNCT' (a `%' followed by - a punctuation character), this macro is called with a null pointer for X and - the punctuation character for LETTER. - - Standard operand flags that are handled elsewhere: - `=' Output a number unique to each instruction in the compilation. - `a' Substitute an operand as if it were a memory reference. - `c' Omit the syntax that indicates an immediate operand. - `l' Substitute a LABEL_REF into a jump instruction. - `n' Like %cDIGIT, except negate the value before printing. - - The d30v specific operand flags are: - `.' Print r0. - `f' Print a SF constant as an int. - `s' Subtract 32 and negate. - `A' Print accumulator number without an `a' in front of it. - `B' Print bit offset for BSET, etc. instructions. - `E' Print u if this is zero extend, nothing if this is sign extend. - `F' Emit /{f,t,x}{f,t,x} for executing a false condition. - `L' Print the lower half of a 64 bit item. - `M' Print a memory reference for ld/st instructions. - `R' Return appropriate cmp instruction for relational test. - `S' Subtract 32. - `T' Emit /{f,t,x}{f,t,x} for executing a true condition. - `U' Print the upper half of a 64 bit item. */ - -void -d30v_print_operand (stream, x, letter) - FILE *stream; - rtx x; - int letter; -{ - enum rtx_code code = (x) ? GET_CODE (x) : NIL; - rtx split_values[2]; - REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv; - long num; - int log; - - switch (letter) - { - case '.': /* Output r0 */ - fputs (reg_names[GPR_R0], stream); - break; - - case 'f': /* Print a SF floating constant as an int */ - if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE) - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to d30v_print_operand, 'f' modifier:", x); - - REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, x); - REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, num); - fprintf (stream, "%ld", num); - break; - - case 'A': /* Print accumulator number without an `a' in front of it. */ - if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || !ACCUM_P (REGNO (x))) - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to d30v_print_operand, 'A' modifier:", x); - - putc ('0' + REGNO (x) - ACCUM_FIRST, stream); - break; - - case 'M': /* Print a memory reference for ld/st */ - if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to d30v_print_operand, 'M' modifier:", x); - - d30v_print_operand_memory_reference (stream, XEXP (x, 0)); - break; - - case 'L': /* print lower part of 64 bit item. */ - case 'U': /* print upper part of 64 bit item. */ - d30v_split_double (x, &split_values[0], &split_values[1]); - d30v_print_operand (stream, split_values[ letter == 'L' ], '\0'); - break; - - case 'F': /* Print an appropriate suffix for a false comparision. */ - case 'T': /* Print an appropriate suffix for a true comparision. */ - /* Note that the sense of appropriate suffix is for conditional execution - and opposite of what branches want. Branches just use the inverse - operation. */ - if ((GET_CODE (x) == NE || GET_CODE (x) == EQ) - && GET_MODE (x) == CCmode - && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG - && (GPR_P (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))) || BR_FLAG_P (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)))) - && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == 0) - { - int true_false = (letter == 'T'); - - if (GET_CODE (x) == EQ) - true_false = !true_false; - - if (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == FLAG_F0) - fprintf (stream, "/%cx", (true_false) ? 'f' : 't'); - - else if (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == FLAG_F1) - fprintf (stream, "/x%c", (true_false) ? 'f' : 't'); - - else - fputs ((true_false) ? "tnz" : "tzr", stream); - } - - else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) == FLAG_F0) - fprintf (stream, "/%cx", (letter == 'T') ? 't' : 'f'); - - else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) == FLAG_F1) - fprintf (stream, "/x%c", (letter == 'T') ? 't' : 'f'); - - else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && GPR_P (REGNO (x))) - fputs ((letter == 'T') ? "tnz" : "tzr", stream); - - else - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to print_operand, 'F' or 'T' modifier:", x); - break; - - case 'B': /* emit offset single bit to change */ - if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && (log = exact_log2 (INTVAL (x))) >= 0) - fprintf (stream, "%d", 31 - log); - - else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && (log = exact_log2 (~ INTVAL (x))) >= 0) - fprintf (stream, "%d", 31 - log); - - else - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to print_operand, 'B' modifier:", x); - break; - - case 'E': /* Print u if this is zero extend, nothing if sign extend. */ - if (GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTEND) - putc ('u', stream); - else if (GET_CODE (x) != SIGN_EXTEND) - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to print_operand, 'E' modifier:", x); - break; - - case 'R': /* Return appropriate cmp instruction for relational test. */ - switch (GET_CODE (x)) - { - case EQ: fputs ("cmpeq", stream); break; - case NE: fputs ("cmpne", stream); break; - case LT: fputs ("cmplt", stream); break; - case LE: fputs ("cmple", stream); break; - case GT: fputs ("cmpgt", stream); break; - case GE: fputs ("cmpge", stream); break; - case LTU: fputs ("cmpult", stream); break; - case LEU: fputs ("cmpule", stream); break; - case GTU: fputs ("cmpugt", stream); break; - case GEU: fputs ("cmpuge", stream); break; - - default: - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to print_operand, 'R' modifier:", x); - } - break; - - case 's': /* Subtract 32 and negate (for 64 bit shifts). */ - if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT) - fprintf (stream, "%d", (int) (32 - INTVAL (x))); - - else - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to print_operand, 's' modifier:", x); - break; - - case 'S': /* Subtract 32. */ - if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT) - fprintf (stream, "%d", (int)(INTVAL (x) - 32)); - - else - fatal_insn ("Bad insn to print_operand, 's' modifier:", x); - break; - - - case '\0': - if (code == REG) - fputs (reg_names[ REGNO (x) ], stream); - - else if (code == CONST_INT) - fprintf (stream, "%d", (int)INTVAL (x)); - - else if (code == MEM) - d30v_print_operand_address (stream, XEXP (x, 0)); - - else if (CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (x)) - d30v_print_operand_address (stream, x); - - else - fatal_insn ("Bad insn in d30v_print_operand, 0 case", x); - - return; - - default: - { - char buf[80]; - - sprintf (buf, "Invalid asm template character '%%%c'", letter); - fatal_insn (buf, x); - } - } -} - - -/* A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer. */ - -int -d30v_trampoline_size () -{ - return 16; -} - - -/* Create a long instruction for building up a trampoline. */ - -static void -d30v_build_long_insn (high_bits, low_bits, imm, mem) - HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits; - HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits; - rtx imm; - rtx mem; -{ - rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); - rtx high_word = gen_highpart (SImode, reg); - rtx low_word = gen_lowpart (SImode, reg); - rtx tmp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); - rtx tmp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); - rtx tmp3 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); - rtx tmp4 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); - rtx tmp5 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); - rtx tmp6 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); - - imm = force_reg (SImode, imm); - - /* Stuff top 6 bits of immediate value into high word */ - emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp1, imm, GEN_INT (26))); - emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tmp2, tmp1, GEN_INT (0x3F))); - emit_insn (gen_iorsi3 (high_word, tmp2, GEN_INT (high_bits))); - - /* Now get the next 8 bits for building the low word */ - emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tmp3, imm, GEN_INT (0x03FC0000))); - emit_insn (gen_ashlsi3 (tmp4, tmp3, GEN_INT (2))); - - /* And the bottom 18 bits */ - emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tmp5, imm, GEN_INT (0x0003FFFF))); - emit_insn (gen_iorsi3 (tmp6, tmp4, tmp5)); - emit_insn (gen_iorsi3 (low_word, tmp6, GEN_INT (low_bits))); - - /* Store the instruction */ - emit_insn (gen_movdi (mem, reg)); -} - - -/* A C statement to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline. ADDR is an - RTX for the address of the trampoline; FNADDR is an RTX for the address of - the nested function; STATIC_CHAIN is an RTX for the static chain value that - should be passed to the function when it is called. */ - -void -d30v_initialize_trampoline (addr, fnaddr, static_chain) - rtx addr; - rtx fnaddr; - rtx static_chain; -{ - /* The instruction space can only be accessed by ld2w/st2w. - Generate on the fly: - or r18,r0,<static-chain> - jmp <fnaddr> */ - d30v_build_long_insn (0x83A80000 | ((STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM - GPR_FIRST) << 12), - 0x80000000, static_chain, - gen_rtx (MEM, DImode, addr)); - - d30v_build_long_insn (0x80180000, 0x80000000, fnaddr, - gen_rtx (MEM, DImode, plus_constant (addr, 8))); -} - - -/* A C compound statement with a conditional `goto LABEL;' executed if X (an - RTX) is a legitimate memory address on the target machine for a memory - operand of mode MODE. - - It usually pays to define several simpler macros to serve as subroutines for - this one. Otherwise it may be too complicated to understand. - - This macro must exist in two variants: a strict variant and a non-strict - one. The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so - that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is - considered a memory reference. In contexts where some kind of register is - required, a pseudo-register with no hard register must be rejected. - - The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to - accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of register is - required. - - Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this macro - define the macro `REG_OK_STRICT'. You should use an `#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT' - conditional to define the strict variant in that case and the non-strict - variant otherwise. - - Subroutines to check for acceptable registers for various purposes (one for - base registers, one for index registers, and so on) are typically among the - subroutines used to define `GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS'. Then only these - subroutine macros need have two variants; the higher levels of macros may be - the same whether strict or not. - - Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a `symbol_ref' and an - integer are stored inside a `const' RTX to mark them as constant. - Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums specifically as - legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply recognize any `const' as - legitimate. - - Usually `PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS' is not prepared to handle constant sums that - are not marked with `const'. It assumes that a naked `plus' indicates - indexing. If so, then you *must* reject such naked constant sums as - illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will be given to - `PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS'. - - On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on the - section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the macro - `ENCODE_SECTION_INFO' to store the information into the `symbol_ref', and - then check for it here. When you see a `const', you will have to look - inside it to find the `symbol_ref' in order to determine the section. *Note - Assembler Format::. - - The best way to modify the name string is by adding text to the beginning, - with suitable punctuation to prevent any ambiguity. Allocate the new name - in `saveable_obstack'. You will have to modify `ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF' to - remove and decode the added text and output the name accordingly, and define - `STRIP_NAME_ENCODING' to access the original name string. - - You can check the information stored here into the `symbol_ref' in the - definitions of the macros `GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS' and - `PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS'. - - Return 0 if the address is not legitimate, 1 if the address would fit - in a short instruction, or 2 if the address would fit in a long - instruction. */ - -#define XREGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P(REGNO, STRICT_P) \ -((STRICT_P) \ - ? REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO) \ - : GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO)) - -int -d30v_legitimate_address_p (mode_int, x, strict_p) - int mode_int; - rtx x; - int strict_p; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode) mode_int; - rtx x0, x1; - int ret = 0; - - switch (GET_CODE (x)) - { - default: - break; - - case SUBREG: - x = SUBREG_REG (x); - if (GET_CODE (x) != REG) - break; - - /* fall through */ - - case REG: - ret = XREGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (x), strict_p); - break; - - case PLUS: - x0 = XEXP (x, 0); - x1 = XEXP (x, 1); - - if (GET_CODE (x0) == SUBREG) - x0 = SUBREG_REG (x0); - - if (GET_CODE (x0) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (x0) == POST_DEC) - x0 = XEXP (x0, 0); - - if (GET_CODE (x0) != REG || !XREGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (x0), strict_p)) - break; - - switch (GET_CODE (x1)) - { - default: - break; - - case SUBREG: - x1 = SUBREG_REG (x1); - if (GET_CODE (x1) != REG) - break; - - /* fall through */ - - case REG: - ret = XREGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (x1), strict_p); - break; - - case CONST_INT: - ret = (IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (x1), -32, 31)) ? 1 : 2; - break; - - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - ret = 2; - break; - } - break; - - case CONST_INT: - ret = (IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (x), -32, 31)) ? 1 : 2; - break; - - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - ret = 2; - break; - - case POST_INC: - case POST_DEC: - x0 = XEXP (x, 0); - if (GET_CODE (x0) == REG && XREGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (x0), strict_p)) - ret = 1; - break; - } - - if (TARGET_DEBUG_ADDR) - { - fprintf (stderr, "\n========== GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS, mode = %s, result = %d, addresses are %sstrict\n", - GET_MODE_NAME (mode), ret, (strict_p) ? "" : "not "); - debug_rtx (x); - } - - return ret; -} - - -/* A C compound statement that attempts to replace X with a valid memory - address for an operand of mode MODE. WIN will be a C statement label - elsewhere in the code; the macro definition may use - - GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (MODE, X, WIN); - - to avoid further processing if the address has become legitimate. - - X will always be the result of a call to `break_out_memory_refs', and OLDX - will be the operand that was given to that function to produce X. - - The code generated by this macro should not alter the substructure of X. If - it transforms X into a more legitimate form, it should assign X (which will - always be a C variable) a new value. - - It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate address. - The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, it is - safe for this macro to do nothing. But often a machine-dependent strategy - can generate better code. */ - -Rtx -d30v_legitimize_address (x, oldx, mode_int, strict_p) - rtx x; - rtx oldx; - int mode_int; - int strict_p; -{ - enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)mode_int; - rtx ret = NULL_RTX; - - if (TARGET_DEBUG_ADDR) - { - if (ret) - { - fprintf (stderr, "\n========== LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS, transformed:\n"); - debug_rtx (x); - fprintf (stderr, "\ninto:\n"); - debug_rtx (ret); - } - else - { - fprintf (stderr, "\n========== LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS, did nothing with:\n"); - debug_rtx (x); - } - } - - return ret; -} - - -/* A C statement or compound statement with a conditional `goto LABEL;' - executed if memory address X (an RTX) can have different meanings depending - on the machine mode of the memory reference it is used for or if the address - is valid for some modes but not others. - - Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent - effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size of the - operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent addresses. - Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses. - - You may assume that ADDR is a valid address for the machine. */ - -int -d30v_mode_dependent_address_p (addr) - rtx addr; -{ - switch (GET_CODE (addr)) - { - default: - break; - - case POST_INC: - case POST_DEC: - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} - - -/* Generate the appropriate comparison code for a test. */ - -rtx -d30v_emit_comparison (test_int, result, arg1, arg2) - int test_int; - rtx result; - rtx arg1; - rtx arg2; -{ - enum rtx_code test = (enum rtx_code) test_int; - enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (arg1); - rtx rtx_test = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, result, gen_rtx (test, CCmode, arg1, arg2)); - - if (mode == SImode - || (mode == DImode && (test == EQ || test == NE)) - || (mode == DImode && (test == LT || test == GE) - && GET_CODE (arg2) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (arg2) == 0)) - return rtx_test; - - else if (mode == DImode) - return gen_rtx (PARALLEL, VOIDmode, - gen_rtvec (2, - rtx_test, - gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, - gen_reg_rtx (CCmode)))); - - else - fatal_insn ("d30v_emit_comparison", rtx_test); -} - - -/* Return appropriate code to move 2 words. Since DImode registers must start - on even register numbers, there is no possibility of overlap. */ - -char * -d30v_move_2words (operands, insn) - rtx operands[]; - rtx insn; -{ - if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == REG && GPR_P (REGNO (operands[0]))) - { - if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == REG && GPR_P (REGNO (operands[1]))) - return "or %U0,%.,%U1\n\tor %L0,%.,%L1"; - - else if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == REG && ACCUM_P (REGNO (operands[1]))) - return "mvfacc %L0,%1,%.\n\tmvfacc %U0,%1,32"; - - else if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM) - return "ld2w %0,%M1"; - - else if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT - || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE) - return "or %U0,%.,%U1\n\tor %L0,%.,%L1"; - } - - else if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == REG && ACCUM_P (REGNO (operands[0]))) - { - if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == REG - && GPR_P (REGNO (operands[1]))) - return "mvtacc %0,%U1,%L1"; - - if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT - && INTVAL (operands[1]) == 0) - return "mvtacc %0,%.,%."; - } - - else if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM - && GET_CODE (operands[1]) == REG - && GPR_P (REGNO (operands[1]))) - return "st2w %1,%M0"; - - fatal_insn ("Bad call to d30v_move_2words", insn); -} - - -/* Emit the code to do a conditional move instruction. Return FALSE - if the conditional move could not be executed. */ - -int -d30v_emit_cond_move (dest, test, true_value, false_value) - rtx dest; - rtx test; - rtx true_value; - rtx false_value; -{ - rtx br_reg; - enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest); - - if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM) - { - if (!reg_or_0_operand (true_value, mode)) - return FALSE; - - if (!reg_or_0_operand (false_value, mode)) - return FALSE; - } - - br_reg = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - - /* Recognize simple sequences better done with mvfsys. */ - if ((true_value == const1_rtx && false_value == const0_rtx) - || (true_value == const0_rtx && false_value == const1_rtx - && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (dest)) == MODE_INT)) - { - enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (test); - - if (true_value == const0_rtx) - code = reverse_condition (code); - - emit_insn (d30v_emit_comparison (code, br_reg, - d30v_compare_op0, d30v_compare_op1)); - - if (mode != SImode) - dest = gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, dest, 0); - - emit_insn (gen_rtx (SET, SImode, dest, - gen_rtx (EQ, SImode, br_reg, const1_rtx))); - return TRUE; - } - - emit_insn (d30v_emit_comparison (GET_CODE (test), br_reg, - d30v_compare_op0, d30v_compare_op1)); - - emit_insn (gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, - dest, - gen_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, mode, - gen_rtx (NE, CCmode, br_reg, const0_rtx), - true_value, - false_value))); - return TRUE; -} - - -/* Output a conditional move instruction - operands[0] is the destination - operands[1] is the NE test - operands[2] is f0 or f1 - operands[3] is the value to move if the test was true - operands[4] is the value to move if the test was false */ - -char * -d30v_cond_move (operands, insn, load, store) - rtx operands[]; - rtx insn; - char *load; - char *store; -{ - rtx dest = operands[0]; - enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (dest); - char buffer[80]; - - if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG) - { - /* Move value into register for false condition */ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[4])) - { - case REG: - if (REGNO (operands[4]) != REGNO (operands[0])) - output_asm_insn ("or%T1 %0,%.,%4", operands); - break; - - case MEM: - sprintf (buffer, "%s%%T1 %%0,%%M4", load); - output_asm_insn (buffer, operands); - break; - - case CONST_INT: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - output_asm_insn ("or%T1 %0,%.,%4", operands); - break; - - case CONST_DOUBLE: - output_asm_insn ("or%T1 %0,%.,%f4", operands); - break; - - default: - fatal_insn ("d30v_cond_move", insn); - } - - /* Move value into register for true condition */ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[3])) - { - case REG: - if (REGNO (operands[3]) != REGNO (operands[0])) - output_asm_insn ("or%F1 %0,%.,%3", operands); - break; - - case MEM: - sprintf (buffer, "%s%%F1 %%0,%%M3", load); - output_asm_insn (buffer, operands); - break; - - case CONST_INT: - case SYMBOL_REF: - case LABEL_REF: - case CONST: - output_asm_insn ("or%F1 %0,%.,%3", operands); - break; - - case CONST_DOUBLE: - output_asm_insn ("or%F1 %0,%.,%f3", operands); - break; - - default: - fatal_insn ("d30v_cond_move", insn); - } - } - - else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM) - { - sprintf (buffer, "%s%%T1 %s,%M0", store, - (GET_CODE (operands[4]) == CONST_INT ? "%." : "%4")); - output_asm_insn (buffer, operands); - - sprintf (buffer, "%s%%F1 %s,%M0", store, - (GET_CODE (operands[3]) == CONST_INT ? "%." : "%3")); - output_asm_insn (buffer, operands); - } - - else - fatal_insn ("d30v_cond_move", insn); - - return ""; -} - - -/* In rare cases, correct code generation requires extra machine dependent - processing between the second jump optimization pass and delayed branch - scheduling. On those machines, define this macro as a C statement to act on - the code starting at INSN. */ - -void -d30v_machine_dependent_reorg (insn) - rtx insn; -{ -} - - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the integer variable COST based on - the relationship between INSN that is dependent on DEP_INSN through the - dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment to COST. This can be - used for example to specify to the scheduler that an output- or - anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a data-dependence. */ - -/* For the d30v, try to insure that the source operands for a load/store are - set 2 cycles before the memory reference. */ - -int -d30v_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep_insn, cost) - rtx insn; - rtx link; - rtx dep_insn; - int cost; -{ - rtx set_dep = single_set (dep_insn); - rtx set_insn = single_set (insn); - - if (set_dep != NULL_RTX && set_insn != NULL_RTX - && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set_dep)) == REG) - { - rtx reg = SET_DEST (set_dep); - rtx mem; - - if ((GET_CODE (mem = SET_SRC (set_insn)) == MEM - && reg_mentioned_p (reg, XEXP (mem, 0))) - || (GET_CODE (mem = SET_DEST (set_insn)) == MEM - && reg_mentioned_p (reg, XEXP (mem, 0)))) - { - return cost + ((HAIFA_P) ? 2 : 4); - } - } - - return cost; -} - - -/* Functions to save and restore d30v_return_addr_rtx. */ - -struct machine_function -{ - rtx ra_rtx; -}; - -static void -d30v_save_machine_status (p) - struct function *p; -{ - struct machine_function *machine = - (struct machine_function *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct machine_function)); - - p->machine = machine; - machine->ra_rtx = d30v_return_addr_rtx; -} - -static void -d30v_restore_machine_status (p) - struct function *p; -{ - struct machine_function *machine = p->machine; - - d30v_return_addr_rtx = machine->ra_rtx; - - free (machine); - p->machine = (struct machine_function *)0; -} - -/* Do anything needed before RTL is emitted for each function. */ - -void -d30v_init_expanders () -{ - d30v_return_addr_rtx = NULL_RTX; - d30v_eh_epilogue_sp_ofs = NULL_RTX; - - /* Arrange to save and restore machine status around nested functions. */ - save_machine_status = d30v_save_machine_status; - restore_machine_status = d30v_restore_machine_status; -} - -/* Find the current function's return address. - - ??? It would be better to arrange things such that if we would ordinarily - have been a leaf function and we didn't spill the hard reg that we - wouldn't have to save the register in the prolog. But it's not clear - how to get the right information at the right time. */ - -rtx -d30v_return_addr () -{ - rtx ret; - - if ((ret = d30v_return_addr_rtx) == NULL) - { - rtx init; - - d30v_return_addr_rtx = ret = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); - - init = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, ret, gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, GPR_LINK)); - push_topmost_sequence (); - emit_insn_after (init, get_insns ()); - pop_topmost_sequence (); - } - - return ret; -} - -/* END CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v */ diff --git a/gcc/config/d30v/d30v.h b/gcc/config/d30v/d30v.h deleted file mode 100755 index af55b04..0000000 --- a/gcc/config/d30v/d30v.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6245 +0,0 @@ -/* CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v */ -/* Definitions of target machine for use as an example. - Hack to fit. - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. - -This file is part of GNU CC. - -GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -any later version. - -GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to -the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* D30V specific macros */ - -/* Align an address */ -#define D30V_ALIGN(addr,align) (((addr) + (align) - 1) & ~((align) - 1)) - - -/* Set up System V.4 (aka ELF) defaults. */ -#include "svr4.h" - -/* Set up System V.3 (aka COFF) defaults. */ -/* #include "svr3.h" */ - -/* Set up a.out defaults. */ -/* #include "aoutos.h" */ - -/* Set up GNU defaults for the Hurd. */ -/* #include "gnu.h" */ - -/* Set up Linux defaults. */ -/* #include "linux.h" */ - -/* Set up Netbsd defaults. */ -/* #include "netbsd.h" */ - - - -/* Driver configuration */ - -/* A C expression which determines whether the option `-CHAR' takes arguments. - The value should be the number of arguments that option takes-zero, for many - options. - - By default, this macro is defined to handle the standard options properly. - You need not define it unless you wish to add additional options which take - arguments. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define SWITCH_TAKES_ARG(CHAR) */ - -/* A C expression which determines whether the option `-NAME' takes arguments. - The value should be the number of arguments that option takes-zero, for many - options. This macro rather than `SWITCH_TAKES_ARG' is used for - multi-character option names. - - By default, this macro is defined as `DEFAULT_WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG', which - handles the standard options properly. You need not define - `WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG' unless you wish to add additional options which take - arguments. Any redefinition should call `DEFAULT_WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG' and - then check for additional options. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG(NAME) */ - -/* A string-valued C expression which is nonempty if the linker needs a space - between the `-L' or `-o' option and its argument. - - If this macro is not defined, the default value is 0. */ -/* #define SWITCHES_NEED_SPACES "" */ - -/* A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to pass to - CPP. It can also specify how to translate options you give to GNU CC into - options for GNU CC to pass to the CPP. - - Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. */ -/* #define CPP_SPEC "" */ - -/* If this macro is defined, the preprocessor will not define the builtin macro - `__SIZE_TYPE__'. The macro `__SIZE_TYPE__' must then be defined by - `CPP_SPEC' instead. - - This should be defined if `SIZE_TYPE' depends on target dependent flags - which are not accessible to the preprocessor. Otherwise, it should not be - defined. */ -/* #define NO_BUILTIN_SIZE_TYPE */ - -/* If this macro is defined, the preprocessor will not define the builtin macro - `__PTRDIFF_TYPE__'. The macro `__PTRDIFF_TYPE__' must then be defined by - `CPP_SPEC' instead. - - This should be defined if `PTRDIFF_TYPE' depends on target dependent flags - which are not accessible to the preprocessor. Otherwise, it should not be - defined. */ -/* #define NO_BUILTIN_PTRDIFF_TYPE */ - -/* A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to pass to - CPP. By default, this macro is defined to pass the option - `-D__CHAR_UNSIGNED__' to CPP if `char' will be treated as `unsigned char' by - `cc1'. - - Do not define this macro unless you need to override the default definition. */ -/* #if DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR - #define SIGNED_CHAR_SPEC "%{funsigned-char:-D__CHAR_UNSIGNED__}" - #else - #define SIGNED_CHAR_SPEC "%{!fsigned-char:-D__CHAR_UNSIGNED__}" - #endif */ - -/* A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to pass to - `cc1'. It can also specify how to translate options you give to GNU CC into - options for GNU CC to pass to the `cc1'. - - Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. */ -/* #define CC1_SPEC "" */ - -/* A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to pass to - `cc1plus'. It can also specify how to translate options you give to GNU CC - into options for GNU CC to pass to the `cc1plus'. - - Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. */ -/* #define CC1PLUS_SPEC "" */ - -/* A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to pass to - the assembler. It can also specify how to translate options you give to GNU - CC into options for GNU CC to pass to the assembler. See the file `sun3.h' - for an example of this. - - Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -#undef ASM_SPEC -#define ASM_SPEC "\ -%{!mno-asm-optimize: %{O*: %{!O0: -O} %{O0: %{masm-optimize: -O}}}} \ -%{v} %{n} %{T} %{Ym,*} %{Yd,*} %{Wa,*:%*}" - -/* A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program how to run any - programs which cleanup after the normal assembler. Normally, this is not - needed. See the file `mips.h' for an example of this. - - Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_FINAL_SPEC "" */ - -/* A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to pass to - the linker. It can also specify how to translate options you give to GNU CC - into options for GNU CC to pass to the linker. - - Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -#undef LINK_SPEC -#define LINK_SPEC "\ -%{h*} %{v:-V} \ -%{b} %{Wl,*:%*} \ -%{static:-dn -Bstatic} \ -%{shared:-G -dy -z text} \ -%{symbolic:-Bsymbolic -G -dy -z text} \ -%{G:-G} \ -%{YP,*} \ -%{Qy:} %{!Qn:-Qy} \ -%{mextmem: -m d30v_e} %{mextmemory: -m d30v_e} %{monchip: -m d30v_o}" - -/* Another C string constant used much like `LINK_SPEC'. The difference - between the two is that `LIB_SPEC' is used at the end of the command given - to the linker. - - If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the standard - C library from the usual place. See `gcc.c'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -#undef LIB_SPEC -#define LIB_SPEC "--start-group -lsim -lc --end-group" - -/* Another C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program how and when - to place a reference to `libgcc.a' into the linker command line. This - constant is placed both before and after the value of `LIB_SPEC'. - - If this macro is not defined, the GNU CC driver provides a default that - passes the string `-lgcc' to the linker unless the `-shared' option is - specified. */ -/* #define LIBGCC_SPEC "" */ - -/* Another C string constant used much like `LINK_SPEC'. The difference - between the two is that `STARTFILE_SPEC' is used at the very beginning of - the command given to the linker. - - If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the standard - C startup file from the usual place. See `gcc.c'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ - -#undef STARTFILE_SPEC -#define STARTFILE_SPEC "crt0%O%s crtbegin%O%s" - -/* Another C string constant used much like `LINK_SPEC'. The difference - between the two is that `ENDFILE_SPEC' is used at the very end of the - command given to the linker. - - Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ - -#undef ENDFILE_SPEC -#define ENDFILE_SPEC "crtend%O%s" - -/* Define this macro if the driver program should find the library `libgcc.a' - itself and should not pass `-L' options to the linker. If you do not define - this macro, the driver program will pass the argument `-lgcc' to tell the - linker to do the search and will pass `-L' options to it. */ -/* #define LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL */ - -/* Define this macro if the driver program should find the library `libgcc.a'. - If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass the argument - `-lgcc' to tell the linker to do the search. This macro is similar to - `LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL', except that it does not affect `-L' options. */ -/* #define LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1 */ - -/* Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the `specs' - file that can be used in various specifications like `CC1_SPEC'. - - The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures, - containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a - string constant that provides the specification. - - Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. */ -/* #define EXTRA_SPECS {{}} */ - -/* Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of - string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this target - and thus do not need to be handled specially when using `MULTILIB_OPTIONS'. - - Do not define this macro if `MULTILIB_OPTIONS' is not defined in the target - makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in `MULTILIB_OPTIONS' are - set by default. *Note Target Fragment::. */ -/* #define MULTILIB_DEFAULTS {} */ - -/* Define this macro to tell `gcc' that it should only translate a `-B' prefix - into a `-L' linker option if the prefix indicates an absolute file name. */ -/* #define RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR */ - -/* Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the - standard choice of `/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/' as the default prefix to try - when searching for the executable files of the compiler. */ -/* #define STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX "" */ - -/* If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after - `STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX'. `MD_EXEC_PREFIX' is not searched when the `-b' - option is used, or the compiler is built as a cross compiler. - - Defined in svr4.h for host compilers. */ -/* #define MD_EXEC_PREFIX "" */ - -/* Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the - standard choice of `/usr/local/lib/' as the default prefix to try when - searching for startup files such as `crt0.o'. */ -/* #define STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX "" */ - -/* If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the - standard prefixes. `MD_EXEC_PREFIX' is not searched when the `-b' option is - used, or when the compiler is built as a cross compiler. - - Defined in svr4.h for host compilers. */ -/* #define MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX "" */ - -/* If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the standard - prefixes. It is not searched when the `-b' option is used, or when the - compiler is built as a cross compiler. */ -/* #define MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 "" */ - -/* Define this macro as a C string constant if you with to set environment - variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and - loader. The driver passes the value of this macro to `putenv' to initialize - the necessary environment variables. */ -/* #define INIT_ENVIRONMENT "" */ - -/* Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the - standard choice of `/usr/local/include' as the default prefix to try when - searching for local header files. `LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR' comes before - `SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR' in the search order. - - Cross compilers do not use this macro and do not search either - `/usr/local/include' or its replacement. */ -/* #define LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR "" */ - -/* Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to specify a - system-specific directory to search for header files before the standard - directory. `SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR' comes before `STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR' in the - search order. - - Cross compilers do not use this macro and do not search the directory - specified. */ -/* #define SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR "" */ - -/* Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the - standard choice of `/usr/include' as the default prefix to try when - searching for header files. - - Cross compilers do not use this macro and do not search either - `/usr/include' or its replacement. */ -/* #define STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR "" */ - -/* Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path for - include files. The default search path includes `GCC_INCLUDE_DIR', - `LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR', `SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR', `GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR', and - `STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR'. In addition, `GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR' and - `GCC_INCLUDE_DIR' are defined automatically by `Makefile', and specify - private search areas for GCC. The directory `GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR' is used - only for C++ programs. - - The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures. Each - array element should have two elements: the directory name (a string - constant) and a flag for C++-only directories. Mark the end of the array - with a null element. For example, here is the definition used for VMS: - - #define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \ - { \ - { "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", 1}, \ - { "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", 0}, \ - { "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0}, \ - { ".", 0}, \ - { 0, 0} \ - } - - Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files: - - 1. Any prefixes specified by the user with `-B'. - - 2. The environment variable `GCC_EXEC_PREFIX', if any. - - 3. The directories specified by the environment variable - `COMPILER_PATH'. - - 4. The macro `STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX'. - - 5. `/usr/lib/gcc/'. - - 6. The macro `MD_EXEC_PREFIX', if any. - - Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles: - - 1. Any prefixes specified by the user with `-B'. - - 2. The environment variable `GCC_EXEC_PREFIX', if any. - - 3. The directories specified by the environment variable - `LIBRARY_PATH' (native only, cross compilers do not use this). - - 4. The macro `STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX'. - - 5. `/usr/lib/gcc/'. - - 6. The macro `MD_EXEC_PREFIX', if any. - - 7. The macro `MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX', if any. - - 8. The macro `STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX'. - - 9. `/lib/'. - - 10. `/usr/lib/'. */ -/* #define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS {{ }} */ - - -/* Run-time target specifications */ - -/* Define this to be a string constant containing `-D' options to define the - predefined macros that identify this machine and system. These macros will - be predefined unless the `-ansi' option is specified. - - In addition, a parallel set of macros are predefined, whose names are made - by appending `__' at the beginning and at the end. These `__' macros are - permitted by the ANSI standard, so they are predefined regardless of whether - `-ansi' is specified. - - For example, on the Sun, one can use the following value: - - "-Dmc68000 -Dsun -Dunix" - - The result is to define the macros `__mc68000__', `__sun__' and `__unix__' - unconditionally, and the macros `mc68000', `sun' and `unix' provided `-ansi' - is not specified. */ -#define CPP_PREDEFINES "-D__D30V__ -Amachine(d30v)" - -/* This declaration should be present. */ -extern int target_flags; - -/* This series of macros is to allow compiler command arguments to enable or - disable the use of optional features of the target machine. For example, - one machine description serves both the 68000 and the 68020; a command - argument tells the compiler whether it should use 68020-only instructions or - not. This command argument works by means of a macro `TARGET_68020' that - tests a bit in `target_flags'. - - Define a macro `TARGET_FEATURENAME' for each such option. Its definition - should test a bit in `target_flags'; for example: - - #define TARGET_68020 (target_flags & 1) - - One place where these macros are used is in the condition-expressions of - instruction patterns. Note how `TARGET_68020' appears frequently in the - 68000 machine description file, `m68k.md'. Another place they are used is - in the definitions of the other macros in the `MACHINE.h' file. */ - -#define MASK_NO_COND_MOVE 0x00000001 /* disable conditional moves */ - -#define MASK_DEBUG_ARG 0x10000000 /* debug argument handling */ -#define MASK_DEBUG_STACK 0x20000000 /* debug stack allocations */ -#define MASK_DEBUG_ADDR 0x40000000 /* debug GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS */ - -#define TARGET_NO_COND_MOVE (target_flags & MASK_NO_COND_MOVE) -#define TARGET_DEBUG_ARG (target_flags & MASK_DEBUG_ARG) -#define TARGET_DEBUG_STACK (target_flags & MASK_DEBUG_STACK) -#define TARGET_DEBUG_ADDR (target_flags & MASK_DEBUG_ADDR) - -#define TARGET_COND_MOVE (! TARGET_NO_COND_MOVE) - -/* Default switches used. */ -#ifndef TARGET_DEFAULT -#define TARGET_DEFAULT 0 -#endif - -/* This macro defines names of command options to set and clear bits in - `target_flags'. Its definition is an initializer with a subgrouping for - each command option. - - Each subgrouping contains a string constant, that defines the option name, - and a number, which contains the bits to set in `target_flags'. A negative - number says to clear bits instead; the negative of the number is which bits - to clear. The actual option name is made by appending `-m' to the specified - name. - - One of the subgroupings should have a null string. The number in this - grouping is the default value for `target_flags'. Any target options act - starting with that value. - - Here is an example which defines `-m68000' and `-m68020' with opposite - meanings, and picks the latter as the default: - - #define TARGET_SWITCHES \ - { { "68020", 1}, \ - { "68000", -1}, \ - { "", 1}} */ - -#define TARGET_SWITCHES \ -{ \ - { "cond-move", -MASK_NO_COND_MOVE }, \ - { "no-cond-move", MASK_NO_COND_MOVE }, \ - { "debug-arg", MASK_DEBUG_ARG }, \ - { "debug-stack", MASK_DEBUG_STACK }, \ - { "debug-addr", MASK_DEBUG_ADDR }, \ - { "asm-optimize", 0 }, \ - { "no-asm-optimize", 0 }, \ - { "extmem", 0 }, \ - { "extmemory", 0 }, \ - { "onchip", 0 }, \ - { "", TARGET_DEFAULT }, \ -} - -/* This macro is similar to `TARGET_SWITCHES' but defines names of command - options that have values. Its definition is an initializer with a - subgrouping for each command option. - - Each subgrouping contains a string constant, that defines the fixed part of - the option name, and the address of a variable. The variable, type `char - *', is set to the variable part of the given option if the fixed part - matches. The actual option name is made by appending `-m' to the specified - name. - - Here is an example which defines `-mshort-data-NUMBER'. If the given option - is `-mshort-data-512', the variable `m88k_short_data' will be set to the - string `"512"'. - - extern char *m88k_short_data; - #define TARGET_OPTIONS \ - { { "short-data-", &m88k_short_data } } */ - -#define TARGET_OPTIONS \ -{ \ - {"branch-cost=", &d30v_branch_cost_string}, \ - {"cond-exec=", &d30v_cond_exec_string}, \ -} - -/* This macro is a C statement to print on `stderr' a string describing the - particular machine description choice. Every machine description should - define `TARGET_VERSION'. For example: - - #ifdef MOTOROLA - #define TARGET_VERSION \ - fprintf (stderr, " (68k, Motorola syntax)"); - #else - #define TARGET_VERSION \ - fprintf (stderr, " (68k, MIT syntax)"); - #endif */ -#define TARGET_VERSION fprintf (stderr, " d30v") - -/* Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on a - particular target machine. You can define a macro `OVERRIDE_OPTIONS' to - take account of this. This macro, if defined, is executed once just after - all the command options have been parsed. - - Don't use this macro to turn on various extra optimizations for `-O'. That - is what `OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS' is for. */ - -#define OVERRIDE_OPTIONS override_options () - -/* Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for - various optimization levels. This macro, if defined, is executed once just - after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder of the - command options have been parsed. Values set in this macro are used as the - default values for the other command line options. - - LEVEL is the optimization level specified; 2 if `-O2' is specified, 1 if - `-O' is specified, and 0 if neither is specified. - - SIZE is non-zero if `-Os' is specified, 0 otherwise. - - You should not use this macro to change options that are not - machine-specific. These should uniformly selected by the same optimization - level on all supported machines. Use this macro to enable machbine-specific - optimizations. - - *Do not examine `write_symbols' in this macro!* The debugging options are - *not supposed to alter the generated code. */ -/* #define OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS(LEVEL,SIZE) */ - -/* Define this macro if debugging can be performed even without a frame - pointer. If this macro is defined, GNU CC will turn on the - `-fomit-frame-pointer' option whenever `-O' is specified. */ -#define CAN_DEBUG_WITHOUT_FP - - -/* Storage Layout */ - -/* Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a byte - has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero. This - means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant bit. If - the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still be defined, - but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This macro need not be - a constant. - - This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into bytes or - words; that is controlled by `BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN'. */ -#define BITS_BIG_ENDIAN 1 - -/* Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a word - has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant. */ -#define BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN 1 - -/* Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the most - significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both memory - locations and registers; GNU CC fundamentally assumes that the order of - words in memory is the same as the order in registers. This macro need not - be a constant. */ -#define WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 1 - -/* Define this macro if WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is not constant. This must be a - constant value with the same meaning as WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN, which will be used - only when compiling libgcc2.c. Typically the value will be set based on - preprocessor defines. */ -/* #define LIBGCC2_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN */ - -/* Define this macro to have the value 1 if `DFmode', `XFmode' or `TFmode' - floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word containing the - sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to have the value 0. - This macro need not be a constant. - - You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for multi-word - integers. */ -/* #define FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_EnNDIAN */ - -/* Define this macro to be the number of bits in an addressable storage unit - (byte); normally 8. */ -#define BITS_PER_UNIT 8 - -/* Number of bits in a word; normally 32. */ -#define BITS_PER_WORD 32 - -/* Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is - `BITS_PER_WORD'. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the largest - value that `BITS_PER_WORD' can have at run-time. */ -/* #define MAX_BITS_PER_WORD */ - -/* Number of storage units in a word; normally 4. */ -#define UNITS_PER_WORD 4 - -/* Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is - `UNITS_PER_WORD'. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the smallest - value that `UNITS_PER_WORD' can have at run-time. */ -/* #define MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD */ - -/* Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the - width of `Pmode'. If it is not equal to the width of `Pmode', you must - define `POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED'. */ -#define POINTER_SIZE 32 - -/* A C expression whose value is nonzero if pointers that need to be extended - from being `POINTER_SIZE' bits wide to `Pmode' are sign-extended and zero if - they are zero-extended. - - You need not define this macro if the `POINTER_SIZE' is equal to the width - of `Pmode'. */ -/* #define POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED */ - -/* A macro to update M and UNSIGNEDP when an object whose type is TYPE and - which has the specified mode and signedness is to be stored in a register. - This macro is only called when TYPE is a scalar type. - - On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full - register, define this macro to set M to `word_mode' if M is an integer mode - narrower than `BITS_PER_WORD'. In most cases, only integer modes should be - widened because wider-precision floating-point operations are usually more - expensive than their narrower counterparts. - - For most machines, the macro definition does not change UNSIGNEDP. However, - some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle either signed or - unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on the DEC Alpha, 32-bit - loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions sign-extend the result to 64 - bits. On such machines, set UNSIGNEDP according to which kind of extension - is more efficient. - - Do not define this macro if it would never modify M. */ -#define PROMOTE_MODE(MODE,UNSIGNEDP,TYPE) \ -do { \ - if (GET_MODE_CLASS (MODE) == MODE_INT \ - && GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) < 4) \ - (MODE) = SImode; \ -} while (0) - -/* Define this macro if the promotion described by `PROMOTE_MODE' should also - be done for outgoing function arguments. */ -/* #define PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS */ - -/* Define this macro if the promotion described by `PROMOTE_MODE' should also - be done for the return value of functions. - - If this macro is defined, `FUNCTION_VALUE' must perform the same promotions - done by `PROMOTE_MODE'. */ -/* #define PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN */ - -/* Define this macro if the promotion described by `PROMOTE_MODE' should *only* - be performed for outgoing function arguments or function return values, as - specified by `PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS' and `PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN', - respectively. */ -/* #define PROMOTE_FOR_CALL_ONLY */ - -/* Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in bits. - All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment regardless of data - type. On most machines, this is the same as the size of an integer. */ - -#define PARM_BOUNDARY 32 - -/* Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the stack - pointer. The definition is a C expression for the desired alignment - (measured in bits). - - If `PUSH_ROUNDING' is not defined, the stack will always be aligned to the - specified boundary. If `PUSH_ROUNDING' is defined and specifies a less - strict alignment than `STACK_BOUNDARY', the stack may be momentarily - unaligned while pushing arguments. */ - -#define STACK_BOUNDARY 64 - -/* Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits. */ - -#define FUNCTION_BOUNDARY 64 - -/* Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, - in bits. */ - -#define BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT 64 - -/* Biggest alignment that any structure field can require on this machine, in - bits. If defined, this overrides `BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT' for structure fields - only. */ -/* #define BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT */ - -/* Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine. Use - this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the - `__attribute__ ((aligned (N)))' construct. If not defined, the default - value is `BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT */ - -/* If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a static variable. - TYPE is the data type, and BASIC-ALIGN is the alignment that the object - would ordinarily have. The value of this macro is used instead of that - alignment to align the object. - - If this macro is not defined, then BASIC-ALIGN is used. - - One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to make - it all fit in fewer cache lines. Another is to cause character arrays to be - word-aligned so that `strcpy' calls that copy constants to character arrays - can be done inline. */ - -#define DATA_ALIGNMENT(TYPE, ALIGN) \ - (TREE_CODE (TYPE) == ARRAY_TYPE \ - && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE)) == QImode \ - && (ALIGN) < BITS_PER_WORD ? BITS_PER_WORD : (ALIGN)) - -/* If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment given to a constant that - is being placed in memory. CONSTANT is the constant and BASIC-ALIGN is the - alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this macro is - used instead of that alignment to align the object. - - If this macro is not defined, then BASIC-ALIGN is used. - - The typical use of this macro is to increase alignment for string constants - to be word aligned so that `strcpy' calls that copy constants can be done - inline. */ - -#define CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT(EXP, ALIGN) \ - (TREE_CODE (EXP) == STRING_CST \ - && (ALIGN) < BITS_PER_WORD ? BITS_PER_WORD : (ALIGN)) - -/* Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit field that follows an empty - field such as `int : 0;'. - - Note that `PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS' also affects the alignment that - results from an empty field. */ -/* #define EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY */ - -/* Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of. - Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this. - - If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as `BITS_PER_UNIT'. */ -/* #define STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY */ - -/* Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work if - given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely go - slower in that case, define this macro as 0. */ - -#define STRICT_ALIGNMENT 1 - -/* Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle - alignment of bitfields and the structures that contain them. - - The behavior is that the type written for a bitfield (`int', `short', or - other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire structure, as if the - structure really did contain an ordinary field of that type. In addition, - the bitfield is placed within the structure so that it would fit within such - a field, not crossing a boundary for it. - - Thus, on most machines, a bitfield whose type is written as `int' would not - cross a four-byte boundary, and would force four-byte alignment for the - whole structure. (The alignment used may not be four bytes; it is - controlled by the other alignment parameters.) - - If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression; a nonzero - value for the expression enables this behavior. - - Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some bitfields - may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can support such - references if there are `insv', `extv', and `extzv' insns that can directly - reference memory. - - The other known way of making bitfields work is to define - `STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY' as large as `BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT'. Then every - structure can be accessed with fullwords. - - Unless the machine has bitfield instructions or you define - `STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY' that way, you must define - `PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS' to have a nonzero value. - - If your aim is to make GNU CC use the same conventions for laying out - bitfields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate what - the other compiler does. Compile and run this program: - - struct foo1 - { - char x; - char :0; - char y; - }; - - struct foo2 - { - char x; - int :0; - char y; - }; - - main () - { - printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n", - sizeof (struct foo1)); - printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n", - sizeof (struct foo2)); - exit (0); - } - - If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would get - from `PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ - -#define PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS 1 - -/* Like PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS except that its effect is limited to aligning - a bitfield within the structure. */ -/* #define BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED */ - -/* Define this macro as an expression for the overall size of a structure - (given by STRUCT as a tree node) when the size computed from the fields is - SIZE and the alignment is ALIGN. - - The default is to round SIZE up to a multiple of ALIGN. */ -/* #define ROUND_TYPE_SIZE(STRUCT, SIZE, ALIGN) */ - -/* Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a structure (given - by STRUCT as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual way is - COMPUTED and the alignment explicitly specified was SPECIFIED. - - The default is to use SPECIFIED if it is larger; otherwise, use the smaller - of COMPUTED and `BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT' */ -/* #define ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN(STRUCT, COMPUTED, SPECIFIED) */ - -/* An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer machine - mode that should actually be used. All integer machine modes of this size - or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the appropriate sizes. - If this macro is undefined, `GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DImode)' is assumed. */ -/* #define MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE */ - -/* A C statement to validate the value VALUE (of type `double') for mode MODE. - This means that you check whether VALUE fits within the possible range of - values for mode MODE on this target machine. The mode MODE is always a mode - of class `MODE_FLOAT'. OVERFLOW is nonzero if the value is already known to - be out of range. - - If VALUE is not valid or if OVERFLOW is nonzero, you should set OVERFLOW to - 1 and then assign some valid value to VALUE. Allowing an invalid value to - go through the compiler can produce incorrect assembler code which may even - cause Unix assemblers to crash. - - This macro need not be defined if there is no work for it to do. */ -/* #define CHECK_FLOAT_VALUE(MODE, VALUE, OVERFLOW) */ - -/* A code distinguishing the floating point format of the target machine. - There are three defined values: - - IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT' - This code indicates IEEE floating point. It is the default; - there is no need to define this macro when the format is IEEE. - - VAX_FLOAT_FORMAT' - This code indicates the peculiar format used on the Vax. - - UNKNOWN_FLOAT_FORMAT' - This code indicates any other format. - - The value of this macro is compared with `HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT' (*note - Config::.) to determine whether the target machine has the same format as - the host machine. If any other formats are actually in use on supported - machines, new codes should be defined for them. - - The ordering of the component words of floating point values stored in - memory is controlled by `FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN' for the target machine and - `HOST_FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN' for the host. */ -#define TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT - -/* GNU CC supports two ways of implementing C++ vtables: traditional or with - so-called "thunks". The flag `-fvtable-thunk' chooses between them. Define - this macro to be a C expression for the default value of that flag. If - `DEFAULT_VTABLE_THUNKS' is 0, GNU CC uses the traditional implementation by - default. The "thunk" implementation is more efficient (especially if you - have provided an implementation of `ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK', see *Note Function - Entry::), but is not binary compatible with code compiled using the - traditional implementation. If you are writing a new ports, define - `DEFAULT_VTABLE_THUNKS' to 1. - - If you do not define this macro, the default for `-fvtable-thunk' is 0. */ -#define DEFAULT_VTABLE_THUNKS 1 - - -/* Layout of Source Language Data Types */ - -/* A C expression for the size in bits of the type `int' on the target machine. - If you don't define this, the default is one word. */ -#define INT_TYPE_SIZE 32 - -/* Maximum number for the size in bits of the type `int' on the target machine. - If this is undefined, the default is `INT_TYPE_SIZE'. Otherwise, it is the - constant value that is the largest value that `INT_TYPE_SIZE' can have at - run-time. This is used in `cpp'. */ -/* #define MAX_INT_TYPE_SIZE */ - -/* A C expression for the size in bits of the type `short' on the target - machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word. (If this - would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one unit.) */ -#define SHORT_TYPE_SIZE 16 - -/* A C expression for the size in bits of the type `long' on the target - machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word. */ -#define LONG_TYPE_SIZE 32 - -/* Maximum number for the size in bits of the type `long' on the target - machine. If this is undefined, the default is `LONG_TYPE_SIZE'. Otherwise, - it is the constant value that is the largest value that `LONG_TYPE_SIZE' can - have at run-time. This is used in `cpp'. */ -/* #define MAX_LONG_TYPE_SIZE */ - -/* A C expression for the size in bits of the type `long long' on the target - machine. If you don't define this, the default is two words. If you want - to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of macro must be at least 64. */ -#define LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE 64 - -/* A C expression for the size in bits of the type `char' on the target - machine. If you don't define this, the default is one quarter of a word. - (If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one unit.) */ -#define CHAR_TYPE_SIZE 8 - -/* Maximum number for the size in bits of the type `char' on the target - machine. If this is undefined, the default is `CHAR_TYPE_SIZE'. Otherwise, - it is the constant value that is the largest value that `CHAR_TYPE_SIZE' can - have at run-time. This is used in `cpp'. */ -/* #define MAX_CHAR_TYPE_SIZE */ - -/* A C expression for the size in bits of the type `float' on the target - machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word. */ -#define FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE 32 - -/* A C expression for the size in bits of the type `double' on the target - machine. If you don't define this, the default is two words. */ -#define DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE 64 - -/* A C expression for the size in bits of the type `long double' on the target - machine. If you don't define this, the default is two words. */ -#define LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE 64 - -/* An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type `char' - should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can always override this - default with the options `-fsigned-char' and `-funsigned-char'. */ -#define DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR 1 - -/* A C expression to determine whether to give an `enum' type only as many - bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of that type. A - nonzero value means to do that; a zero value means all `enum' types should - be allocated like `int'. - - If you don't define the macro, the default is 0. */ -/* #define DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS */ - -/* A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use for - size values. The typedef name `size_t' is defined using the contents of the - string. - - The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with - spaces, and write first any length keyword, then `unsigned' if appropriate, - and finally `int'. The string must exactly match one of the data type names - defined in the function `init_decl_processing' in the file `c-decl.c'. You - may not omit `int' or change the order--that would cause the compiler to - crash on startup. - - If you don't define this macro, the default is `"long unsigned int"'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define SIZE_TYPE */ - -/* A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use for - the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name `ptrdiff_t' is - defined using the contents of the string. See `SIZE_TYPE' above for more - information. - - If you don't define this macro, the default is `"long int"'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define PTRDIFF_TYPE */ - -/* A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use for - wide characters. The typedef name `wchar_t' is defined using the contents - of the string. See `SIZE_TYPE' above for more information. - - If you don't define this macro, the default is `"int"'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define WCHAR_TYPE */ - -/* A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide characters. - This is used in `cpp', which cannot make use of `WCHAR_TYPE'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE */ - -/* Maximum number for the size in bits of the data type for wide characters. - If this is undefined, the default is `WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE'. Otherwise, it is - the constant value that is the largest value that `WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE' can have - at run-time. This is used in `cpp'. */ -/* #define MAX_WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE */ - -/* Define this macro if the type of Objective C selectors should be `int'. - - If this macro is not defined, then selectors should have the type `struct - objc_selector *'. */ -/* #define OBJC_INT_SELECTORS */ - -/* Define this macro if the compiler can group all the selectors together into - a vector and use just one label at the beginning of the vector. Otherwise, - the compiler must give each selector its own assembler label. - - On certain machines, it is important to have a separate label for each - selector because this enables the linker to eliminate duplicate selectors. */ -/* #define OBJC_SELECTORS_WITHOUT_LABELS */ - -/* A C constant expression for the integer value for escape sequence - `\a'. */ -#define TARGET_BELL 0x7 - -/* C constant expressions for the integer values for escape sequences - `\b', `\t' and `\n'. */ -#define TARGET_BS 0x8 -#define TARGET_TAB 0x9 -#define TARGET_NEWLINE 0xa - -/* C constant expressions for the integer values for escape sequences - `\v', `\f' and `\r'. */ -#define TARGET_VT 0xb -#define TARGET_FF 0xc -#define TARGET_CR 0xd - - -/* D30V register layout. */ - -/* Return true if a value is inside a range */ -#define IN_RANGE_P(VALUE, LOW, HIGH) \ - (((unsigned)((VALUE) - (LOW))) <= ((unsigned)((HIGH) - (LOW)))) - -/* General purpose registers. */ -#define GPR_FIRST 0 /* First gpr */ -#define GPR_LAST (GPR_FIRST + 63) /* Last gpr */ -#define GPR_R0 GPR_FIRST /* R0, constant 0 */ -#define GPR_ARG_FIRST (GPR_FIRST + 2) /* R2, first argument reg */ -#define GPR_ARG_LAST (GPR_FIRST + 17) /* R17, last argument reg */ -#define GPR_RET_VALUE GPR_ARG_FIRST /* R2, function return reg */ -#define GPR_ATMP_FIRST (GPR_FIRST + 20) /* R20, tmp to save accs */ -#define GPR_ATMP_LAST (GPR_FIRST + 21) /* R21, tmp to save accs */ -#define GPR_STACK_TMP (GPR_FIRST + 22) /* R22, tmp for saving stack */ -#define GPR_RES_FIRST (GPR_FIRST + 32) /* R32, first reserved reg */ -#define GPR_RES_LAST (GPR_FIRST + 35) /* R35, last reserved reg */ -#define GPR_FP (GPR_FIRST + 61) /* Frame pointer */ -#define GPR_LINK (GPR_FIRST + 62) /* Return address register */ -#define GPR_SP (GPR_FIRST + 63) /* Stack pointer */ - -/* Argument register that is eliminated in favor of the frame and/or stack - pointer. Also add register to point to where the return address is - stored. */ -#define SPECIAL_REG_FIRST (GPR_LAST + 1) -#define SPECIAL_REG_LAST (SPECIAL_REG_FIRST) -#define ARG_POINTER_REGNUM (SPECIAL_REG_FIRST + 0) -#define SPECIAL_REG_P(R) ((R) == SPECIAL_REG_FIRST) - -#define GPR_OR_SPECIAL_REG_P(R) IN_RANGE_P (R, GPR_FIRST, SPECIAL_REG_LAST) -#define GPR_P(R) IN_RANGE_P (R, GPR_FIRST, GPR_LAST) -#define GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P(R) (GPR_OR_SPECIAL_REG_P (R) \ - || (R) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) - -/* Flag bits. */ -#define FLAG_FIRST (SPECIAL_REG_LAST + 1) /* First flag */ -#define FLAG_LAST (FLAG_FIRST + 7) /* Last flag */ -#define FLAG_F0 (FLAG_FIRST) /* F0, used in prediction */ -#define FLAG_F1 (FLAG_FIRST + 1) /* F1, used in prediction */ -#define FLAG_F2 (FLAG_FIRST + 2) /* F2, general flag */ -#define FLAG_F3 (FLAG_FIRST + 3) /* F3, general flag */ -#define FLAG_SAT (FLAG_FIRST + 4) /* F4, saturation flag */ -#define FLAG_OVERFLOW (FLAG_FIRST + 5) /* F5, overflow flag */ -#define FLAG_ACC_OVER (FLAG_FIRST + 6) /* F6, accumulated overflow */ -#define FLAG_CARRY (FLAG_FIRST + 7) /* F7, carry/borrow flag */ -#define FLAG_BORROW FLAG_CARRY - -#define FLAG_P(R) IN_RANGE_P (R, FLAG_FIRST, FLAG_LAST) -#define FLAG_OR_PSEUDO_P(R) (FLAG_P (R) || (R) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) - -#define BR_FLAG_P(R) IN_RANGE_P (R, FLAG_F0, FLAG_F1) -#define BR_FLAG_OR_PSEUDO_P(R) (BR_FLAG_P (R) || (R) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) - -/* Accumulators */ -#define ACCUM_FIRST (FLAG_LAST + 1) /* First accumulator */ -#define ACCUM_A0 ACCUM_FIRST /* Register A0 */ -#define ACCUM_A1 (ACCUM_FIRST + 1) /* Register A1 */ -#define ACCUM_LAST (ACCUM_FIRST + 1) /* Last accumulator */ - -#define ACCUM_P(R) IN_RANGE_P (R, ACCUM_FIRST, ACCUM_LAST) -#define ACCUM_OR_PSEUDO_P(R) (ACCUM_P (R) || (R) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) - -/* Special registers. Note, we only define the registers that can actually - be used. */ -#define CR_FIRST (ACCUM_LAST + 1) /* First CR */ -#define CR_LAST (CR_FIRST + 14) /* Last CR */ -#define CR_PSW (CR_FIRST + 0) /* CR0, Program status word */ -#define CR_BPSW (CR_FIRST + 1) /* CR1, Backup PSW */ -#define CR_PC (CR_FIRST + 2) /* CR2, Program counter */ -#define CR_BPC (CR_FIRST + 3) /* CR3, Backup PC */ -#define CR_DPSW (CR_FIRST + 4) /* CR4, Debug PSW */ -#define CR_DPC (CR_FIRST + 5) /* CR5, Debug PC */ -#define CR_RPT_C (CR_FIRST + 6) /* CR7, loop count register */ -#define CR_RPT_S (CR_FIRST + 7) /* CR8, loop start address */ -#define CR_RPT_E (CR_FIRST + 8) /* CR9, loop end address */ -#define CR_MOD_S (CR_FIRST + 9) /* CR10, modulo address start*/ -#define CR_MOD_E (CR_FIRST + 10) /* CR11, modulo address */ -#define CR_IBA (CR_FIRST + 11) /* CR14, Interrupt break addr */ -#define CR_EIT_VB (CR_FIRST + 12) /* CR15, EIT vector address */ -#define CR_INT_S (CR_FIRST + 13) /* CR16, Interrupt status */ -#define CR_INT_M (CR_FIRST + 14) /* CR17, Interrupt mask */ - -#define CR_P(R) IN_RANGE_P (R, CR_FIRST, CR_LAST) -#define CR_OR_PSEUDO_P(R) (CR_P (R) || (R) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) - - -/* Register Basics */ - -/* Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive numbers 0 - through `FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1'; thus, the first pseudo register's number - really is assigned the number `FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER'. */ -#define FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER (CR_LAST + 1) - -/* An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes all - throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for general - allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame pointer - (except on machines where that can be used as a general register when no - frame pointer is needed), the program counter on machines where that is - considered one of the addressable registers, and any other numbered register - with a standard use. - - This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by commas - and surrounded by braces. The Nth number is 1 if register N is fixed, 0 - otherwise. - - The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by the - following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically, by the - actions of the macro `CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE', or by the user with the - command options `-ffixed-REG', `-fcall-used-REG' and `-fcall-saved-REG'. */ -#define FIXED_REGISTERS \ -{ \ - 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R0 - R15 */ \ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* R16 - R31 */ \ - 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R32 - R47 */ \ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* R48 - R63 */ \ - 1, /* ARG ptr */ \ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* F0 - F7 */ \ - 0, 0, /* A0 - A1 */ \ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* CRs */ \ -} - -/* Like `FIXED_REGISTERS' but has 1 for each register that is clobbered (in - general) by function calls as well as for fixed registers. This macro - therefore identifies the registers that are not available for general - allocation of values that must live across function calls. - - If a register has 0 in `CALL_USED_REGISTERS', the compiler automatically - saves it on function entry and restores it on function exit, if the register - is used within the function. */ -#define CALL_USED_REGISTERS \ -{ \ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* R0 - R15 */ \ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* R16 - R31 */ \ - 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R32 - R47 */ \ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* R48 - R63 */ \ - 1, /* ARG ptr */ \ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* F0 - F7 */ \ - 1, 0, /* A0 - A1 */ \ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* CRs */ \ -} - -/* Zero or more C statements that may conditionally modify two variables - `fixed_regs' and `call_used_regs' (both of type `char []') after they have - been initialized from the two preceding macros. - - This is necessary in case the fixed or call-clobbered registers depend on - target flags. - - You need not define this macro if it has no work to do. - - If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target flags, - you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify `fixed_regs' and - `call_used_regs' to 1 for each of the registers in the classes which should - not be used by GCC. Also define the macro `REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER' to return - `NO_REGS' if it is called with a letter for a class that shouldn't be used. - - (However, if this class is not included in `GENERAL_REGS' and all of the - insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are controlled by target - switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using these registers when the - target switches are opposed to them.) */ -/* #define CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE */ - -/* If this macro is defined and has a nonzero value, it means that `setjmp' and - related functions fail to save the registers, or that `longjmp' fails to - restore them. To compensate, the compiler avoids putting variables in - registers in functions that use `setjmp'. */ -/* #define NON_SAVING_SETJMP */ - -/* Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C - expression returns the register number as seen by the called function - corresponding to the register number OUT as seen by the calling function. - Return OUT if register number OUT is not an outbound register. */ -/* #define INCOMING_REGNO(OUT) */ - -/* Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C - expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function - corresponding to the register number IN as seen by the called function. - Return IN if register number IN is not an inbound register. */ -/* #define OUTGOING_REGNO(IN) */ - - -/* Order of allocation of registers */ - -/* If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the numbers - of hard registers in the order in which GNU CC should prefer to use them - (from most preferred to least). - - If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first (all - else being equal). - - One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered registers - must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers instruction supports - only sequences of consecutive registers. On such machines, define - `REG_ALLOC_ORDER' to be an initializer that lists the highest numbered - allocatable register first. */ - -#define REG_ALLOC_ORDER \ -{ \ - /* volatile registers */ \ - GPR_FIRST + 2, GPR_FIRST + 3, GPR_FIRST + 4, GPR_FIRST + 5, \ - GPR_FIRST + 6, GPR_FIRST + 7, GPR_FIRST + 8, GPR_FIRST + 9, \ - GPR_FIRST + 10, GPR_FIRST + 11, GPR_FIRST + 12, GPR_FIRST + 13, \ - GPR_FIRST + 14, GPR_FIRST + 15, GPR_FIRST + 16, GPR_FIRST + 17, \ - GPR_FIRST + 18, GPR_FIRST + 19, GPR_FIRST + 20, GPR_FIRST + 21, \ - GPR_FIRST + 22, GPR_FIRST + 23, GPR_FIRST + 24, GPR_FIRST + 25, \ - GPR_FIRST + 1, \ - \ - /* saved registers */ \ - GPR_FIRST + 34, GPR_FIRST + 35, GPR_FIRST + 36, GPR_FIRST + 37, \ - GPR_FIRST + 38, GPR_FIRST + 39, GPR_FIRST + 40, GPR_FIRST + 41, \ - GPR_FIRST + 42, GPR_FIRST + 43, GPR_FIRST + 44, GPR_FIRST + 45, \ - GPR_FIRST + 46, GPR_FIRST + 47, GPR_FIRST + 48, GPR_FIRST + 49, \ - GPR_FIRST + 50, GPR_FIRST + 51, GPR_FIRST + 52, GPR_FIRST + 53, \ - GPR_FIRST + 54, GPR_FIRST + 55, GPR_FIRST + 56, GPR_FIRST + 57, \ - GPR_FIRST + 58, GPR_FIRST + 59, GPR_FIRST + 60, GPR_FIRST + 61, \ - GPR_FIRST + 62, \ - \ - /* flags */ \ - FLAG_F2, FLAG_F3, FLAG_F0, FLAG_F1, \ - FLAG_SAT, FLAG_OVERFLOW, FLAG_ACC_OVER, FLAG_CARRY, \ - \ - /* accumultors */ \ - ACCUM_FIRST + 0, ACCUM_FIRST + 1, \ - \ - /* fixed registers */ \ - GPR_FIRST + 0, GPR_FIRST + 26, GPR_FIRST + 27, GPR_FIRST + 28, \ - GPR_FIRST + 29, GPR_FIRST + 30, GPR_FIRST + 31, GPR_FIRST + 32, \ - GPR_FIRST + 33, GPR_FIRST + 63, \ - CR_PSW, CR_BPSW, CR_PC, CR_BPC, \ - CR_DPSW, CR_DPC, CR_RPT_C, CR_RPT_S, \ - CR_RPT_E, CR_MOD_S, CR_MOD_E, CR_IBA, \ - CR_EIT_VB, CR_INT_S, CR_INT_M, \ - ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, \ -} - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate hard - registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block. - - Store the desired register order in the array `reg_alloc_order'. Element 0 - should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next register; and - so on. - - The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of - `reg_alloc_order' before execution of the macro. - - On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro. */ -/* #define ORDER_REGS_FOR_LOCAL_ALLOC */ - - -/* How Values Fit in Registers */ - -/* A C expression for the number of consecutive hard registers, starting at - register number REGNO, required to hold a value of mode MODE. - - On a machine where all registers are exactly one word, a suitable definition - of this macro is - - #define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \ - ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) \ - / UNITS_PER_WORD)) */ - -#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \ -(ACCUM_P (REGNO) ? ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + 2*UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) \ - / (2*UNITS_PER_WORD)) \ - : ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) \ - / UNITS_PER_WORD)) - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if it is permissible to store a value of mode - MODE in hard register number REGNO (or in several registers starting with - that one). For a machine where all registers are equivalent, a suitable - definition is - - #define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) 1 - - It is not necessary for this macro to check for the numbers of fixed - registers, because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always - occupied. - - On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd register - pairs. The way to implement that is to define this macro to reject odd - register numbers for such modes. - - The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the - `movMODE' instruction pattern support moves between the register and any - other hard register for which the mode is OK; and that moving a value into - the register and back out not alter it. - - Since the same instruction used to move `SImode' will work for all narrower - integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK' - to distinguish between these modes, provided you define patterns `movhi', - etc., to take advantage of this. This is useful because of the interaction - between `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK' and `MODES_TIEABLE_P'; it is very desirable for - all integer modes to be tieable. - - Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic. Often - people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only in floating - point registers. This is not true. Any registers that can hold integers - can safely *hold* a floating point machine mode, whether or not floating - arithmetic can be done on it in those registers. Integer move instructions - can be used to move the values. - - On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine modes - may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating registers - normalize any value stored in them, because storing a non-floating value - there would garble it. In this case, `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK' should reject - fixed-point machine modes in floating registers. But if the floating - registers do not automatically normalize, if you can store any bit pattern - in one and retrieve it unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may - go in a floating register, so you can define this macro to say so. - - The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that they - are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic instructions. - However, this is of no concern to `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK'. You handle it by - writing the proper constraints for those instructions. - - On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access, so - that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a register - if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the floating - registers are not in class `GENERAL_REGS', they will not be used unless some - pattern's constraint asks for one. */ - -extern unsigned char hard_regno_mode_ok[][FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; -#define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) hard_regno_mode_ok[ (int)MODE ][ REGNO ] - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if it is desirable to choose register - allocation so as to avoid move instructions between a value of mode MODE1 - and a value of mode MODE2. - - If `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (R, MODE1)' and `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (R, MODE2)' are - ever different for any R, then `MODES_TIEABLE_P (MODE1, MODE2)' must be - zero. */ - -extern unsigned char modes_tieable_p[]; -#define MODES_TIEABLE_P(MODE1, MODE2) \ - modes_tieable_p[ (((int)(MODE1)) * (NUM_MACHINE_MODES)) + (int)(MODE2) ] - -/* Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from CCmode - registers. You should only define this macro if support fo copying to/from - CCmode is incomplete. */ - -/* On the D30V, copying to/from CCmode is complete, but since there are only - two CC registers usable for conditional tests, this helps gcse not compound - the reload problem. */ -#define AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES - - -/* Handling Leaf Functions */ - -/* A C initializer for a vector, indexed by hard register number, which - contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf function - treatment. - - If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the - registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering--those that GNU - CC would ordinarily allocate. The registers which will actually be used in - the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1 in this - vector. - - Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the - treatment of leaf functions. */ -/* #define LEAF_REGISTERS */ - -/* A C expression whose value is the register number to which REGNO should be - renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function. - - If REGNO is a register number which should not appear in a leaf function - before renumbering, then the expression should yield -1, which will cause - the compiler to abort. - - Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the - treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do this. */ -/* #define LEAF_REG_REMAP(REGNO) */ - - -/* Registers That Form a Stack. */ - -/* Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers. */ -/* #define STACK_REGS */ - -/* The number of the first stack-like register. This one is the top - of the stack. */ -/* #define FIRST_STACK_REG */ - -/* The number of the last stack-like register. This one is the - bottom of the stack. */ -/* #define LAST_STACK_REG */ - - -/* Register Classes */ - -/* An enumeral type that must be defined with all the register class names as - enumeral values. `NO_REGS' must be first. `ALL_REGS' must be the last - register class, followed by one more enumeral value, `LIM_REG_CLASSES', - which is not a register class but rather tells how many classes there are. - - Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting the class - name to type `int'. The number serves as an index in many of the tables - described below. */ -enum reg_class -{ - NO_REGS, - REPEAT_REGS, - CR_REGS, - ACCUM_REGS, - OTHER_FLAG_REGS, - F0_REGS, - F1_REGS, - BR_FLAG_REGS, - FLAG_REGS, - EVEN_REGS, - GPR_REGS, - ALL_REGS, - LIM_REG_CLASSES -}; - -#define GENERAL_REGS GPR_REGS - -/* The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows: - - #define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES */ -#define N_REG_CLASSES ((int) LIM_REG_CLASSES) - -/* An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string - constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps. */ -#define REG_CLASS_NAMES \ -{ \ - "NO_REGS", \ - "REPEAT_REGS", \ - "CR_REGS", \ - "ACCUM_REGS", \ - "OTHER_FLAG_REGS", \ - "F0_REGS", \ - "F1_REGS", \ - "BR_FLAG_REGS", \ - "FLAG_REGS", \ - "EVEN_REGS", \ - "GPR_REGS", \ - "ALL_REGS", \ -} - -/* Create mask bits for 3rd word of REG_CLASS_CONTENTS */ -#define MASK_WORD3(REG) ((long)1 << ((REG) - 64)) - -#define NO_MASK 0 -#define REPEAT_MASK MASK_WORD3 (CR_RPT_C) -#define CR_MASK (MASK_WORD3 (CR_PSW) | MASK_WORD3 (CR_BPSW) \ - | MASK_WORD3 (CR_PC) | MASK_WORD3 (CR_BPC) \ - | MASK_WORD3 (CR_DPSW) | MASK_WORD3 (CR_DPC) \ - | MASK_WORD3 (CR_RPT_C) | MASK_WORD3 (CR_RPT_S) \ - | MASK_WORD3 (CR_RPT_E) | MASK_WORD3 (CR_MOD_S) \ - | MASK_WORD3 (CR_MOD_E) | MASK_WORD3 (CR_IBA) \ - | MASK_WORD3 (CR_EIT_VB) | MASK_WORD3 (CR_INT_S) \ - | MASK_WORD3 (CR_INT_M)) - -#define ACCUM_MASK (MASK_WORD3 (ACCUM_A0) | MASK_WORD3 (ACCUM_A1)) -#define OTHER_FLAG_MASK (MASK_WORD3 (FLAG_F2) | MASK_WORD3 (FLAG_F3) \ - | MASK_WORD3 (FLAG_SAT) | MASK_WORD3 (FLAG_OVERFLOW) \ - | MASK_WORD3 (FLAG_ACC_OVER) | MASK_WORD3 (FLAG_CARRY)) - -#define F0_MASK MASK_WORD3 (FLAG_F0) -#define F1_MASK MASK_WORD3 (FLAG_F1) -#define BR_FLAG_MASK (F0_MASK | F1_MASK) -#define FLAG_MASK (BR_FLAG_MASK | OTHER_FLAG_MASK) -#define SPECIAL_MASK MASK_WORD3 (ARG_POINTER_REGNUM) - -#define ALL_MASK (CR_MASK | ACCUM_MASK | FLAG_MASK | SPECIAL_MASK) - -/* An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers - which are bit masks. The Nth integer specifies the contents of class N. - The way the integer MASK is interpreted is that register R is in the class - if `MASK & (1 << R)' is 1. - - When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice. - Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings - containing several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an - initializer for the type `HARD_REG_SET' which is defined in - `hard-reg-set.h'. */ -#define REG_CLASS_CONTENTS \ -{ \ - { 0x00000000, 0x00000000, NO_MASK }, /* NO_REGS */ \ - { 0x00000000, 0x00000000, REPEAT_MASK }, /* REPEAT_REGS */ \ - { 0x00000000, 0x00000000, CR_MASK }, /* CR_REGS */ \ - { 0x00000000, 0x00000000, ACCUM_MASK }, /* ACCUM_REGS */ \ - { 0x00000000, 0x00000000, OTHER_FLAG_MASK }, /* OTHER_FLAG_REGS */ \ - { 0x00000000, 0x00000000, F0_MASK }, /* F0_REGS */ \ - { 0x00000000, 0x00000000, F1_MASK }, /* F1_REGS */ \ - { 0x00000000, 0x00000000, BR_FLAG_MASK }, /* BR_FLAG_REGS */ \ - { 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FLAG_MASK }, /* FLAG_REGS */ \ - { 0xfffffffc, 0x3fffffff, NO_MASK }, /* EVEN_REGS */ \ - { 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, SPECIAL_MASK }, /* GPR_REGS */ \ - { 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, ALL_MASK }, /* ALL_REGS */ \ -} - -/* A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register - REGNO. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class which - is "minimal", meaning that no smaller class also contains the register. */ - -extern enum reg_class regno_reg_class[]; -#define REGNO_REG_CLASS(REGNO) regno_reg_class[ (REGNO) ] - -/* A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid base - register must belong. A base register is one used in an address which is - the register value plus a displacement. */ -#define BASE_REG_CLASS GPR_REGS - -/* A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid index - register must belong. An index register is one used in an address where its - value is either multiplied by a scale factor or added to another register - (as well as added to a displacement). */ -#define INDEX_REG_CLASS GPR_REGS - -/* A C expression which defines the machine-dependent operand constraint - letters for register classes. If CHAR is such a letter, the value should be - the register class corresponding to it. Otherwise, the value should be - `NO_REGS'. The register letter `r', corresponding to class `GENERAL_REGS', - will not be passed to this macro; you do not need to handle it. - - The following letters are unavailable, due to being used as - constraints: - '0'..'9' - '<', '>' - 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H' - 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P' - 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U' - 'V', 'X' - 'g', 'i', 'm', 'n', 'o', 'p', 'r', 's' */ - -extern enum reg_class reg_class_from_letter[]; -#define REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER(CHAR) reg_class_from_letter[ CHAR ] - -/* A C expression which is nonzero if register number NUM is suitable for use - as a base register in operand addresses. It may be either a suitable hard - register or a pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register. */ - -#define REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P(NUM) \ -((NUM) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER \ - ? GPR_P (NUM) \ - : (reg_renumber[NUM] >= 0 && GPR_P (reg_renumber[NUM]))) - - -/* A C expression which is nonzero if register number NUM is suitable for use - as an index register in operand addresses. It may be either a suitable hard - register or a pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register. - - The difference between an index register and a base register is that the - index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of two - registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be labeled the - "base" and the other the "index"; but whichever labeling is used must fit - the machine's constraints of which registers may serve in each capacity. - The compiler will try both labelings, looking for one that is valid, and - will reload one or both registers only if neither labeling works. */ - -#define REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P(NUM) \ -((NUM) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER \ - ? GPR_P (NUM) \ - : (reg_renumber[NUM] >= 0 && GPR_P (reg_renumber[NUM]))) - -/* A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class to - use when it is necessary to copy value X into a register in class CLASS. - The value is a register class; perhaps CLASS, or perhaps another, smaller - class. On many machines, the following definition is safe: - - #define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS - - Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For - example, on the 68000, when X is an integer constant that is in range for a - `moveq' instruction, the value of this macro is always `DATA_REGS' as long - as CLASS includes the data registers. Requiring a data register guarantees - that a `moveq' will be used. - - If X is a `const_double', by returning `NO_REGS' you can force X into a - memory constant. This is useful on certain machines where immediate - floating values cannot be loaded into certain kinds of registers. */ -#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X, CLASS) CLASS - -/* Like `PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS', but for output reloads instead of input - reloads. If you don't define this macro, the default is to use CLASS, - unchanged. */ -/* #define PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS(X, CLASS) */ - -/* A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class to - use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode MODE in a reload - register for which class CLASS would ordinarily be used. - - Unlike `PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS', this macro should be used when there are - certain modes that simply can't go in certain reload classes. - - The value is a register class; perhaps CLASS, or perhaps another, smaller - class. - - Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which - require the macro to do something nontrivial. */ -/* #define LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS(MODE, CLASS) */ - -/* Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or from - memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the `MQ' - register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or from general - registers, but not memory. Some machines allow copying all registers to and - from memory, but require a scratch register for stores to some memory - locations (e.g., those with symbolic address on the RT, and those with - certain symbolic address on the Sparc when compiling PIC). In some cases, - both an intermediate and a scratch register are required. - - You should define these macros to indicate to the reload phase that it may - need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the - register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying X to a register - CLASS in MODE requires an intermediate register, you should define - `SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS' to return the largest register class all of - whose registers can be used as intermediate registers or scratch registers. - - If copying a register CLASS in MODE to X requires an intermediate or scratch - register, `SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS' should be defined to return the - largest register class required. If the requirements for input and output - reloads are the same, the macro `SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS' should be used - instead of defining both macros identically. - - The values returned by these macros are often `GENERAL_REGS'. Return - `NO_REGS' if no spare register is needed; i.e., if X can be directly copied - to or from a register of CLASS in MODE without requiring a scratch register. - Do not define this macro if it would always return `NO_REGS'. - - If a scratch register is required (either with or without an intermediate - register), you should define patterns for `reload_inM' or `reload_outM', as - required (*note Standard Names::.. These patterns, which will normally be - implemented with a `define_expand', should be similar to the `movM' - patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch register. - - Define constraints for the reload register and scratch register that contain - a single register class. If the original reload register (whose class is - CLASS) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the value returned by - these macros is used for the class of the scratch register. Otherwise, two - additional reload registers are required. Their classes are obtained from - the constraints in the insn pattern. - - X might be a pseudo-register or a `subreg' of a pseudo-register, which could - either be in a hard register or in memory. Use `true_regnum' to find out; - it will return -1 if the pseudo is in memory and the hard register number if - it is in a register. - - These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of - registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of - registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and - would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform the - copy and the `movM' pattern should use memory as a intermediate storage. - This case often occurs between floating-point and general registers. */ - -#define SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS(CLASS, MODE, X) \ -((CLASS) == GPR_REGS ? NO_REGS \ - : (CLASS) == EVEN_REGS ? NO_REGS \ - : (CLASS) == ACCUM_REGS ? EVEN_REGS \ - : GPR_REGS) - -/* #define SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS(CLASS, MODE, X) */ -/* #define SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS(CLASS, MODE, X) */ - -/* Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied to - some other registers without using memory. Define this macro on those - machines to be a C expression that is non-zero if objects of mode M in - registers of CLASS1 can only be copied to registers of class CLASS2 by - storing a register of CLASS1 into memory and loading that memory location - into a register of CLASS2. - - Do not define this macro if its value would always be zero. */ -/* #define SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED(CLASS1, CLASS2, M) */ - -/* Normally when `SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED' is defined, the compiler allocates a - stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies. If this macro - is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location defined by this - macro. - - Do not define this macro if you do not define - `SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED'. */ -/* #define SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX(MODE) */ - -/* When the compiler needs a secondary memory location to copy between two - registers of mode MODE, it normally allocates sufficient memory to hold a - quantity of `BITS_PER_WORD' bits and performs the store and load operations - in a mode that many bits wide and whose class is the same as that of MODE. - - This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures that all bits - of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the registers in a - narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for floating-point registers. - - However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as the - DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers differently - than in integer registers. On those machines, the default widening will not - work correctly and you must define this macro to suppress that widening in - some cases. See the file `alpha.h' for details. - - Do not define this macro if you do not define `SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED' or - if widening MODE to a mode that is `BITS_PER_WORD' bits wide is correct for - your machine. */ -/* #define SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE(MODE) */ - -/* Normally the compiler avoids choosing registers that have been explicitly - mentioned in the rtl as spill registers (these registers are normally those - used to pass parameters and return values). However, some machines have so - few registers of certain classes that there would not be enough registers to - use as spill registers if this were done. - - Define `SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES' to be an expression with a non-zero value on - these machines. When this macro has a non-zero value, the compiler allows - registers explicitly used in the rtl to be used as spill registers but - avoids extending the lifetime of these registers. - - It is always safe to define this macro with a non-zero value, but if you - unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations that - can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this macro with a - non-zero value when it is required, the compiler will run out of spill - registers and print a fatal error message. For most machines, you should - not define this macro at all. */ -/* #define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES */ - -/* A C expression whose value is nonzero if pseudos that have been assigned to - registers of class CLASS would likely be spilled because registers of CLASS - are needed for spill registers. - - The default value of this macro returns 1 if CLASS has exactly one register - and zero otherwise. On most machines, this default should be used. Only - define this macro to some other expression if pseudo allocated by - `local-alloc.c' end up in memory because their hard registers were needed - for spill registers. If this macro returns nonzero for those classes, those - pseudos will only be allocated by `global.c', which knows how to reallocate - the pseudo to another register. If there would not be another register - available for reallocation, you should not change the definition of this - macro since the only effect of such a definition would be to slow down - register allocation. */ -#define CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P(CLASS) \ - ((CLASS) != GPR_REGS && (CLASS) != EVEN_REGS) - -/* A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers of - class CLASS needed to hold a value of mode MODE. - - This is closely related to the macro `HARD_REGNO_NREGS'. In fact, the value - of the macro `CLASS_MAX_NREGS (CLASS, MODE)' should be the maximum value of - `HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO, MODE)' for all REGNO values in the class CLASS. - - This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values in - the reload pass. */ - -#define CLASS_MAX_NREGS(CLASS, MODE) \ -(((CLASS) == ACCUM_REGS) \ - ? ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + 8 - 1) / 8) \ - : ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + 4 - 1) / 4)) - -/* If defined, a C expression for a class that contains registers which the - compiler must always access in a mode that is the same size as the mode in - which it loaded the register. - - For the example, loading 32-bit integer or floating-point objects into - floating-point registers on the Alpha extends them to 64-bits. Therefore - loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a 32-bit object does not - store the low-order 32-bits, as would be the case for a normal register. - Therefore, `alpha.h' defines this macro as `FLOAT_REGS'. */ -/* #define CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE */ - -/* A C expression that defines the machine-dependent operand constraint letters - (`I', `J', `K', .. 'P') that specify particular ranges of integer values. - If C is one of those letters, the expression should check that VALUE, an - integer, is in the appropriate range and return 1 if so, 0 otherwise. If C - is not one of those letters, the value should be 0 regardless of VALUE. */ -#define CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P(VALUE, C) \ -((C) == 'I' ? IN_RANGE_P (VALUE, -32, 31) \ - : (C) == 'J' ? IN_RANGE_P (VALUE, 0, 31) \ - : (C) == 'K' ? IN_RANGE_P (exact_log2 (VALUE), 0, 31) \ - : (C) == 'L' ? IN_RANGE_P (exact_log2 (~ (VALUE)), 0, 31) \ - : (C) == 'M' ? ((VALUE) == 32) \ - : (C) == 'N' ? ((VALUE) == 1) \ - : (C) == 'O' ? ((VALUE) == 0) \ - : (C) == 'P' ? IN_RANGE_P (VALUE, 32, 63) \ - : FALSE) - -/* A C expression that defines the machine-dependent operand constraint letters - (`G', `H') that specify particular ranges of `const_double' values. - - If C is one of those letters, the expression should check that VALUE, an RTX - of code `const_double', is in the appropriate range and return 1 if so, 0 - otherwise. If C is not one of those letters, the value should be 0 - regardless of VALUE. - - `const_double' is used for all floating-point constants and for `DImode' - fixed-point constants. A given letter can accept either or both kinds of - values. It can use `GET_MODE' to distinguish between these kinds. */ -#define CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P(VALUE, C) \ -((C) == 'G' ? (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (VALUE) == 0 \ - && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (VALUE) == 0) \ - : (C) == 'H' ? FALSE \ - : FALSE) - -/* A C expression that defines the optional machine-dependent constraint - letters (`Q', `R', `S', `T', `U') that can be used to segregate specific - types of operands, usually memory references, for the target machine. - Normally this macro will not be defined. If it is required for a particular - target machine, it should return 1 if VALUE corresponds to the operand type - represented by the constraint letter C. If C is not defined as an extra - constraint, the value returned should be 0 regardless of VALUE. - - For example, on the ROMP, load instructions cannot have their output in r0 - if the memory reference contains a symbolic address. Constraint letter `Q' - is defined as representing a memory address that does *not* contain a - symbolic address. An alternative is specified with a `Q' constraint on the - input and `r' on the output. The next alternative specifies `m' on the - input and a register class that does not include r0 on the output. */ - -#define EXTRA_CONSTRAINT(VALUE, C) \ -(((C) == 'Q') ? short_memory_operand ((VALUE), GET_MODE (VALUE)) \ - : ((C) == 'R') ? single_reg_memory_operand ((VALUE), GET_MODE (VALUE)) \ - : ((C) == 'S') ? const_addr_memory_operand ((VALUE), GET_MODE (VALUE)) \ - : ((C) == 'T') ? long_memory_operand ((VALUE), GET_MODE (VALUE)) \ - : ((C) == 'U') ? FALSE \ - : FALSE) - - -/* Basic Stack Layout */ - -/* Stack layout */ - -/* Structure used to define the d30v stack */ -typedef struct d30v_stack { - int varargs_p; /* whether this is a varargs function */ - int varargs_size; /* size to hold varargs args passed in regs */ - int vars_size; /* variable save area size */ - int parm_size; /* outgoing parameter size */ - int gpr_size; /* size of saved GPR registers */ - int accum_size; /* size of saved ACCUM registers */ - int total_size; /* total bytes allocated for stack */ - /* which registers are to be saved */ - int save_offset; /* offset from new sp to start saving vars at */ - int link_offset; /* offset r62 is saved at */ - int memrefs_varargs; /* # of 2 word memory references for varargs */ - int memrefs_2words; /* # of 2 word memory references */ - int memrefs_1word; /* # of 1 word memory references */ - /* 1 for ldw/stw ops; 2 for ld2w/st2w ops */ - unsigned char save_p[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; -} d30v_stack_t; - -/* Define this macro if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack pointer - to a smaller address. - - When we say, "define this macro if ...," it means that the compiler checks - this macro only with `#ifdef' so the precise definition used does not - matter. */ -#define STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD 1 - -/* Define this macro if the addresses of local variable slots are at negative - offsets from the frame pointer. */ -/* #define FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD */ - -/* Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing - addresses on the stack. */ -/* #define ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD */ - -/* Offset from the frame pointer to the first local variable slot to be - allocated. - - If `FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD', find the next slot's offset by subtracting the - first slot's length from `STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET'. Otherwise, it is found by - adding the length of the first slot to the value `STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET'. */ - -#define STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET \ - (D30V_ALIGN (current_function_outgoing_args_size, \ - (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT))) - -/* Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which - outgoing arguments are placed. If not specified, the default value of zero - is used. This is the proper value for most machines. - - If `ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD', this is the offset to the location above the first - location at which outgoing arguments are placed. */ -/* #define STACK_POINTER_OFFSET */ - -/* Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's address. - On some machines it may depend on the data type of the function. - - If `ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD', this is the offset to the location above the first - argument's address. */ -#define FIRST_PARM_OFFSET(FUNDECL) 0 - -/* Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated on - the stack, e.g., by `alloca'. - - The default value for this macro is `STACK_POINTER_OFFSET' plus the length - of the outgoing arguments. The default is correct for most machines. See - `function.c' for details. */ -/* #define STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET(FUNDECL) */ - -/* A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack frame - where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that FRAMEADDR is - an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame itself. - - If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value of - FRAMEADDR--that is, the stack frame address is also the address of the stack - word that points to the previous frame. */ -/* #define DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS(FRAMEADDR) */ - -/* If defined, a C expression that produces the machine-specific code to setup - the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed. For example, on the - Sparc, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack before we can - access arbitrary stack frames. This macro will seldom need to be defined. */ -/* #define SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES() */ - -/* A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return - address for the frame COUNT steps up from the current frame, after the - prologue. FRAMEADDR is the frame pointer of the COUNT frame, or the frame - pointer of the COUNT - 1 frame if `RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME' is - defined. - - The value of the expression must always be the correct address when COUNT is - zero, but may be `NULL_RTX' if there is not way to determine the return - address of other frames. */ - -/* ??? This definition fails for leaf functions. There is currently no - general solution for this problem. */ - -/* ??? There appears to be no way to get the return address of any previous - frame except by disassembling instructions in the prologue/epilogue. - So currently we support only the current frame. */ - -#define RETURN_ADDR_RTX(COUNT, FRAME) \ - ((COUNT) == 0 ? d30v_return_addr() : const0_rtx) - -/* Define this if the return address of a particular stack frame is - accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack frame. */ -/* #define RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME */ - -/* A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the incoming - return address at the beginning of any function, before the prologue. This - RTL is either a `REG', indicating that the return value is saved in `REG', - or a `MEM' representing a location in the stack. - - You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame - debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2. */ - -/* Before the prologue, RA lives in r62. */ -#define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, GPR_LINK) - -/* A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes, from - the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack frame at the - beginning of any function, before the prologue. The top of the frame is - defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the previous frame, just - before the call instruction. - - You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame - debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2. */ -#define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0 - -/* Initialize data used by insn expanders. This is called from insn_emit, - once for every function before code is generated. */ - -#define INIT_EXPANDERS d30v_init_expanders () -extern void d30v_init_expanders (); - -/* Stack Checking. */ - -/* A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a - machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if stack checking is - require by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to have to stack - checking in some more efficient way than GNU CC's portable approach. The - default value of this macro is zero. */ -/* #define STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN */ - -/* An integer representing the interval at which GNU CC must generate stack - probe instructions. You will normally define this macro to be no larger - than the size of the "guard pages" at the end of a stack area. The default - value of 4096 is suitable for most systems. */ -/* #define STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL */ - -/* A integer which is nonzero if GNU CC should perform the stack probe as a - load instruction and zero if GNU CC should use a store instruction. The - default is zero, which is the most efficient choice on most systems. */ -/* #define STACK_CHECK_PROBE_LOAD */ - -/* The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for - languages where such a recovery is supported. The default value of 75 words - should be adequate for most machines. */ -/* #define STACK_CHECK_PROTECT */ - -/* The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes. GNU CC will generate probe - instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of - stack are available. If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack - checking will not be reliable and GNU CC will issue a warning. The default - is chosen so that GNU CC only generates one instruction on most systems. - You should normally not change the default value of this macro. */ -/* #define STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE */ - -/* GNU CC uses this value to generate the above warning message. It represents - the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including space for any - callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables. You need only - specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally use the default of - four words. */ -/* #define STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE */ - -/* The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GNU CC will place in the fixed - area of the stack frame when the user specifies `-fstack-check'. GNU CC - computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will - normally not need to override that default. */ -/* #define STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE */ - - -/* Register That Address the Stack Frame. */ - -/* The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a - fixed register according to `FIXED_REGISTERS'. On most machines, the - hardware determines which register this is. */ -#define STACK_POINTER_REGNUM GPR_SP - -/* The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to access - automatic variables in the stack frame. On some machines, the hardware - determines which register this is. On other machines, you can choose any - register you wish for this purpose. */ -#define FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM GPR_FP - -/* On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting offset of - the automatic variables is not known until after register allocation has - been done (for example, because the saved registers are between these two - locations). On those machines, define `FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM' the number of - a special, fixed register to be used internally until the offset is known, - and define `HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM' to be actual the hard register number - used for the frame pointer. - - You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it is - not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and the - automatic variables until after register allocation has been completed. - When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your definition of - `ELIMINABLE_REGS' how to eliminate `FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM' into either - `HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM' or `STACK_POINTER_REGNUM'. - - Do not define this macro if it would be the same as `FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM'. */ -/* #define HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM */ - -/* The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access the - function's argument list. On some machines, this is the same as the frame - pointer register. On some machines, the hardware determines which register - this is. On other machines, you can choose any register you wish for this - purpose. If this is not the same register as the frame pointer register, - then you must mark it as a fixed register according to `FIXED_REGISTERS', or - arrange to be able to eliminate it (*note Elimination::.). */ -/* #define ARG_POINTER_REGNUM */ - -/* The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to - access the current function's return address from the stack. On some - machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame pointer - or stack pointer or argument pointer. This register can be defined to point - to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by - `ELIMINABLE_REGS' into either the frame pointer or stack pointer. - - Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return - address from the stack. */ -/* #define RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM */ - -/* Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer. If - register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called - function is `STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM', while the register number as - seen by the calling function is `STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM'. If these registers - are the same, `STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM' need not be defined. - - The static chain register need not be a fixed register. - - If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be defined; - instead, the next two macros should be defined. */ - -#define STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM (GPR_FIRST + 18) -/* #define STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM */ - -/* If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros provide rtx giving - `mem' expressions that denote where they are stored. `STATIC_CHAIN' and - `STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING' give the locations as seen by the calling and called - functions, respectively. Often the former will be at an offset from the - stack pointer and the latter at an offset from the frame pointer. - - The variables `stack_pointer_rtx', `frame_pointer_rtx', and - `arg_pointer_rtx' will have been initialized prior to the use of these - macros and should be used to refer to those items. - - If the static chain is passed in a register, the two previous - macros should be defined instead. */ -/* #define STATIC_CHAIN */ -/* #define STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING */ - - -/* Eliminating the Frame Pointer and the Arg Pointer */ - -/* A C expression which is nonzero if a function must have and use a frame - pointer. This expression is evaluated in the reload pass. If its value is - nonzero the function will have a frame pointer. - - The expression can in principle examine the current function and decide - according to the facts, but on most machines the constant 0 or the constant - 1 suffices. Use 0 when the machine allows code to be generated with no - frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space. Use 1 when there is - no possible advantage to avoiding a frame pointer. - - In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code - without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and - automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what - `FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED' says. You don't need to worry about them. - - In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer - register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a fixed - register. See `FIXED_REGISTERS' for more information. */ -#define FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED 0 - -/* A C statement to store in the variable DEPTH-VAR the difference between the - frame pointer and the stack pointer values immediately after the function - prologue. The value would be computed from information such as the result - of `get_frame_size ()' and the tables of registers `regs_ever_live' and - `call_used_regs'. - - If `ELIMINABLE_REGS' is defined, this macro will be not be used and need not - be defined. Otherwise, it must be defined even if `FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED' - is defined to always be true; in that case, you may set DEPTH-VAR to - anything. */ -/* #define INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET(DEPTH_VAR) */ - -/* If defined, this macro specifies a table of register pairs used to eliminate - unneeded registers that point into the stack frame. If it is not defined, - the only elimination attempted by the compiler is to replace references to - the frame pointer with references to the stack pointer. - - The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each of - which specifies an original and replacement register. - - On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until - the compilation is completed. In such a case, a separate hard register must - be used for the argument pointer. This register can be eliminated by - replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer, - depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated. - - In this case, you might specify: - #define ELIMINABLE_REGS \ - {{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}, \ - {ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}, \ - {FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}} - - Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is - specified first since that is the preferred elimination. */ -#define ELIMINABLE_REGS \ -{ \ - { ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM }, \ - { ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM }, \ - { FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM } \ -} - -/* A C expression that returns non-zero if the compiler is allowed to try to - replace register number FROM-REG with register number TO-REG. This macro - need only be defined if `ELIMINABLE_REGS' is defined, and will usually be - the constant 1, since most of the cases preventing register elimination are - things that the compiler already knows about. */ - -#define CAN_ELIMINATE(FROM, TO) \ - ((FROM) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && (TO) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM \ - ? ! frame_pointer_needed \ - : 1) - -/* This macro is similar to `INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET'. It specifies the - initial difference between the specified pair of registers. This macro must - be defined if `ELIMINABLE_REGS' is defined. */ - -#define INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET(FROM, TO, OFFSET) \ -{ \ - d30v_stack_t *info = d30v_stack_info (); \ - \ - if ((FROM) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) \ - (OFFSET) = 0; \ - else if ((FROM) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM) \ - (OFFSET) = info->total_size; \ - else \ - abort (); \ -} - -/* Define this macro if the `longjmp' function restores registers from the - stack frames, rather than from those saved specifically by `setjmp'. - Certain quantities must not be kept in registers across a call to `setjmp' - on such machines. */ -/* #define LONGJMP_RESTORE_FROM_STACK */ - - -/* Passing Function Arguments on the Stack */ - -/* Define this macro if an argument declared in a prototype as an integral type - smaller than `int' should actually be passed as an `int'. In addition to - avoiding errors in certain cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code - on certain machines. */ -/* #define PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES */ - -/* A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the stack - when an instruction attempts to push NPUSHED bytes. - - If the target machine does not have a push instruction, do not define this - macro. That directs GNU CC to use an alternate strategy: to allocate the - entire argument block and then store the arguments into it. - - On some machines, the definition - - #define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES) - - will suffice. But on other machines, instructions that appear to push one - byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain alignment. Then the - definition should be - - #define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1) */ -/* #define PUSH_ROUNDING(NPUSHED) */ - -/* If defined, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments will - be computed and placed into the variable - `current_function_outgoing_args_size'. No space will be pushed onto the - stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should increase the - stack frame size by this amount. - - Defining both `PUSH_ROUNDING' and `ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS' is not - proper. */ -#define ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS - -/* Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been - allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in registers. - - The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for - arguments passed in registers for the function represented by FNDECL. - - This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the - machine-dependent stack frame: `OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' says - which. */ -/* #define REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE(FNDECL) */ - -/* Define these macros in addition to the one above if functions might allocate - stack space for arguments even when their values are passed in registers. - These should be used when the stack space allocated for arguments in - registers is not a simple constant independent of the function declaration. - - The value of the first macro is the size, in bytes, of the area that we - should initially assume would be reserved for arguments passed in registers. - - The value of the second macro is the actual size, in bytes, of the area that - will be reserved for arguments passed in registers. This takes two - arguments: an integer representing the number of bytes of fixed sized - arguments on the stack, and a tree representing the number of bytes of - variable sized arguments on the stack. - - When these macros are defined, `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' will only be called - for libcall functions, the current function, or for a function being called - when it is known that such stack space must be allocated. In each case this - value can be easily computed. - - When deciding whether a called function needs such stack space, and how much - space to reserve, GNU CC uses these two macros instead of - `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE'. */ -/* #define MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE */ -/* #define FINAL_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE(CONST_SIZE, VAR_SIZE) */ - -/* Define this if it is the responsibility of the caller to allocate the area - reserved for arguments passed in registers. - - If `ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS' is defined, this macro controls whether the - space for these arguments counts in the value of - `current_function_outgoing_args_size'. */ -/* #define OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE */ - -/* Define this macro if `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is defined, but the stack - parameters don't skip the area specified by it. - - Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the - stack beyond the `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' area. Defining this macro - suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the stack - in its natural location. */ -/* #define STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA */ - -/* A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes of its own arguments - that a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments - and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. - - FUNDECL is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes the - function in question. Normally it is a node of type `FUNCTION_DECL' that - describes the declaration of the function. From this it is possible to - obtain the DECL_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTES of the function. - - FUNTYPE is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes the - function in question. Normally it is a node of type `FUNCTION_TYPE' that - describes the data type of the function. From this it is possible to obtain - the data types of the value and arguments (if known). - - When a call to a library function is being considered, FUNTYPE will contain - an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if you need to - distinguish among various library functions, you can do so by their names. - Note that "library function" in this context means a function used to - perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially in the compiler and was - not mentioned in the C code being compiled. - - STACK-SIZE is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the stack. If a - variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and argument popping will - always be the responsibility of the calling function. - - On the Vax, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition of - this macro is STACK-SIZE. On the 68000, using the standard calling - convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of the macro is - always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling convention is available - in which functions that take a fixed number of arguments pop them but other - functions (such as `printf') pop nothing (the caller pops all). When this - convention is in use, FUNTYPE is examined to determine whether a function - takes a fixed number of arguments. */ -#define RETURN_POPS_ARGS(FUNDECL, FUNTYPE, STACK_SIZE) 0 - - -/* Function Arguments in Registers */ - -/* A C expression that controls whether a function argument is passed in a - register, and which register. - - The arguments are CUM, which summarizes all the previous arguments; MODE, - the machine mode of the argument; TYPE, the data type of the argument as a - tree node or 0 if that is not known (which happens for C support library - functions); and NAMED, which is 1 for an ordinary argument and 0 for - nameless arguments that correspond to `...' in the called function's - prototype. - - The value of the expression should either be a `reg' RTX for the hard - register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument on the - stack. - - For machines like the Vax and 68000, where normally all arguments are - pushed, zero suffices as a definition. - - The usual way to make the ANSI library `stdarg.h' work on a machine where - some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to cause nameless - arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is done by making - `FUNCTION_ARG' return 0 whenever NAMED is 0. - - You may use the macro `MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (MODE, TYPE)' in the definition of - this macro to determine if this argument is of a type that must be passed in - the stack. If `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is not defined and `FUNCTION_ARG' - returns non-zero for such an argument, the compiler will abort. If - `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is defined, the argument will be computed in the - stack and then loaded into a register. */ - -#define FUNCTION_ARG(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \ - d30v_function_arg (&CUM, (int)MODE, TYPE, NAMED, FALSE) - -/* Define this macro if the target machine has "register windows", so that the - register in which a function sees an arguments is not necessarily the same - as the one in which the caller passed the argument. - - For such machines, `FUNCTION_ARG' computes the register in which the caller - passes the value, and `FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG' should be defined in a similar - fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will arrive. - - If `FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG' is not defined, `FUNCTION_ARG' serves both - purposes. */ - -#define FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \ - d30v_function_arg (&CUM, (int)MODE, TYPE, NAMED, TRUE) - -/* A C expression for the number of words, at the beginning of an argument, - must be put in registers. The value must be zero for arguments that are - passed entirely in registers or that are entirely pushed on the stack. - - On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in registers - and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the first N words of - arguments are passed in registers, and the rest on the stack. If a - multi-word argument (a `double' or a structure) crosses that boundary, its - first few words must be passed in registers and the rest must be pushed. - This macro tells the compiler when this occurs, and how many of the words - should go in registers. - - `FUNCTION_ARG' for these arguments should return the first register to be - used by the caller for this argument; likewise `FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG', for - the called function. */ -#define FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \ - d30v_function_arg_partial_nregs (&CUM, (int)MODE, TYPE, NAMED) - -/* A C expression that indicates when an argument must be passed by reference. - If nonzero for an argument, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a - pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself. The - pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer to - that type. - - On machines where `REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' is not defined, a suitable - definition of this macro might be - #define FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE\ - (CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \ - MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (MODE, TYPE) */ -#define FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) 0 - -/* If defined, a C expression that indicates when it is more - desirable to keep an argument passed by invisible reference as a - reference, rather than copying it to a pseudo register. */ -/* #define FUNCTION_ARG_KEEP_AS_REFERENCE(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) */ - -/* If defined, a C expression that indicates when it is the called function's - responsibility to make a copy of arguments passed by invisible reference. - Normally, the caller makes a copy and passes the address of the copy to the - routine being called. When FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES is defined and is - nonzero, the caller does not make a copy. Instead, it passes a pointer to - the "live" value. The called function must not modify this value. If it - can be determined that the value won't be modified, it need not make a copy; - otherwise a copy must be made. */ -/* #define FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) */ - -/* If defined, a C expression that indicates when it is more desirable to keep - an argument passed by invisible reference as a reference, rather than - copying it to a pseudo register. */ -/* #define FUNCTION_ARG_KEEP_AS_REFERENCE(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) */ - -/* A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument of - `FUNCTION_ARG' and other related values. For some target machines, the type - `int' suffices and can hold the number of bytes of argument so far. - - There is no need to record in `CUMULATIVE_ARGS' anything about the arguments - that have been passed on the stack. The compiler has other variables to - keep track of that. For target machines on which all arguments are passed - on the stack, there is no need to store anything in `CUMULATIVE_ARGS'; - however, the data structure must exist and should not be empty, so use - `int'. */ -typedef int CUMULATIVE_ARGS; - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable CUM for the - state at the beginning of the argument list. The variable has type - `CUMULATIVE_ARGS'. The value of FNTYPE is the tree node for the data type - of the function which will receive the args, or 0 if the args are to a - compiler support library function. The value of INDIRECT is nonzero when - processing an indirect call, for example a call through a function pointer. - The value of INDIRECT is zero for a call to an explicitly named function, a - library function call, or when `INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS' is used to find - arguments for the function being compiled. - - When processing a call to a compiler support library function, LIBNAME - identifies which one. It is a `symbol_ref' rtx which contains the name of - the function, as a string. LIBNAME is 0 when an ordinary C function call is - being processed. Thus, each time this macro is called, either LIBNAME or - FNTYPE is nonzero, but never both of them at once. */ - -#define INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS(CUM, FNTYPE, LIBNAME, INDIRECT) \ - d30v_init_cumulative_args (&CUM, FNTYPE, LIBNAME, INDIRECT, FALSE) - -/* Like `INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS' but overrides it for the purposes of finding the - arguments for the function being compiled. If this macro is undefined, - `INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS' is used instead. - - The value passed for LIBNAME is always 0, since library routines with - special calling conventions are never compiled with GNU CC. The argument - LIBNAME exists for symmetry with `INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS'. */ - -#define INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS(CUM, FNTYPE, LIBNAME) \ - d30v_init_cumulative_args (&CUM, FNTYPE, LIBNAME, FALSE, TRUE) - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the summarizer variable CUM to - advance past an argument in the argument list. The values MODE, TYPE and - NAMED describe that argument. Once this is done, the variable CUM is - suitable for analyzing the *following* argument with `FUNCTION_ARG', etc. - - This macro need not do anything if the argument in question was passed on - the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space used - for arguments without any special help. */ - -#define FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \ - d30v_function_arg_advance (&CUM, (int) MODE, TYPE, NAMED) - -/* If defined, a C expression which determines whether, and in which direction, - to pad out an argument with extra space. The value should be of type `enum - direction': either `upward' to pad above the argument, `downward' to pad - below, or `none' to inhibit padding. - - The *amount* of padding is always just enough to reach the next multiple of - `FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY'; this macro does not control it. - - This macro has a default definition which is right for most systems. For - little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For big-endian - machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of constant size - shorter than an `int', and upward otherwise. */ -/* #define FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING(MODE, TYPE) */ - -/* If defined, a C expression that gives the alignment boundary, in bits, of an - argument with the specified mode and type. If it is not defined, - `PARM_BOUNDARY' is used for all arguments. */ - -#define FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY(MODE, TYPE) \ - d30v_function_arg_boundary ((int) MODE, TYPE) - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if REGNO is the number of a hard register in - which function arguments are sometimes passed. This does *not* include - implicit arguments such as the static chain and the structure-value address. - On many machines, no registers can be used for this purpose since all - function arguments are pushed on the stack. */ - -#define FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P(REGNO) \ - IN_RANGE_P (REGNO, GPR_ARG_FIRST, GPR_ARG_LAST) - - -/* How Scalar Function Values are Returned */ - -/* Define this macro if `-traditional' should not cause functions declared to - return `float' to convert the value to `double'. */ /* #define - TRADITIONAL_RETURN_FLOAT */ - -/* A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a function - returns a value of data type VALTYPE. VALTYPE is a tree node representing a - data type. Write `TYPE_MODE (VALTYPE)' to get the machine mode used to - represent that type. On many machines, only the mode is relevant. - (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same place - regardless of mode). - - If `PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN' is defined, you must apply the same promotion - rules specified in `PROMOTE_MODE' if VALTYPE is a scalar type. - - If the precise function being called is known, FUNC is a tree node - (`FUNCTION_DECL') for it; otherwise, FUNC is a null pointer. This makes it - possible to use a different value-returning convention for specific - functions when all their calls are known. - - `FUNCTION_VALUE' is not used for return vales with aggregate data types, - because these are returned in another way. See `STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM' and - related macros, below. */ - -#define FUNCTION_VALUE(VALTYPE, FUNC) \ - gen_rtx (REG, TYPE_MODE (VALTYPE), GPR_RET_VALUE) - -/* Define this macro if the target machine has "register windows" so that the - register in which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in - which the caller sees the value. - - For such machines, `FUNCTION_VALUE' computes the register in which the - caller will see the value. `FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE' should be defined in a - similar fashion to tell the function where to put the value. - - If `FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE' is not defined, `FUNCTION_VALUE' serves both - purposes. - - `FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE' is not used for return vales with aggregate data - types, because these are returned in another way. See `STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM' - and related macros, below. */ -/* #define FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE(VALTYPE, FUNC) */ - -/* A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library - function returns a value of mode MODE. If the precise function being called - is known, FUNC is a tree node (`FUNCTION_DECL') for it; otherwise, FUNC is a - null pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning - convention for specific functions when all their calls are known. - - Note that "library function" in this context means a compiler support - routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially by the - compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled. - - The definition of `LIBRARY_VALUE' need not be concerned aggregate data - types, because none of the library functions returns such types. */ - -#define LIBCALL_VALUE(MODE) gen_rtx (REG, MODE, GPR_RET_VALUE) - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if REGNO is the number of a hard register in - which the values of called function may come back. - - A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the - second of a pair (for a value of type `double', say) need not be recognized - by this macro. So for most machines, this definition suffices: - - #define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0) - - If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called - function use different registers for the return value, this macro should - recognize only the caller's register numbers. */ - -#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(REGNO) ((REGNO) == GPR_RET_VALUE) - -/* Define this macro if `untyped_call' and `untyped_return' need more space - than is implied by `FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P' for saving and restoring an - arbitrary return value. */ -/* #define APPLY_RESULT_SIZE */ - - -/* How Large Values are Returned */ - -/* A C expression which can inhibit the returning of certain function values in - registers, based on the type of value. A nonzero value says to return the - function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned. - Here TYPE will be a C expression of type `tree', representing the data type - of the value. - - Note that values of mode `BLKmode' must be explicitly handled by this macro. - Also, the option `-fpcc-struct-return' takes effect regardless of this - macro. On most systems, it is possible to leave the macro undefined; this - causes a default definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for - `BLKmode' values, and 0 otherwise. - - Do not use this macro to indicate that structures and unions should always - be returned in memory. You should instead use `DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN' - to indicate this. */ -/* #define RETURN_IN_MEMORY(TYPE) */ - -/* Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be - in memory. Since this results in slower code, this should be defined only - if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI. If you - define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure and union - return values are decided by the `RETURN_IN_MEMORY' macro. - - If not defined, this defaults to the value 1. */ -/* #define DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN */ - -/* If the structure value address is passed in a register, then - `STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM' should be the number of that register. */ - -#define STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM GPR_ARG_FIRST - -/* If the structure value address is not passed in a register, define - `STRUCT_VALUE' as an expression returning an RTX for the place where the - address is passed. If it returns 0, the address is passed as an "invisible" - first argument. */ - -#define STRUCT_VALUE 0 - -/* On some architectures the place where the structure value address is found - by the called function is not the same place that the caller put it. This - can be due to register windows, or it could be because the function prologue - moves it to a different place. - - If the incoming location of the structure value address is in a register, - define this macro as the register number. */ -/* #define STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING_REGNUM */ - -/* If the incoming location is not a register, then you should define - `STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING' as an expression for an RTX for where the called - function should find the value. If it should find the value on the stack, - define this to create a `mem' which refers to the frame pointer. A - definition of 0 means that the address is passed as an "invisible" first - argument. */ -/* #define STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING */ - -/* Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine for - returning structures and unions is for the called function to return the - address of a static variable containing the value. - - Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to pass - an address to the subroutine. - - This macro has effect in `-fpcc-struct-return' mode, but it does nothing - when you use `-freg-struct-return' mode. */ -/* #define PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN */ - - -/* Caller-Saves Register Allocation */ - -/* Define this macro if function calls on the target machine do not preserve - any registers; in other words, if `CALL_USED_REGISTERS' has 1 for all - registers. This macro enables `-fcaller-saves' by default. Eventually that - option will be enabled by default on all machines and both the option and - this macro will be eliminated. */ -/* #define DEFAULT_CALLER_SAVES */ - -/* A C expression to determine whether it is worthwhile to consider placing a - pseudo-register in a call-clobbered hard register and saving and restoring - it around each function call. The expression should be 1 when this is worth - doing, and 0 otherwise. - - If you don't define this macro, a default is used which is good on most - machines: `4 * CALLS < REFS'. */ -/* #define CALLER_SAVE_PROFITABLE(REFS, CALLS) */ - - -/* Function Entry and Exit */ - -/* A C compound statement that outputs the assembler code for entry to a - function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame, - initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be - saved, and allocating SIZE additional bytes of storage for the local - variables. SIZE is an integer. FILE is a stdio stream to which the - assembler code should be output. - - The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this - macro. That has already been done when the macro is run. - - To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array - `regs_ever_live': element R is nonzero if hard register R is used anywhere - within the function. This implies the function prologue should save - register R, provided it is not one of the call-used registers. - (`FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' must likewise use `regs_ever_live'.) - - On machines that have "register windows", the function entry code does not - save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if they are - supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes appropriate - steps to "push" the register stack, if any non-call-used registers are used - in the function. - - On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the function - entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame pointer if one is - wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a frame pointer is in - wanted, the macro can refer to the variable `frame_pointer_needed'. The - variable's value will be 1 at run time in a function that needs a frame - pointer. *Note Elimination::. - - The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space - required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions listed - below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the order listed, with - the last listed region closest to the top of the stack (the lowest address - if `STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD' is defined, and the highest address if it is not - defined). You can use a different order for a machine if doing so is more - convenient or required for compatibility reasons. Except in cases where - required by standard or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack - layout used by GCC need agree with that used by other compilers for a - machine. - - * A region of `current_function_pretend_args_size' bytes of - uninitialized space just underneath the first argument - arriving on the stack. (This may not be at the very start of - the allocated stack region if the calling sequence has pushed - anything else since pushing the stack arguments. But - usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed yet, - because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) - This region is used on machines where an argument may be - passed partly in registers and partly in memory, and, in some - cases to support the features in `varargs.h' and `stdargs.h'. - - * An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the - function. The size of this area, which may also include - space for such things as the return address and pointers to - previous stack frames, is machine-specific and usually - depends on which registers have been used in the function. - Machines with register windows often do not require a save - area. - - * A region of at least SIZE bytes, possibly rounded up to an - allocation boundary, to contain the local variables of the - function. On some machines, this region and the save area - may occur in the opposite order, with the save area closer to - the top of the stack. - - * Optionally, when `ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS' is defined, a - region of `current_function_outgoing_args_size' bytes to be - used for outgoing argument lists of the function. *Note - Stack Arguments::. - - Normally, it is necessary for the macros `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' and - `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' to treat leaf functions specially. The C variable - `leaf_function' is nonzero for such a function. */ - -#define FUNCTION_PROLOGUE(FILE, SIZE) d30v_function_prologue (FILE, SIZE) - -/* Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return - instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack pointer; - in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to adjust the stack - pointer before a return from the function. - - Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which frame - pointers are maintained. It is never safe to delete a final stack - adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the compiler knows - this regardless of `EXIT_IGNORE_STACK'. */ -/* #define EXIT_IGNORE_STACK */ - -/* Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers - are used by the epilogue or the `return' pattern. The stack and - frame pointer registers are already be assumed to be used as - needed. */ -/* #define EPILOGUE_USES(REGNO) */ - -/* A C compound statement that outputs the assembler code for exit from a - function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved registers and - stack pointer to their values when the function was called, and returning - control to the caller. This macro takes the same arguments as the macro - `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE', and the registers to restore are determined from - `regs_ever_live' and `CALL_USED_REGISTERS' in the same way. - - On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work of - returning from the function. On these machines, give that instruction the - name `return' and do not define the macro `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' at all. - - Do not define a pattern named `return' if you want the `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' - to be used. If you want the target switches to control whether return - instructions or epilogues are used, define a `return' pattern with a - validity condition that tests the target switches appropriately. If the - `return' pattern's validity condition is false, epilogues will be used. - - On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the function - exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these two cases is - completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer is wanted, the - macro can refer to the variable `frame_pointer_needed'. The variable's - value will be 1 when compiling a function that needs a frame pointer. - - Normally, `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' and `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' must treat leaf - functions specially. The C variable `leaf_function' is nonzero for such a - function. *Note Leaf Functions::. - - On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while others - leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when given `-mrtd' - pops arguments in functions that take a fixed number of arguments. - - Your definition of the macro `RETURN_POPS_ARGS' decides which functions pop - their own arguments. `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' needs to know what was decided. - The variable that is called `current_function_pops_args' is the number of - bytes of its arguments that a function should pop. *Note Scalar Return::. */ - -#define FUNCTION_EPILOGUE(FILE, SIZE) d30v_function_epilogue (FILE, SIZE) - -/* Define this macro if the function epilogue contains delay slots to which - instructions from the rest of the function can be "moved". The definition - should be a C expression whose value is an integer representing the number - of delay slots there. */ -/* #define DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE */ - -/* A C expression that returns 1 if INSN can be placed in delay slot number N - of the epilogue. - - The argument N is an integer which identifies the delay slot now being - considered (since different slots may have different rules of eligibility). - It is never negative and is always less than the number of epilogue delay - slots (what `DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE' returns). If you reject a particular - insn for a given delay slot, in principle, it may be reconsidered for a - subsequent delay slot. Also, other insns may (at least in principle) be - considered for the so far unfilled delay slot. - - The insns accepted to fill the epilogue delay slots are put in an - RTL list made with `insn_list' objects, stored in the variable - `current_function_epilogue_delay_list'. The insn for the first - delay slot comes first in the list. Your definition of the macro - `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' should fill the delay slots by outputting the - insns in this list, usually by calling `final_scan_insn'. - - You need not define this macro if you did not define - `DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE'. */ -/* #define ELIGIBLE_FOR_EPILOGUE_DELAY(INSN, N) */ - -/* A C compound statement that outputs the assembler code for a thunk function, - used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple inheritance. The - thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function, adjusting the implicit - object parameter before handing control off to the real function. - - First, emit code to add the integer DELTA to the location that contains the - incoming first argument. Assume that this argument contains a pointer, and - is the one used to pass the `this' pointer in C++. This is the incoming - argument *before* the function prologue, e.g. `%o0' on a sparc. The - addition must preserve the values of all other incoming arguments. - - After the addition, emit code to jump to FUNCTION, which is a - `FUNCTION_DECL'. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does not touch - the return address. Hence returning from FUNCTION will return to whoever - called the current `thunk'. - - The effect must be as if FUNCTION had been called directly with the adjusted - first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all of the code for - a thunk function; `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' and `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' are not - invoked. - - The THUNK_FNDECL is redundant. (DELTA and FUNCTION have already been - extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on some targets, but - probably not. - - If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++ - frontend will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls - FUNCTION instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does not support - varargs. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK(FILE, THUNK_FNDECL, DELTA, FUNCTION) */ - - -/* Generating Code for Profiling. */ - -/* A C statement or compound statement to output to FILE some assembler code to - call the profiling subroutine `mcount'. Before calling, the assembler code - must load the address of a counter variable into a register where `mcount' - expects to find the address. The name of this variable is `LP' followed by - the number LABELNO, so you would generate the name using `LP%d' in a - `fprintf'. - - The details of how the address should be passed to `mcount' are determined - by your operating system environment, not by GNU CC. To figure them out, - compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C - compiler and look at the assembler code that results. */ - -#define FUNCTION_PROFILER(FILE, LABELNO) d30v_function_profiler (FILE, LABELNO) - -/* Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before the - function prologue. Normally, the profiling code comes after. */ -/* #define PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE */ - -/* A C statement or compound statement to output to FILE some assembler code to - initialize basic-block profiling for the current object module. The global - compile flag `profile_block_flag' distingishes two profile modes. - - profile_block_flag != 2' - Output code to call the subroutine `__bb_init_func' once per - object module, passing it as its sole argument the address of - a block allocated in the object module. - - The name of the block is a local symbol made with this - statement: - - ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (BUFFER, "LPBX", 0); - - Of course, since you are writing the definition of - `ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL' as well as that of this macro, - you can take a short cut in the definition of this macro and - use the name that you know will result. - - The first word of this block is a flag which will be nonzero - if the object module has already been initialized. So test - this word first, and do not call `__bb_init_func' if the flag - is nonzero. BLOCK_OR_LABEL contains a unique number which - may be used to generate a label as a branch destination when - `__bb_init_func' will not be called. - - Described in assembler language, the code to be output looks - like: - - cmp (LPBX0),0 - bne local_label - parameter1 <- LPBX0 - call __bb_init_func - local_label: - - profile_block_flag == 2' - Output code to call the subroutine `__bb_init_trace_func' and - pass two parameters to it. The first parameter is the same as - for `__bb_init_func'. The second parameter is the number of - the first basic block of the function as given by - BLOCK_OR_LABEL. Note that `__bb_init_trace_func' has to be - called, even if the object module has been initialized - already. - - Described in assembler language, the code to be output looks - like: - parameter1 <- LPBX0 - parameter2 <- BLOCK_OR_LABEL - call __bb_init_trace_func */ -/* #define FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER (FILE, LABELNO) */ - -/* A C statement or compound statement to output to FILE some assembler code to - increment the count associated with the basic block number BLOCKNO. The - global compile flag `profile_block_flag' distingishes two profile modes. - - profile_block_flag != 2' - Output code to increment the counter directly. Basic blocks - are numbered separately from zero within each compilation. - The count associated with block number BLOCKNO is at index - BLOCKNO in a vector of words; the name of this array is a - local symbol made with this statement: - - ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (BUFFER, "LPBX", 2); - - Of course, since you are writing the definition of - `ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL' as well as that of this macro, - you can take a short cut in the definition of this macro and - use the name that you know will result. - - Described in assembler language, the code to be output looks - like: - - inc (LPBX2+4*BLOCKNO) - - profile_block_flag == 2' - Output code to initialize the global structure `__bb' and - call the function `__bb_trace_func', which will increment the - counter. - - `__bb' consists of two words. In the first word, the current - basic block number, as given by BLOCKNO, has to be stored. In - the second word, the address of a block allocated in the - object module has to be stored. The address is given by the - label created with this statement: - - ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (BUFFER, "LPBX", 0); - - Described in assembler language, the code to be output looks - like: - move BLOCKNO -> (__bb) - move LPBX0 -> (__bb+4) - call __bb_trace_func */ -/* #define BLOCK_PROFILER(FILE, BLOCKNO) */ - -/* A C statement or compound statement to output to FILE assembler - code to call function `__bb_trace_ret'. The assembler code should - only be output if the global compile flag `profile_block_flag' == - 2. This macro has to be used at every place where code for - returning from a function is generated (e.g. `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE'). - Although you have to write the definition of `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' - as well, you have to define this macro to tell the compiler, that - the proper call to `__bb_trace_ret' is produced. */ -/* #define FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER_EXIT(FILE) */ - -/* A C statement or compound statement to save all registers, which may be - clobbered by a function call, including condition codes. The `asm' - statement will be mostly likely needed to handle this task. Local labels in - the assembler code can be concatenated with the string ID, to obtain a - unique lable name. - - Registers or condition codes clobbered by `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' or - `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' must be saved in the macros `FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER', - `FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER_EXIT' and `BLOCK_PROFILER' prior calling - `__bb_init_trace_func', `__bb_trace_ret' and `__bb_trace_func' respectively. */ -/* #define MACHINE_STATE_SAVE(ID) */ - -/* A C statement or compound statement to restore all registers, including - condition codes, saved by `MACHINE_STATE_SAVE'. - - Registers or condition codes clobbered by `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' or - `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' must be restored in the macros - `FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER', `FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER_EXIT' and - `BLOCK_PROFILER' after calling `__bb_init_trace_func', `__bb_trace_ret' and - `__bb_trace_func' respectively. */ -/* #define MACHINE_STATE_RESTORE(ID) */ - -/* A C function or functions which are needed in the library to support block - profiling. */ -/* #define BLOCK_PROFILER_CODE */ - - -/* Implementing the Varargs Macros. */ - -/* If defined, is a C expression that produces the machine-specific code for a - call to `__builtin_saveregs'. This code will be moved to the very beginning - of the function, before any parameter access are made. The return value of - this function should be an RTX that contains the value to use as the return - of `__builtin_saveregs'. - - The argument ARGS is a `tree_list' containing the arguments that were passed - to `__builtin_saveregs'. - - If this macro is not defined, the compiler will output an ordinary call to - the library function `__builtin_saveregs'. */ - -#define EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS(ARGS) d30v_expand_builtin_saveregs (ARGS) - -/* This macro offers an alternative to using `__builtin_saveregs' and defining - the macro `EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS'. Use it to store the anonymous register - arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to have been - passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can use the - standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that pass all - their arguments on the stack. - - The argument ARGS_SO_FAR is the `CUMULATIVE_ARGS' data structure, containing - the values that obtain after processing of the named arguments. The - arguments MODE and TYPE describe the last named argument--its machine mode - and its data type as a tree node. - - The macro implementation should do two things: first, push onto the stack - all the argument registers *not* used for the named arguments, and second, - store the size of the data thus pushed into the `int'-valued variable whose - name is supplied as the argument PRETEND_ARGS_SIZE. The value that you - store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack frame. - - Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at compile - time without knowing their data types, `SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS' is only - useful on machines that have just a single category of argument register and - use it uniformly for all data types. - - If the argument SECOND_TIME is nonzero, it means that the arguments of the - function are being analyzed for the second time. This happens for an inline - function, which is not actually compiled until the end of the source file. - The macro `SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS' should not generate any instructions in - this case. */ - -#define SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS(ARGS_SO_FAR, MODE, TYPE, PRETEND_ARGS_SIZE, SECOND_TIME) \ - d30v_setup_incoming_varargs (&ARGS_SO_FAR, (int) MODE, TYPE, \ - &PRETEND_ARGS_SIZE, SECOND_TIME) - -/* Define this macro if the location where a function argument is passed - depends on whether or not it is a named argument. - - This macro controls how the NAMED argument to `FUNCTION_ARG' is set for - varargs and stdarg functions. With this macro defined, the NAMED argument - is always true for named arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If - this is not defined, but `SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS' is defined, then all - arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments except the - last are treated as named. */ -/* #define STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING */ - - -/* Trampolines for Nested Functions. */ - -/* A C statement to output, on the stream FILE, assembler code for a block of - data that contains the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not - include a label--the label is taken care of automatically. */ -/* #define TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE(FILE) d30v_trampoline_template (FILE) */ - -/* The name of a subroutine to switch to the section in which the trampoline - template is to be placed (*note Sections::.). The default is a value of - `readonly_data_section', which places the trampoline in the section - containing read-only data. */ -/* #define TRAMPOLINE_SECTION */ - -/* A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer. */ -#define TRAMPOLINE_SIZE (d30v_trampoline_size ()) - -/* Alignment required for trampolines, in bits. - - If you don't define this macro, the value of `BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT' is used for - aligning trampolines. */ -#define TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT 64 - -/* A C statement to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline. ADDR is an - RTX for the address of the trampoline; FNADDR is an RTX for the address of - the nested function; STATIC_CHAIN is an RTX for the static chain value that - should be passed to the function when it is called. */ -#define INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE(ADDR, FNADDR, STATIC_CHAIN) \ - d30v_initialize_trampoline (ADDR, FNADDR, STATIC_CHAIN) - -/* A C expression to allocate run-time space for a trampoline. The expression - value should be an RTX representing a memory reference to the space for the - trampoline. - - If this macro is not defined, by default the trampoline is allocated as a - stack slot. This default is right for most machines. The exceptions are - machines where it is impossible to execute instructions in the stack area. - On such machines, you may have to implement a separate stack, using this - macro in conjunction with `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' and `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE'. - - FP points to a data structure, a `struct function', which describes the - compilation status of the immediate containing function of the function - which the trampoline is for. Normally (when `ALLOCATE_TRAMPOLINE' is not - defined), the stack slot for the trampoline is in the stack frame of this - containing function. Other allocation strategies probably must do something - analogous with this information. */ -/* #define ALLOCATE_TRAMPOLINE(FP) */ - -/* Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have - separate instruction and data caches. Writing into a stack location fails - to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program jumps to - that location, it executes the old contents. - - Here are two possible solutions. One is to clear the relevant parts of the - instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up. The other is to make all - trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard subroutine. The - former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the latter makes - initialization faster. - - To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define the - following macros which describe the shape of the cache. */ - -/* The total size in bytes of the cache. */ -/* #define INSN_CACHE_SIZE */ - -/* The length in bytes of each cache line. The cache is divided into cache - lines which are disjoint slots, each holding a contiguous chunk of data - fetched from memory. Each time data is brought into the cache, an entire - line is read at once. The data loaded into a cache line is always aligned - on a boundary equal to the line size. */ -/* #define INSN_CACHE_LINE_WIDTH */ - -/* The number of alternative cache lines that can hold any particular memory - location. */ -/* #define INSN_CACHE_DEPTH */ - -/* Alternatively, if the machine has system calls or instructions to clear the - instruction cache directly, you can define the following macro. */ - -/* If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the *instruction cache* in - the specified interval. If it is not defined, and the macro INSN_CACHE_SIZE - is defined, some generic code is generated to clear the cache. The - definition of this macro would typically be a series of `asm' statements. - Both BEG and END are both pointer expressions. */ -/* #define CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (BEG, END) */ - -/* To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro. In addition, you - must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire cache - line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the beginning of the - trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in its cache line. Look - in `m68k.h' as a guide. */ - -/* Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their work. - The macro should expand to a series of `asm' statements which will be - compiled with GNU CC. They go in a library function named - `__transfer_from_trampoline'. - - If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled C - function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a special - label of your own in the assembler code. Use one `asm' statement to - generate an assembler label, and another to make the label global. Then - trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your special assembler - code. */ -/* #define TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE */ - - -/* Implicit Calls to Library Routines */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for - multiplication of one signed full-word by another. If you do not define - this macro, the default name is used, which is `__mulsi3', a function - defined in `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define MULSI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for division of - one signed full-word by another. If you do not define this macro, the - default name is used, which is `__divsi3', a function defined in `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define DIVSI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for division of - one unsigned full-word by another. If you do not define this macro, the - default name is used, which is `__udivsi3', a function defined in - `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define UDIVSI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for the - remainder in division of one signed full-word by another. If you do not - define this macro, the default name is used, which is `__modsi3', a function - defined in `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define MODSI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for the - remainder in division of one unsigned full-word by another. If you do not - define this macro, the default name is used, which is `__umodsi3', a - function defined in `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define UMODSI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for - multiplication of one signed double-word by another. If you do not define - this macro, the default name is used, which is `__muldi3', a function - defined in `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define MULDI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for division of - one signed double-word by another. If you do not define this macro, the - default name is used, which is `__divdi3', a function defined in `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define DIVDI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for division of - one unsigned full-word by another. If you do not define this macro, the - default name is used, which is `__udivdi3', a function defined in - `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define UDIVDI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for the - remainder in division of one signed double-word by another. If you do not - define this macro, the default name is used, which is `__moddi3', a function - defined in `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define MODDI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for the - remainder in division of one unsigned full-word by another. If you do not - define this macro, the default name is used, which is `__umoddi3', a - function defined in `libgcc.a'. */ -/* #define UMODDI3_LIBCALL */ - -/* Define this macro as a C statement that declares additional library routines - renames existing ones. `init_optabs' calls this macro after initializing all - the normal library routines. */ -/* #define INIT_TARGET_OPTABS */ - -/* The value of `EDOM' on the target machine, as a C integer constant - expression. If you don't define this macro, GNU CC does not attempt to - deposit the value of `EDOM' into `errno' directly. Look in - `/usr/include/errno.h' to find the value of `EDOM' on your system. - - If you do not define `TARGET_EDOM', then compiled code reports domain errors - by calling the library function and letting it report the error. If - mathematical functions on your system use `matherr' when there is an error, - then you should leave `TARGET_EDOM' undefined so that `matherr' is used - normally. */ -/* #define TARGET_EDOM */ - -/* Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that refers - to the global "variable" `errno'. (On certain systems, `errno' may not - actually be a variable.) If you don't define this macro, a reasonable - default is used. */ -/* #define GEN_ERRNO_RTX */ - -/* Define this macro if GNU CC should generate calls to the System V (and ANSI - C) library functions `memcpy' and `memset' rather than the BSD functions - `bcopy' and `bzero'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS */ - -/* Define this macro if only `float' arguments cannot be passed to library - routines (so they must be converted to `double'). This macro affects both - how library calls are generated and how the library routines in `libgcc1.c' - accept their arguments. It is useful on machines where floating and fixed - point arguments are passed differently, such as the i860. */ -/* #define LIBGCC_NEEDS_DOUBLE */ - -/* Define this macro to override the type used by the library routines to pick - up arguments of type `float'. (By default, they use a union of `float' and - `int'.) - - The obvious choice would be `float'--but that won't work with traditional C - compilers that expect all arguments declared as `float' to arrive as - `double'. To avoid this conversion, the library routines ask for the value - as some other type and then treat it as a `float'. - - On some systems, no other type will work for this. For these systems, you - must use `LIBGCC_NEEDS_DOUBLE' instead, to force conversion of the values - `double' before they are passed. */ -/* #define FLOAT_ARG_TYPE */ - -/* Define this macro to override the way library routines redesignate a `float' - argument as a `float' instead of the type it was passed as. The default is - an expression which takes the `float' field of the union. */ -/* #define FLOATIFY(PASSED_VALUE) */ - -/* Define this macro to override the type used by the library routines to - return values that ought to have type `float'. (By default, they use - `int'.) - - The obvious choice would be `float'--but that won't work with traditional C - compilers gratuitously convert values declared as `float' into `double'. */ -/* #define FLOAT_VALUE_TYPE */ - -/* Define this macro to override the way the value of a `float'-returning - library routine should be packaged in order to return it. These functions - are actually declared to return type `FLOAT_VALUE_TYPE' (normally `int'). - - These values can't be returned as type `float' because traditional C - compilers would gratuitously convert the value to a `double'. - - A local variable named `intify' is always available when the macro `INTIFY' - is used. It is a union of a `float' field named `f' and a field named `i' - whose type is `FLOAT_VALUE_TYPE' or `int'. - - If you don't define this macro, the default definition works by copying the - value through that union. */ -/* #define INTIFY(FLOAT_VALUE) */ - -/* Define this macro as the name of the data type corresponding to `SImode' in - the system's own C compiler. - - You need not define this macro if that type is `long int', as it usually is. */ -/* #define nongcc_SI_type */ - -/* Define this macro as the name of the data type corresponding to the - word_mode in the system's own C compiler. - - You need not define this macro if that type is `long int', as it usually is. */ -/* #define nongcc_word_type */ - -/* Define these macros to supply explicit C statements to carry out various - arithmetic operations on types `float' and `double' in the library routines - in `libgcc1.c'. See that file for a full list of these macros and their - arguments. - - On most machines, you don't need to define any of these macros, because the - C compiler that comes with the system takes care of doing them. */ -/* #define perform_... */ - -/* Define this macro to generate code for Objective C message sending using the - calling convention of the NeXT system. This calling convention involves - passing the object, the selector and the method arguments all at once to the - method-lookup library function. - - The default calling convention passes just the object and the selector to - the lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method. */ -/* #define NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME */ - - -/* Addressing Modes */ - -/* Define this macro if the machine supports post-increment addressing. */ -#define HAVE_POST_INCREMENT 1 - -/* Similar for other kinds of addressing. */ -/* #define HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT 0 */ -#define HAVE_POST_DECREMENT 1 -/* #define HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT 0 */ - -/* A C expression that is 1 if the RTX X is a constant which is a valid - address. On most machines, this can be defined as `CONSTANT_P (X)', but a - few machines are more restrictive in which constant addresses are supported. - - `CONSTANT_P' accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not - explicitly known, such as `symbol_ref', `label_ref', and `high' expressions - and `const' arithmetic expressions, in addition to `const_int' and - `const_double' expressions. */ -#define CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P(X) CONSTANT_P (X) - -/* A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid memory - address. Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to the maximum - number that `GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS' would ever accept. */ -#define MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS 2 - -/* A C compound statement with a conditional `goto LABEL;' executed if X (an - RTX) is a legitimate memory address on the target machine for a memory - operand of mode MODE. - - It usually pays to define several simpler macros to serve as subroutines for - this one. Otherwise it may be too complicated to understand. - - This macro must exist in two variants: a strict variant and a non-strict - one. The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so - that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is - considered a memory reference. In contexts where some kind of register is - required, a pseudo-register with no hard register must be rejected. - - The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to - accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of register is - required. - - Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this macro - define the macro `REG_OK_STRICT'. You should use an `#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT' - conditional to define the strict variant in that case and the non-strict - variant otherwise. - - Subroutines to check for acceptable registers for various purposes (one for - base registers, one for index registers, and so on) are typically among the - subroutines used to define `GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS'. Then only these - subroutine macros need have two variants; the higher levels of macros may be - the same whether strict or not. - - Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a `symbol_ref' and an - integer are stored inside a `const' RTX to mark them as constant. - Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums specifically as - legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply recognize any `const' as - legitimate. - - Usually `PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS' is not prepared to handle constant sums that - are not marked with `const'. It assumes that a naked `plus' indicates - indexing. If so, then you *must* reject such naked constant sums as - illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will be given to - `PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS'. - - On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on the - section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the macro - `ENCODE_SECTION_INFO' to store the information into the `symbol_ref', and - then check for it here. When you see a `const', you will have to look - inside it to find the `symbol_ref' in order to determine the section. *Note - Assembler Format::. - - The best way to modify the name string is by adding text to the beginning, - with suitable punctuation to prevent any ambiguity. Allocate the new name - in `saveable_obstack'. You will have to modify `ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF' to - remove and decode the added text and output the name accordingly, and define - `STRIP_NAME_ENCODING' to access the original name string. - - You can check the information stored here into the `symbol_ref' in the - definitions of the macros `GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS' and - `PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS'. */ - -#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT -#define REG_OK_STRICT_P 1 -#else -#define REG_OK_STRICT_P 0 -#endif - -#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS(MODE, X, ADDR) \ -do { \ - if (d30v_legitimate_address_p ((int)MODE, X, REG_OK_STRICT_P)) \ - goto ADDR; \ -} while (0) - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if X (assumed to be a `reg' RTX) is valid for - use as a base register. For hard registers, it should always accept those - which the hardware permits and reject the others. Whether the macro accepts - or rejects pseudo registers must be controlled by `REG_OK_STRICT' as - described above. This usually requires two variant definitions, of which - `REG_OK_STRICT' controls the one actually used. */ - -#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT -#define REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P(X) (GPR_P (REGNO (X))) -#else -#define REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P(X) (GPR_OR_PSEUDO_P (REGNO (X))) -#endif - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if X (assumed to be a `reg' RTX) is valid for - use as an index register. - - The difference between an index register and a base register is that the - index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of two - registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be labeled the - "base" and the other the "index"; but whichever labeling is used must fit - the machine's constraints of which registers may serve in each capacity. - The compiler will try both labelings, looking for one that is valid, and - will reload one or both registers only if neither labeling works. */ - -#define REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P(X) REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (X) - -/* A C compound statement that attempts to replace X with a valid memory - address for an operand of mode MODE. WIN will be a C statement label - elsewhere in the code; the macro definition may use - - GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (MODE, X, WIN); - - to avoid further processing if the address has become legitimate. - - X will always be the result of a call to `break_out_memory_refs', and OLDX - will be the operand that was given to that function to produce X. - - The code generated by this macro should not alter the substructure of X. If - it transforms X into a more legitimate form, it should assign X (which will - always be a C variable) a new value. - - It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate address. - The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, it is - safe for this macro to do nothing. But often a machine-dependent strategy - can generate better code. */ - -#define LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS(X, OLDX, MODE, WIN) \ -do { \ - rtx y = d30v_legitimize_address (X, OLDX, (int)MODE, REG_OK_STRICT_P); \ - if (y) \ - { \ - X = y; \ - GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (MODE, X, WIN); \ - } \ -} while (0) - -/* A C statement or compound statement with a conditional `goto LABEL;' - executed if memory address X (an RTX) can have different meanings depending - on the machine mode of the memory reference it is used for or if the address - is valid for some modes but not others. - - Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent - effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size of the - operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent addresses. - Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses. - - You may assume that ADDR is a valid address for the machine. */ - -#define GO_IF_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS(ADDR, LABEL) \ -do { \ - if (d30v_mode_dependent_address_p (ADDR)) \ - goto LABEL; \ -} while (0) \ - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if X is a legitimate constant for an - immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that X satisfies - `CONSTANT_P', so you need not check this. In fact, `1' is a suitable - definition for this macro on machines where anything `CONSTANT_P' is valid. */ -#define LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P(X) 1 - - -/* Condition Code Status */ - -/* C code for a data type which is used for declaring the `mdep' component of - `cc_status'. It defaults to `int'. - - This macro is not used on machines that do not use `cc0'. */ -/* #define CC_STATUS_MDEP */ - -/* A C expression to initialize the `mdep' field to "empty". The default - definition does nothing, since most machines don't use the field anyway. If - you want to use the field, you should probably define this macro to - initialize it. - - This macro is not used on machines that do not use `cc0'. */ -/* #define CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT */ - -/* A C compound statement to set the components of `cc_status' appropriately - for an insn INSN whose body is EXP. It is this macro's responsibility to - recognize insns that set the condition code as a byproduct of other activity - as well as those that explicitly set `(cc0)'. - - This macro is not used on machines that do not use `cc0'. - - If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter other - machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they invalidate the - expressions that the condition code is recorded as reflecting. For example, - on the 68000, insns that store in address registers do not set the condition - code, which means that usually `NOTICE_UPDATE_CC' can leave `cc_status' - unaltered for such insns. But suppose that the previous insn set the - condition code based on location `a4@(102)' and the current insn stores a - new value in `a4'. Although the condition code is not changed by this, it - will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of `a4@(102)'. - Therefore, `NOTICE_UPDATE_CC' must alter `cc_status' in this case to say - that nothing is known about the condition code value. - - The definition of `NOTICE_UPDATE_CC' must be prepared to deal with the - results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are `parallel' RTXs - containing various `reg', `mem' or constants which are just the operands. - The RTL structure of these insns is not sufficient to indicate what the - insns actually do. What `NOTICE_UPDATE_CC' should do when it sees one is - just to run `CC_STATUS_INIT'. - - A possible definition of `NOTICE_UPDATE_CC' is to call a function that looks - at an attribute (*note Insn Attributes::.) named, for example, `cc'. This - avoids having detailed information about patterns in two places, the `md' - file and in `NOTICE_UPDATE_CC'. */ -/* #define NOTICE_UPDATE_CC(EXP, INSN) */ - -/* A list of names to be used for additional modes for condition code values in - registers (*note Jump Patterns::.). These names are added to `enum - machine_mode' and all have class `MODE_CC'. By convention, they should - start with `CC' and end with `mode'. - - You should only define this macro if your machine does not use `cc0' and - only if additional modes are required. */ -/* #define EXTRA_CC_MODES */ - -/* A list of C strings giving the names for the modes listed in - `EXTRA_CC_MODES'. For example, the Sparc defines this macro and - `EXTRA_CC_MODES' as - - #define EXTRA_CC_MODES CC_NOOVmode, CCFPmode, CCFPEmode - #define EXTRA_CC_NAMES "CC_NOOV", "CCFP", "CCFPE" - - This macro is not required if `EXTRA_CC_MODES' is not defined. */ -/* #define EXTRA_CC_NAMES */ - -/* Returns a mode from class `MODE_CC' to be used when comparison operation - code OP is applied to rtx X and Y. For example, on the Sparc, - `SELECT_CC_MODE' is defined as (see *note Jump Patterns::. for a - description of the reason for this definition) - - #define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \ - (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT \ - ? ((OP == EQ || OP == NE) ? CCFPmode : CCFPEmode) \ - : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS \ - || GET_CODE (X) == NEG) \ - ? CC_NOOVmode : CCmode)) - - You need not define this macro if `EXTRA_CC_MODES' is not defined. */ -/* #define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP, X, Y) */ - -/* One some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can - convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha does - not have a `GT' comparison, but you can use an `LT' comparison instead and - swap the order of the operands. - - On such machines, define this macro to be a C statement to do any required - conversions. CODE is the initial comparison code and OP0 and OP1 are the - left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. You should modify - CODE, OP0, and OP1 as required. - - GNU CC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is - valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the `md' file. - - You need not define this macro if it would never change the comparison code - or operands. */ -/* #define CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON(CODE, OP0, OP1) */ - -/* A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a - comparison whose mode is MODE. If `SELECT_CC_MODE' can ever return MODE for - a floating-point inequality comparison, then `REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (MODE)' - must be zero. - - You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the - floating-point format is anything other than `IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT'. For - example, here is the definition used on the Sparc, where floating-point - inequality comparisons are always given `CCFPEmode': - - #define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) ((MODE) != CCFPEmode) */ -/* #define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) */ - - -/* Describing Relative Costs of Operations */ - -/* A part of a C `switch' statement that describes the relative costs of - constant RTL expressions. It must contain `case' labels for expression - codes `const_int', `const', `symbol_ref', `label_ref' and `const_double'. - Each case must ultimately reach a `return' statement to return the relative - cost of the use of that kind of constant value in an expression. The cost - may depend on the precise value of the constant, which is available for - examination in X, and the rtx code of the expression in which it is - contained, found in OUTER_CODE. - - CODE is the expression code--redundant, since it can be obtained with - `GET_CODE (X)'. */ - -/* On the d30v, consider operatnds that fit in a short instruction very - cheap. However, at this time, it causes cse to generate incorrect - code, so disable it for now. */ -#if 0 -#define CONST_COSTS(X, CODE, OUTER_CODE) \ - case CONST_INT: \ - if (IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (X), 0, 31)) \ - return 0; \ - else if ((OUTER_CODE) == LEU && (OUTER_CODE) == LTU \ - && (OUTER_CODE) == GEU && (OUTER_CODE) == GTU) \ - return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (X), 32, 63) ? 0 : COSTS_N_INSNS (2); \ - else \ - return IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (X), -31, -1) ? 0 : COSTS_N_INSNS (2); \ - case SYMBOL_REF: \ - case LABEL_REF: \ - case CONST: \ - return COSTS_N_INSNS (2); \ - case CONST_DOUBLE: \ - return COSTS_N_INSNS ((GET_MODE (X) == SFmode) ? 2 : 4); -#else -#define CONST_COSTS(X, CODE, OUTER_CODE) -#endif - -/* Like `CONST_COSTS' but applies to nonconstant RTL expressions. This can be - used, for example, to indicate how costly a multiply instruction is. In - writing this macro, you can use the construct `COSTS_N_INSNS (N)' to specify - a cost equal to N fast instructions. OUTER_CODE is the code of the - expression in which X is contained. - - This macro is optional; do not define it if the default cost assumptions are - adequate for the target machine. */ -#define RTX_COSTS(X, CODE, OUTER_CODE) \ - case MULT: \ - return COSTS_N_INSNS ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT \ - && exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))) >= 0) \ - ? 1 : 2); - -/* An expression giving the cost of an addressing mode that contains ADDRESS. - If not defined, the cost is computed from the ADDRESS expression and the - `CONST_COSTS' values. - - For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the true - cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all instructions - normally have the same length and execution time. Hence all addresses will - have equal costs. - - In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with the - lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest, cost, - the one that is the most complex will be used. - - For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register and a - constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro is not - defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory references - will be indirect through that register. On machines where the cost of the - addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than that of a simple - indirect reference, this will produce an additional instruction and possibly - require an additional register. Proper specification of this macro - eliminates this overhead for such machines. - - Similar use of this macro is made in strength reduction of loops. - - ADDRESS need not be valid as an address. In such a case, the cost is not - relevant and can be any value; invalid addresses need not be assigned a - different cost. - - On machines where an address involving more than one register is as cheap as - an address computation involving only one register, defining `ADDRESS_COST' - to reflect this can cause two registers to be live over a region of code - where only one would have been if `ADDRESS_COST' were not defined in that - manner. This effect should be considered in the definition of this macro. - Equivalent costs should probably only be given to addresses with different - numbers of registers on machines with lots of registers. - - This macro will normally either not be defined or be defined as a constant. */ -#define ADDRESS_COST(ADDRESS) 0 - -/* A C expression for the cost of moving data from a register in class FROM to - one in class TO. The classes are expressed using the enumeration values - such as `GENERAL_REGS'. A value of 4 is the default; other values are - interpreted relative to that. - - It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when FROM is the same as TO; - on some machines it is expensive to move between registers if they are not - general registers. - - If reload sees an insn consisting of a single `set' between two hard - registers, and if `REGISTER_MOVE_COST' applied to their classes returns a - value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the constraints of the insn - are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will allow reload to verify that - the constraints are met. You should do this if the `movM' pattern's - constraints do not allow such copying. */ - -#define REGISTER_MOVE_COST(FROM, TO) \ - (((FROM) != GPR_REGS && (FROM) != EVEN_REGS \ - && (TO) != GPR_REGS && (TO) != EVEN_REGS) ? 4 : 2) - -/* A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode M between a register and - memory. A value of 2 is the default; this cost is relative to those in - `REGISTER_MOVE_COST'. - - If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two - registers, you should define this macro to express the relative cost. */ -#define MEMORY_MOVE_COST(M,C,I) 4 - -/* A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction. A value of 1 is the - default; other values are interpreted relative to that. */ - -#define BRANCH_COST d30v_branch_cost - -#define D30V_DEFAULT_BRANCH_COST 2 - -/* Values of the -mbranch-cost=n string. */ -extern int d30v_branch_cost; -extern char *d30v_branch_cost_string; - -/* Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs, but - only that certain actions are more expensive than GNU CC would ordinarily - expect. */ - -/* Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less than - a word of memory (i.e. a `char' or a `short') is no faster than accessing a - word of memory, i.e., if such access require more than one instruction or if - there is no difference in cost between byte and (aligned) word loads. - - When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by finding - the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword load will be - used if alignment permits. Unless bytes accesses are faster than word - accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it may eliminate - subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to other fields in the - same word of the structure, but to different bytes. */ -#define SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS 1 - -/* Define this macro if zero-extension (of a `char' or `short' to an `int') can - be done faster if the destination is a register that is known to be zero. - - If you define this macro, you must have instruction patterns that recognize - RTL structures like this: - - (set (strict_low_part (subreg:QI (reg:SI ...) 0)) ...) - - and likewise for `HImode'. */ -#define SLOW_ZERO_EXTEND 0 - -/* Define this macro to be the value 1 if unaligned accesses have a cost many - times greater than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a - trap handler. - - When this macro is non-zero, the compiler will act as if `STRICT_ALIGNMENT' - were non-zero when generating code for block moves. This can cause - significantly more instructions to be produced. Therefore, do not set this - macro non-zero if unaligned accesses only add a cycle or two to the time for - a memory access. - - If the value of this macro is always zero, it need not be defined. */ -/* #define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS */ - -/* Define this macro to inhibit strength reduction of memory addresses. (On - some machines, such strength reduction seems to do harm rather than good.) */ -/* #define DONT_REDUCE_ADDR */ - -/* The number of scalar move insns which should be generated instead of a - string move insn or a library call. Increasing the value will always make - code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size. - - If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used. */ -/* #define MOVE_RATIO */ - -/* Define this macro if it is as good or better to call a constant function - address than to call an address kept in a register. */ -#define NO_FUNCTION_CSE - -/* Define this macro if it is as good or better for a function to call itself - with an explicit address than to call an address kept in a register. */ -/* #define NO_RECURSIVE_FUNCTION_CSE */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the integer variable COST based on - the relationship between INSN that is dependent on DEP_INSN through the - dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment to COST. This can be - used for example to specify to the scheduler that an output- or - anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a data-dependence. */ - -#define ADJUST_COST(INSN,LINK,DEP_INSN,COST) \ - (COST) = d30v_adjust_cost (INSN, LINK, DEP_INSN, COST) - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the integer scheduling - priority `INSN_PRIORITY(INSN)'. Reduce the priority to execute - the INSN earlier, increase the priority to execute INSN later. - Do not define this macro if you do not need to adjust the - scheduling priorities of insns. */ -/* #define ADJUST_PRIORITY (INSN) */ - -/* Macro to determine whether the Haifa scheduler is used. */ -#ifdef HAIFA -#define HAIFA_P 1 -#else -#define HAIFA_P 0 -#endif - - -/* Dividing the output into sections. */ - -/* A C expression whose value is a string containing the assembler operation - that should precede instructions and read-only data. Normally `".text"' is - right. */ -#define TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP ".text" - -/* A C expression whose value is a string containing the assembler operation to - identify the following data as writable initialized data. Normally - `".data"' is right. */ -#define DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP ".data" - -/* if defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the assembler - operation to identify the following data as shared data. If not defined, - `DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP' will be used. */ -/* #define SHARED_SECTION_ASM_OP */ - -/* If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the - assembler operation to identify the following data as - uninitialized global data. If not defined, and neither - `ASM_OUTPUT_BSS' nor `ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS' are defined, - uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if - `-fno-common' is passed, otherwise `ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON' will be - used. */ -#define BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP ".bss" - -/* If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the - assembler operation to identify the following data as - uninitialized global shared data. If not defined, and - `BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP' is, the latter will be used. */ -/* #define SHARED_BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */ - -/* A list of names for sections other than the standard two, which are - `in_text' and `in_data'. You need not define this macro on a system with no - other sections (that GCC needs to use). - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define EXTRA_SECTIONS */ - -/* One or more functions to be defined in `varasm.c'. These functions should - do jobs analogous to those of `text_section' and `data_section', for your - additional sections. Do not define this macro if you do not define - `EXTRA_SECTIONS'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define EXTRA_SECTION_FUNCTIONS */ - -/* On most machines, read-only variables, constants, and jump tables are placed - in the text section. If this is not the case on your machine, this macro - should be defined to be the name of a function (either `data_section' or a - function defined in `EXTRA_SECTIONS') that switches to the section to be - used for read-only items. - - If these items should be placed in the text section, this macro should not - be defined. */ -/* #define READONLY_DATA_SECTION */ - -/* A C statement or statements to switch to the appropriate section for output - of EXP. You can assume that EXP is either a `VAR_DECL' node or a constant - of some sort. RELOC indicates whether the initial value of EXP requires - link-time relocations. Select the section by calling `text_section' or one - of the alternatives for other sections. - - Do not define this macro if you put all read-only variables and constants in - the read-only data section (usually the text section). - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define SELECT_SECTION(EXP, RELOC) */ - -/* A C statement or statements to switch to the appropriate section for output - of RTX in mode MODE. You can assume that RTX is some kind of constant in - RTL. The argument MODE is redundant except in the case of a `const_int' - rtx. Select the section by calling `text_section' or one of the - alternatives for other sections. - - Do not define this macro if you put all constants in the read-only data - section. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define SELECT_RTX_SECTION(MODE, RTX) */ - -/* Define this macro if jump tables (for `tablejump' insns) should be output in - the text section, along with the assembler instructions. Otherwise, the - readonly data section is used. - - This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section. */ -/* #define JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION */ - -/* Define this macro if references to a symbol must be treated differently - depending on something about the variable or function named by the symbol - (such as what section it is in). - - The macro definition, if any, is executed immediately after the rtl for DECL - has been created and stored in `DECL_RTL (DECL)'. The value of the rtl will - be a `mem' whose address is a `symbol_ref'. - - The usual thing for this macro to do is to record a flag in the `symbol_ref' - (such as `SYMBOL_REF_FLAG') or to store a modified name string in the - `symbol_ref' (if one bit is not enough information). */ -/* #define ENCODE_SECTION_INFO(DECL) */ - -/* Decode SYM_NAME and store the real name part in VAR, sans the characters - that encode section info. Define this macro if `ENCODE_SECTION_INFO' alters - the symbol's name string. */ -/* #define STRIP_NAME_ENCODING(VAR, SYM_NAME) */ - -/* A C expression which evaluates to true if DECL should be placed - into a unique section for some target-specific reason. If you do - not define this macro, the default is `0'. Note that the flag - `-ffunction-sections' will also cause functions to be placed into - unique sections. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define UNIQUE_SECTION_P(DECL) */ - -/* A C statement to build up a unique section name, expressed as a - STRING_CST node, and assign it to `DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)'. - RELOC indicates whether the initial value of EXP requires - link-time relocations. If you do not define this macro, GNU CC - will use the symbol name prefixed by `.' as the section name. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define UNIQUE_SECTION(DECL, RELOC) */ - - -/* Position Independent Code. */ - -/* The register number of the register used to address a table of static data - addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a - processor's "application binary interface" (ABI). When this macro is - defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack pointer - and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it is up to the - machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if necessary). */ -/* #define PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM */ - -/* Define this macro if the register defined by `PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM' is - clobbered by calls. Do not define this macro if `PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM' - is not defined. */ -/* #define PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED */ - -/* By generating position-independent code, when two different programs (A and - B) share a common library (libC.a), the text of the library can be shared - whether or not the library is linked at the same address for both programs. - In some of these environments, position-independent code requires not only - the use of different addressing modes, but also special code to enable the - use of these addressing modes. - - The `FINALIZE_PIC' macro serves as a hook to emit these special codes once - the function is being compiled into assembly code, but not before. (It is - not done before, because in the case of compiling an inline function, it - would lead to multiple PIC prologues being included in functions which used - inline functions and were compiled to assembly language.) */ -/* #define FINALIZE_PIC */ - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if X is a legitimate immediate operand on the - target machine when generating position independent code. You can assume - that X satisfies `CONSTANT_P', so you need not check this. You can also - assume FLAG_PIC is true, so you need not check it either. You need not - define this macro if all constants (including `SYMBOL_REF') can be immediate - operands when generating position independent code. */ -/* #define LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P(X) */ - - -/* The Overall Framework of an Assembler File. */ - -/* A C expression which outputs to the stdio stream STREAM some appropriate - text to go at the start of an assembler file. - - Normally this macro is defined to output a line containing `#NO_APP', which - is a comment that has no effect on most assemblers but tells the GNU - assembler that it can save time by not checking for certain assembler - constructs. - - On systems that use SDB, it is necessary to output certain commands; see - `attasm.h'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ - -/* #define ASM_FILE_START(STREAM) \ - output_file_directive ((STREAM), main_input_filename) */ - -/* A C expression which outputs to the stdio stream STREAM some appropriate - text to go at the end of an assembler file. - - If this macro is not defined, the default is to output nothing special at - the end of the file. Most systems don't require any definition. - - On systems that use SDB, it is necessary to output certain commands; see - `attasm.h'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_FILE_END(STREAM) */ - -/* A C statement to output assembler commands which will identify the object - file as having been compiled with GNU CC (or another GNU compiler). - - If you don't define this macro, the string `gcc_compiled.:' is output. This - string is calculated to define a symbol which, on BSD systems, will never be - defined for any other reason. GDB checks for the presence of this symbol - when reading the symbol table of an executable. - - On non-BSD systems, you must arrange communication with GDB in some other - fashion. If GDB is not used on your system, you can define this macro with - an empty body. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_IDENTIFY_GCC(FILE) */ - -/* Like ASM_IDENTIFY_GCC, but used when dbx debugging is selected to emit - a stab the debugger uses to identify gcc as the compiler that is emitted - after the stabs for the filename, which makes it easier for GDB to parse. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_IDENTIFY_GCC_AFTER_SOURCE(FILE) */ - -/* A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target - assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will end at the - end of the line. */ -#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";" - -/* A C string constant for text to be output before each `asm' statement or - group of consecutive ones. Normally this is `"#APP"', which is a comment - that has no effect on most assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it - must check the lines that follow for all valid assembler constructs. */ -#define ASM_APP_ON "#APP\n" - -/* A C string constant for text to be output after each `asm' statement or - group of consecutive ones. Normally this is `"#NO_APP"', which tells the - GNU assembler to resume making the time-saving assumptions that are valid - for ordinary compiler output. */ -#define ASM_APP_OFF "#NO_APP\n" - -/* A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information - which indicates that filename NAME is the current source file to the stdio - stream STREAM. - - This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output for the file - format in use is appropriate. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME(STREAM, NAME) */ - -/* A C statement to output DBX or SDB debugging information before code for - line number LINE of the current source file to the stdio stream STREAM. - - This macro need not be defined if the standard form of debugging information - for the debugger in use is appropriate. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE(STREAM, LINE) */ - -/* A C statement to output something to the assembler file to handle a `#ident' - directive containing the text STRING. If this macro is not defined, nothing - is output for a `#ident' directive. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT(STREAM, STRING) */ - -/* A C statement to output something to the assembler file to switch to section - NAME for object DECL which is either a `FUNCTION_DECL', a `VAR_DECL' or - `NULL_TREE'. Some target formats do not support arbitrary sections. Do not - define this macro in such cases. - - At present this macro is only used to support section attributes. When this - macro is undefined, section attributes are disabled. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION_NAME(STREAM, DECL, NAME) */ - -/* A C statement to output any assembler statements which are required to - precede any Objective C object definitions or message sending. The - statement is executed only when compiling an Objective C program. */ -/* #define OBJC_PROLOGUE */ - - -/* Output of Data. */ - -/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM an assembler instruction - to assemble a floating-point constant of `TFmode', `DFmode', `SFmode', - `TQFmode', `HFmode', or `QFmode', respectively, whose value is VALUE. VALUE - will be a C expression of type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE'. Macros such as - `REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE' are useful for writing these definitions. */ - -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_LONG_DOUBLE(STREAM, VALUE) */ - -#define ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE(FILE, VALUE) \ - { \ - if (REAL_VALUE_ISINF (VALUE) \ - || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (VALUE) \ - || REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (VALUE)) \ - { \ - long t[2]; \ - REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE ((VALUE), t); \ - fprintf (FILE, "\t.long 0x%lx\n\t.long 0x%lx\n", \ - t[0] & 0xffffffff, t[1] & 0xffffffff); \ - } \ - else \ - { \ - char str[30]; \ - REAL_VALUE_TO_DECIMAL (VALUE, "%.20e", str); \ - fprintf (FILE, "\t.double 0d%s\n", str); \ - } \ - } - -#define ASM_OUTPUT_FLOAT(FILE, VALUE) \ - { \ - if (REAL_VALUE_ISINF (VALUE) \ - || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (VALUE) \ - || REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (VALUE)) \ - { \ - long t; \ - REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE ((VALUE), t); \ - fprintf (FILE, "\t.long 0x%lx\n", t & 0xffffffff); \ - } \ - else \ - { \ - char str[30]; \ - REAL_VALUE_TO_DECIMAL ((VALUE), "%.20e", str); \ - fprintf (FILE, "\t.float 0d%s\n", str); \ - } \ - } - -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_THREE_QUARTER_FLOAT(STREAM, VALUE) */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_SHORT_FLOAT(STREAM, VALUE) */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_BYTE_FLOAT(STREAM, VALUE) */ - -/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM an assembler instruction - to assemble an integer of 16, 8, 4, 2 or 1 bytes, respectively, whose value - is VALUE. The argument EXP will be an RTL expression which represents a - constant value. Use `output_addr_const (STREAM, EXP)' to output this value - as an assembler expression. - - For sizes larger than `UNITS_PER_WORD', if the action of a macro would be - identical to repeatedly calling the macro corresponding to a size of - `UNITS_PER_WORD', once for each word, you need not define the macro. */ - -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_QUADRUPLE_INT(STREAM, EXP) */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE_INT(STREAM, EXP) */ - -#define ASM_OUTPUT_INT(STREAM, EXP) \ -do { \ - fputs ("\t.word ", STREAM); \ - output_addr_const (STREAM, EXP); \ - putc ('\n', STREAM); \ -} while (0) - -#define ASM_OUTPUT_SHORT(STREAM, EXP) \ -do { \ - fputs ("\t.hword ", STREAM); \ - output_addr_const (STREAM, EXP); \ - putc ('\n', STREAM); \ -} while (0) - -#define ASM_OUTPUT_CHAR(STREAM, EXP) \ -do { \ - fputs ("\t.byte ", STREAM); \ - output_addr_const (STREAM, EXP); \ - putc ('\n', STREAM); \ -} while (0) - -/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM an assembler instruction - to assemble a single byte containing the number VALUE. */ - -#define ASM_OUTPUT_BYTE(STREAM, VALUE) \ - fprintf (STREAM, "\t%s %d\n", ASM_BYTE_OP, VALUE) - -/* A C string constant giving the pseudo-op to use for a sequence of - single-byte constants. If this macro is not defined, the default - is `"byte"'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_BYTE_OP */ - -/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM an assembler instruction - to assemble a string constant containing the LEN bytes at PTR. PTR will be - a C expression of type `char *' and LEN a C expression of type `int'. - - If the assembler has a `.ascii' pseudo-op as found in the Berkeley Unix - assembler, do not define the macro `ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII(STREAM, PTR, LEN) */ - -/* You may define this macro as a C expression. You should define the - expression to have a non-zero value if GNU CC should output the - constant pool for a function before the code for the function, or - a zero value if GNU CC should output the constant pool after the - function. If you do not define this macro, the usual case, GNU CC - will output the constant pool before the function. */ -/* #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION */ - -/* A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the - constant pool for a function. FUNNAME is a string giving the name of the - function. Should the return type of the function be required, it can be - obtained via FUNDECL. SIZE is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that - will be written immediately after this call. - - If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need not - be defined. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE(FILE FUNNAME FUNDECL SIZE) */ - -/* A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the - constant pool, if it needs special treatment. (This macro need not do - anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.) - - The argument FILE is the standard I/O stream to output the assembler code - on. X is the RTL expression for the constant to output, and MODE is the - machine mode (in case X is a `const_int'). ALIGN is the required alignment - for the value X; you should output an assembler directive to force this much - alignment. - - The argument LABELNO is a number to use in an internal label for the address - of this pool entry. The definition of this macro is responsible for - outputting the label definition at the proper place. Here is how to do - this: - - ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (FILE, "LC", LABELNO); - - When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a `goto' to the - label JUMPTO. This will prevent the same pool entry from being output a - second time in the usual manner. - - You need not define this macro if it would do nothing. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY(FILE, X, MODE, ALIGN, LABELNO, JUMPTO) */ - -/* Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if the constant EXP, of - type `tree', should be output after the code for a function. The compiler - will normally output all constants before the function; you need not define - this macro if this is OK. */ -/* #define CONSTANT_AFTER_FUNCTION_P(EXP) */ - -/* A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant - pool for a function. FUNNAME is a string giving the name of the function. - Should the return type of the function be required, you can obtain it via - FUNDECL. SIZE is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that GNU CC wrote - immediately before this call. - - If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not - define this macro. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (FILE FUNNAME FUNDECL SIZE) */ - -/* Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if C is used as a - logical line separator by the assembler. - - If you do not define this macro, the default is that only the character `;' - is treated as a logical line separator. */ -/* #define IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR(C) */ - -/* These macros are defined as C string constant, describing the syntax in the - assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. The following definitions - are correct for most assemblers: - - #define ASM_OPEN_PAREN "(" - #define ASM_CLOSE_PAREN ")" */ -#define ASM_OPEN_PAREN "(" -#define ASM_CLOSE_PAREN ")" - -/* These macros are provided by `real.h' for writing the definitions of - `ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE' and the like: */ - -/* These translate X, of type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE', to the target's floating point - representation, and store its bit pattern in the array of `long int' whose - address is L. The number of elements in the output array is determined by - the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of it go in - each `long int' array element. Each array element holds 32 bits of the - result, even if `long int' is wider than 32 bits on the host machine. - - The array element values are designed so that you can print them out using - `fprintf' in the order they should appear in the target machine's memory. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE(X, L) */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE(X, L) */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE(X, L) */ - -/* This macro converts X, of type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE', to a decimal number and - stores it as a string into STRING. You must pass, as STRING, the address of - a long enough block of space to hold the result. - - The argument FORMAT is a `printf'-specification that serves as a suggestion - for how to format the output string. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_TO_DECIMAL(X, FORMAT, STRING) */ - - -/* Output of Uninitialized Variables. */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM the - assembler definition of a common-label named NAME whose size is SIZE bytes. - The variable ROUNDED is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller - wants. - - Use the expression `assemble_name (STREAM, NAME)' to output the name itself; - before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining - the name, and a newline. - - This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized global - variables are output. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON(STREAM, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED) */ - -/* Like `ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON' except takes the required alignment as a separate, - explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in place of - `ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON', and gives you more flexibility in handling the required - alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified as the number of - bits. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON(STREAM, NAME, SIZE, ALIGNMENT) */ - -/* Like ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON except that it takes an additional argument - - the DECL of the variable to be output, if there is one. This macro can be - called with DECL == NULL_TREE. If you define this macro, it is used in - place of both ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON and ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON, and gives you - more flexibility in handling the destination of the variable. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_DECL_COMMON (STREAM, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ALIGNMENT) */ - -/* If defined, it is similar to `ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON', except that it is used - when NAME is shared. If not defined, `ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON' will be used. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_COMMON(STREAM, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED) */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM the - assembler definition of uninitialized global DECL named NAME whose size is - SIZE bytes. The variable ROUNDED is the size rounded up to whatever - alignment the caller wants. - - Try to use function `asm_output_bss' defined in `varasm.c' when defining - this macro. If unable, use the expression `assemble_name (STREAM, NAME)' to - output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional - assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. - - This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized global - variables are output. This macro exists to properly support languages like - `c++' which do not have `common' data. However, this macro currently is not - defined for all targets. If this macro and `ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS' are not - defined then `ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON' or `ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON' or - `ASM_OUTPUT_DECL_COMMON' is used. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_BSS(STREAM, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED) */ - -/* Like `ASM_OUTPUT_BSS' except takes the required alignment as a separate, - explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in place of - `ASM_OUTPUT_BSS', and gives you more flexibility in handling the required - alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified as the number of - bits. - - Try to use function `asm_output_aligned_bss' defined in file `varasm.c' when - defining this macro. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS(STREAM, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ALIGNMENT) */ - -/* If defined, it is similar to `ASM_OUTPUT_BSS', except that it is used when - NAME is shared. If not defined, `ASM_OUTPUT_BSS' will be used. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_BSS(STREAM, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED) */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM the - assembler definition of a local-common-label named NAME whose size is SIZE - bytes. The variable ROUNDED is the size rounded up to whatever alignment - the caller wants. - - Use the expression `assemble_name (STREAM, NAME)' to output the name itself; - before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining - the name, and a newline. - - This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized static - variables are output. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL(STREAM, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED) */ - -/* Like `ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL' except takes the required alignment as a separate, - explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in place of - `ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL', and gives you more flexibility in handling the required - alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified as the number of - bits. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL(STREAM, NAME, SIZE, ALIGNMENT) */ - -/* Like `ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL' except that it takes an additional - parameter - the DECL of variable to be output, if there is one. - This macro can be called with DECL == NULL_TREE. If you define - this macro, it is used in place of `ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL' and - `ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL', and gives you more flexibility in - handling the destination of the variable. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_DECL_LOCAL(STREAM, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ALIGNMENT) */ - -/* If defined, it is similar to `ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL', except that it is used when - NAME is shared. If not defined, `ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL' will be used. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_LOCAL (STREAM, NAME, SIZE, ROUNDED) */ - - -/* Output and Generation of Labels. */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM the - assembler definition of a label named NAME. Use the expression - `assemble_name (STREAM, NAME)' to output the name itself; before and after - that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining the name, and a - newline. */ - -#define ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL(STREAM, NAME) \ -do { \ - assemble_name (STREAM, NAME); \ - fputs (":\n", STREAM); \ -} while (0) - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM any text - necessary for declaring the name NAME of a function which is being defined. - This macro is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using - `ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL'). The argument DECL is the `FUNCTION_DECL' tree node - representing the function. - - If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the usual - manner as a label (by means of `ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL'). - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME(STREAM, NAME, DECL) */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM any text - necessary for declaring the size of a function which is being defined. The - argument NAME is the name of the function. The argument DECL is the - `FUNCTION_DECL' tree node representing the function. - - If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE(STREAM, NAME, DECL) */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM any text - necessary for declaring the name NAME of an initialized variable which is - being defined. This macro must output the label definition (perhaps using - `ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL'). The argument DECL is the `VAR_DECL' tree node - representing the variable. - - If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the usual - manner as a label (by means of `ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL'). - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME(STREAM, NAME, DECL) */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name once - the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a chance - to determine the size of an array when controlled by an initializer. This - is used on systems where it's necessary to declare something about the size - of the object. - - If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do - nothing. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT(STREAM, DECL, TOPLEVEL, ATEND) */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM some - commands that will make the label NAME global; that is, available for - reference from other files. Use the expression `assemble_name (STREAM, - NAME)' to output the name itself; before and after that, output the - additional assembler syntax for making that name global, and a newline. */ - -#define ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL(STREAM,NAME) \ -do { \ - fputs ("\t.globl ", STREAM); \ - assemble_name (STREAM, NAME); \ - fputs ("\n", STREAM); \ -} while (0) - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM some - commands that will make the label NAME weak; that is, available for - reference from other files but only used if no other definition is - available. Use the expression `assemble_name (STREAM, NAME)' to output the - name itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax - for making that name weak, and a newline. - - If you don't define this macro, GNU CC will not support weak symbols and you - should not define the `SUPPORTS_WEAK' macro. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL */ - -/* A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols. - - If you don't define this macro, `defaults.h' provides a default definition. - If `ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL' is defined, the default definition is `1'; otherwise, - it is `0'. Define this macro if you want to control weak symbol support - with a compiler flag such as `-melf'. */ -/* #define SUPPORTS_WEAK */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark DECL to be emitted as a - public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units - will be discarded by the linker. Define this macro if your object - file format provides support for this concept, such as the `COMDAT' - section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this - support requires changes to DECL, such as putting it in a separate - section. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY */ - -/* A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only - semantics. - - If you don't define this macro, `varasm.c' provides a default definition. - If `MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY' is defined, the default definition is `1'; - otherwise, it is `0'. Define this macro if you want to control one-only - symbol support with a compiler flag, or if setting the `DECL_ONE_ONLY' flag - is enough to mark a declaration to be emitted as one-only. */ -/* #define SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM any text - necessary for declaring the name of an external symbol named NAME which is - referenced in this compilation but not defined. The value of DECL is the - tree node for the declaration. - - This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything. The - GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL(STREAM, DECL, NAME) */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output on STREAM an assembler pseudo-op to - declare a library function name external. The name of the library function - is given by SYMREF, which has type `rtx' and is a `symbol_ref'. - - This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything. The - GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL(STREAM, SYMREF) */ - -/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream STREAM a - reference in assembler syntax to a label named NAME. This should add `_' to - the front of the name, if that is customary on your operating system, as it - is in most Berkeley Unix systems. This macro is used in `assemble_name'. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF(STREAM, NAME) */ - -/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM a label whose name is - made from the string PREFIX and the number NUM. - - It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels - used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs - will have name conflicts with internal labels. - - It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the - object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that - should be excluded; on many systems, the letter `L' at the beginning of a - label has this effect. You should find out what convention your system - uses, and follow it. - - The usual definition of this macro is as follows: - - fprintf (STREAM, "L%s%d:\n", PREFIX, NUM) - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL(STREAM, PREFIX, NUM) */ - -/* A C statement to store into the string STRING a label whose name is made - from the string PREFIX and the number NUM. - - This string, when output subsequently by `assemble_name', should produce the - output that `ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL' would produce with the same PREFIX - and NUM. - - If the string begins with `*', then `assemble_name' will output the rest of - the string unchanged. It is often convenient for - `ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL' to use `*' in this way. If the string doesn't - start with `*', then `ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF' gets to output the string, and - may change it. (Of course, `ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF' is also part of your - machine description, so you should know what it does on your machine.) - - Defined in svr4.h. */ - -/* -#define ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL(LABEL, PREFIX, NUM) \ -do { \ - sprintf (LABEL, "*.%s%d", PREFIX, NUM); \ -} while (0) -*/ - -/* A C expression to assign to OUTVAR (which is a variable of type `char *') a - newly allocated string made from the string NAME and the number NUMBER, with - some suitable punctuation added. Use `alloca' to get space for the string. - - The string will be used as an argument to `ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF' to produce - an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is NAME. - Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid assembler code. - The argument NUMBER is different each time this macro is executed; it - prevents conflicts between similarly-named internal static variables in - different scopes. - - Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any - conflict with the user's own symbols. Most assemblers allow periods or - percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these between - the name and the number will suffice. */ - -#define ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME(OUTVAR, NAME, NUMBER) \ -do { \ - (OUTVAR) = (char *) alloca (strlen ((NAME)) + 12); \ - sprintf ((OUTVAR), "%s.%ld", (NAME), (long)(NUMBER)); \ -} while (0) - -/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM assembler code which - defines (equates) the symbol NAME to have the value VALUE. - - If SET_ASM_OP is defined, a default definition is provided which is correct - for most systems. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEF(STREAM, NAME, VALUE) */ - -/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM assembler code which - defines (equates) the weak symbol NAME to have the value VALUE. - - Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define - ASM_OUTPUT_DEF instead if possible. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (STREAM, NAME, VALUE) */ - -/* Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for Objective - C methods. - - The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the class - (e.g. `_1_Foo'). For methods in categories, the name of the category is - also included in the assembler name (e.g. `_1_Foo_Bar'). - - These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since the - method's selector is not present in the name. Therefore, particular systems - define other ways of computing names. - - BUF is an expression of type `char *' which gives you a buffer in which to - store the name; its length is as long as CLASS_NAME, CAT_NAME and SEL_NAME - put together, plus 50 characters extra. - - The argument IS_INST specifies whether the method is an instance method or a - class method; CLASS_NAME is the name of the class; CAT_NAME is the name of - the category (or NULL if the method is not in a category); and SEL_NAME is - the name of the selector. - - On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this - macro to provide more human-readable names. */ -/* #define OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL(BUF, IS_INST, CLASS_NAME, CAT_NAME, SEL_NAME) */ - - -/* Macros Controlling Initialization Routines. */ - -/* If defined, a C string constant for the assembler operation to identify the - following data as initialization code. If not defined, GNU CC will assume - such a section does not exist. When you are using special sections for - initialization and termination functions, this macro also controls how - `crtstuff.c' and `libgcc2.c' arrange to run the initialization functions. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP */ -#undef INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP - -/* If defined, `main' will not call `__main' as described above. This macro - should be defined for systems that control the contents of the init section - on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not be defined - explicitly for systems that support `INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP'. */ -/* #define HAS_INIT_SECTION */ - -/* If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that the - following symbol is an initialization routine. */ -/* #define LD_INIT_SWITCH */ - -/* If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that the - following symbol is a finalization routine. */ -/* #define LD_FINI_SWITCH */ - -/* If defined, `main' will call `__main' despite the presence of - `INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP'. This macro should be defined for systems where the - init section is not actually run automatically, but is still useful for - collecting the lists of constructors and destructors. */ -#define INVOKE__main - -/* Define this macro as a C statement to output on the stream STREAM the - assembler code to arrange to call the function named NAME at initialization - time. - - Assume that NAME is the name of a C function generated automatically by the - compiler. This function takes no arguments. Use the function - `assemble_name' to output the name NAME; this performs any system-specific - syntactic transformations such as adding an underscore. - - If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output to arrange to call - the function. This is correct when the function will be called in some - other manner--for example, by means of the `collect2' program, which looks - through the symbol table to find these functions by their names. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR(STREAM, NAME) */ - -/* This is like `ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR' but used for termination functions - rather than initialization functions. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR(STREAM, NAME) */ - -/* If your system uses `collect2' as the means of processing constructors, then - that program normally uses `nm' to scan an object file for constructor - functions to be called. On certain kinds of systems, you can define these - macros to make `collect2' work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at - all): */ - -/* Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format) object - files, so that `collect2' can assume this format and scan object files - directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions. */ -/* #define OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF */ - -/* Define this macro if the system uses ROSE format object files, so that - `collect2' can assume this format and scan object files directly for dynamic - constructor/destructor functions. - - These macros are effective only in a native compiler; `collect2' as - part of a cross compiler always uses `nm' for the target machine. */ -/* #define OBJECT_FORMAT_ROSE */ - -/* Define this macro if the system uses ELF format object files. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF */ - -/* Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use to - execute `nm'. The default is to search the path normally for `nm'. - - If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the - dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define these - macros to enable support for running initialization and termination - functions in shared libraries: */ -/* #define REAL_NM_FILE_NAME */ - -/* Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program - which lists dynamic dependencies, like `"ldd"' under SunOS 4. */ -/* #define LDD_SUFFIX */ - -/* Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output of - the program denoted by `LDD_SUFFIX'. PTR is a variable of type `char *' - that points to the beginning of a line of output from `LDD_SUFFIX'. If the - line lists a dynamic dependency, the code must advance PTR to the beginning - of the filename on that line. Otherwise, it must set PTR to `NULL'. */ -/* #define PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (PTR) */ - - -/* Output of Assembler Instructions. */ - -/* A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine registers, - each one as a C string constant. This is what translates register numbers - in the compiler into assembler language. */ -#define REGISTER_NAMES \ -{ \ - "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", \ - "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7", \ - "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", \ - "r12", "r13", "r14", "r15", \ - "r16", "r17", "r18", "r19", \ - "r20", "r21", "r22", "r23", \ - "r24", "r25", "r26", "r27", \ - "r28", "r29", "r30", "r31", \ - "r32", "r33", "r34", "r35", \ - "r36", "r37", "r38", "r39", \ - "r40", "r41", "r42", "r43", \ - "r44", "r45", "r46", "r47", \ - "r48", "r49", "r50", "r51", \ - "r52", "r53", "r54", "r55", \ - "r56", "r57", "r58", "r59", \ - "r60", "r61", "link", "sp", \ - "ap", \ - "f0", "f1", "f2", "f3", \ - "s", "v", "va", "c", \ - "a0", "a1", \ - "psw", "bpsw", "pc", "bpc", \ - "dpsw", "dpc", "rpt_c", "rpt_s", \ - "rpt_e", "mod_s", "mod_e", "iba", \ - "eit_vb", "int_s", "int_m", \ -} - -/* If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name and - a register number. This macro defines additional names for hard registers, - thus allowing the `asm' option in declarations to refer to registers using - alternate names. */ -#define ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES \ -{ \ - "r62", GPR_LINK, \ - "r63", GPR_SP, \ - "f4", FLAG_SAT, \ - "f5", FLAG_OVERFLOW, \ - "f6", FLAG_ACC_OVER, \ - "f7", FLAG_CARRY, \ - "carry", FLAG_CARRY, \ - "borrow", FLAG_BORROW, \ - "b", FLAG_BORROW, \ - "cr0", CR_PSW, \ - "cr1", CR_BPSW, \ - "cr2", CR_PC, \ - "cr3", CR_BPC, \ - "cr4", CR_DPSW, \ - "cr5", CR_DPC, \ - "cr7", CR_RPT_C, \ - "cr8", CR_RPT_S, \ - "cr9", CR_RPT_E, \ - "cr10", CR_MOD_S, \ - "cr11", CR_MOD_E, \ - "cr14", CR_IBA, \ - "cr15", CR_EIT_VB, \ - "cr16", CR_INT_S, \ - "cr17", CR_INT_M \ -} - -/* Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that requires - different names for the machine instructions. - - The definition is a C statement or statements which output an assembler - instruction opcode to the stdio stream STREAM. The macro-operand PTR is a - variable of type `char *' which points to the opcode name in its "internal" - form--the form that is written in the machine description. The definition - should output the opcode name to STREAM, performing any translation you - desire, and increment the variable PTR to point at the end of the opcode so - that it will not be output twice. - - In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode name, - or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text that includes - `%'-sequences to substitute operands, you must take care of the substitution - yourself. Just be sure to increment PTR over whatever text should not be - output normally. - - If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the elements - of `recog_operand'. - - If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output in the usual - way. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE(STREAM, PTR) */ - -/* If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of - assembler code for INSN, to modify the extracted operands so they will be - output differently. - - Here the argument OPVEC is the vector containing the operands extracted from - INSN, and NOPERANDS is the number of elements of the vector which contain - meaningful data for this insn. The contents of this vector are what will be - used to convert the insn template into assembler code, so you can change the - assembler output by changing the contents of the vector. - - This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single file of - instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you can cause a - large class of instructions to be output differently (such as with - rearranged operands). Naturally, variations in assembler syntax affecting - individual insn patterns ought to be handled by writing conditional output - routines in those patterns. - - If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement. */ -/* #define FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN(INSN, OPVEC, NOPERANDS) */ - -/* If defined, `FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN' will be called on each - `CODE_LABEL'. In that case, OPVEC will be a null pointer and - NOPERANDS will be zero. */ -/* #define FINAL_PRESCAN_LABEL */ - -/* A C compound statement to output to stdio stream STREAM the assembler syntax - for an instruction operand X. X is an RTL expression. - - CODE is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways of printing - the operand. It is used when identical operands must be printed differently - depending on the context. CODE comes from the `%' specification that was - used to request printing of the operand. If the specification was just - `%DIGIT' then CODE is 0; if the specification was `%LTR DIGIT' then CODE is - the ASCII code for LTR. - - If X is a register, this macro should print the register's name. The names - can be found in an array `reg_names' whose type is `char *[]'. `reg_names' - is initialized from `REGISTER_NAMES'. - - When the machine description has a specification `%PUNCT' (a `%' followed by - a punctuation character), this macro is called with a null pointer for X and - the punctuation character for CODE. - - Standard operand flags that are handled elsewhere: - `=' Output a number unique to each instruction in the compilation. - `a' Substitute an operand as if it were a memory reference. - `c' Omit the syntax that indicates an immediate operand. - `l' Substitute a LABEL_REF into a jump instruction. - `n' Like %cDIGIT, except negate the value before printing. - - The d30v specific operand flags are: - `.' Print r0. - `f' Print a SF constant as an int. - `s' Subtract 32 and negate. - `A' Print accumulator number without an `a' in front of it. - `B' Print bit offset for BSET, etc. instructions. - `E' Print u if this is zero extend, nothing if this is sign extend. - `F' Emit /{f,t,x}{f,t,x} for executing a false condition. - `L' Print the lower half of a 64 bit item. - `M' Print a memory reference for ld/st instructions. - `R' Return appropriate cmp instruction for relational test. - `S' Subtract 32. - `T' Emit /{f,t,x}{f,t,x} for executing a true condition. - `U' Print the upper half of a 64 bit item. */ - -#define PRINT_OPERAND(STREAM, X, CODE) d30v_print_operand (STREAM, X, CODE) - -/* A C expression which evaluates to true if CODE is a valid punctuation - character for use in the `PRINT_OPERAND' macro. If - `PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P' is not defined, it means that no punctuation - characters (except for the standard one, `%') are used in this way. */ - -#define PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P(CODE) ((CODE) == '.') - -/* A C compound statement to output to stdio stream STREAM the assembler syntax - for an instruction operand that is a memory reference whose address is X. X - is an RTL expression. - - On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the section - that the address refers to. On these machines, define the macro - `ENCODE_SECTION_INFO' to store the information into the `symbol_ref', and - then check for it here. *Note Assembler Format::. */ - -#define PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS(STREAM, X) d30v_print_operand_address (STREAM, X) - -/* A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have been - output. If necessary, call `dbr_sequence_length' to determine the number of - slots filled in a sequence (zero if not currently outputting a sequence), to - decide how many no-ops to output, or whatever. - - Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in - reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made explicit - (e.g. with white space). - - Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be prepared - to deal with not being output as part of a sequence (i.e. when the - scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be found.) The - variable `final_sequence' is null when not processing a sequence, otherwise - it contains the `sequence' rtx being output. */ -/* #define DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND(FILE) */ - -/* If defined, C string expressions to be used for the `%R', `%L', `%U', and - `%I' options of `asm_fprintf' (see `final.c'). These are useful when a - single `md' file must support multiple assembler formats. In that case, the - various `tm.h' files can define these macros differently. - - USER_LABEL_PREFIX is defined in svr4.h. */ - -#define REGISTER_PREFIX "%" -#define LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX "." -#define USER_LABEL_PREFIX "" -#define IMMEDIATE_PREFIX "" - -/* If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as - different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the - numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the - first variant. - - If this macro is defined, you may use `{option0|option1|option2...}' - constructs in the output templates of patterns (*note Output Template::.) or - in the first argument of `asm_fprintf'. This construct outputs `option0', - `option1' or `option2', etc., if the value of `ASSEMBLER_DIALECT' is zero, - one or two, etc. Any special characters within these strings retain their - usual meaning. - - If you do not define this macro, the characters `{', `|' and `}' do not have - any special meaning when used in templates or operands to `asm_fprintf'. - - Define the macros `REGISTER_PREFIX', `LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX', - `USER_LABEL_PREFIX' and `IMMEDIATE_PREFIX' if you can express the variations - in assemble language syntax with that mechanism. Define `ASSEMBLER_DIALECT' - and use the `{option0|option1}' syntax if the syntax variant are larger and - involve such things as different opcodes or operand order. */ -/* #define ASSEMBLER_DIALECT */ - -/* A C expression to output to STREAM some assembler code which will push hard - register number REGNO onto the stack. The code need not be optimal, since - this macro is used only when profiling. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (STREAM, REGNO) */ - -/* A C expression to output to STREAM some assembler code which will pop hard - register number REGNO off of the stack. The code need not be optimal, since - this macro is used only when profiling. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (STREAM, REGNO) */ - - -/* Output of dispatch tables. */ - -/* This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses in a dispatch - table are relative to the table's own address. - - The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM - an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels. - VALUE and REL are the numbers of two internal labels. The definitions of - these labels are output using `ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL', and they must be - printed in the same way here. For example, - - fprintf (STREAM, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n", VALUE, REL) */ - -#define ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT(STREAM, BODY, VALUE, REL) \ -fprintf (STREAM, "\t.word .L%d-.L%d\n", VALUE, REL) - -/* This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses in a dispatch - table are absolute. - - The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM - an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to a label. VALUE - is the number of an internal label whose definition is output using - `ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL'. For example, - - fprintf (STREAM, "\t.word L%d\n", VALUE) */ - -#define ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT(STREAM, VALUE) \ -fprintf (STREAM, "\t.word .L%d\n", VALUE) - -/* Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output specially. - The first three arguments are the same as for `ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL'; - the fourth argument is the jump-table which follows (a `jump_insn' - containing an `addr_vec' or `addr_diff_vec'). - - This feature is used on system V to output a `swbeg' statement for the - table. - - If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with - `ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL(STREAM, PREFIX, NUM, TABLE) */ - -/* Define this if something special must be output at the end of a jump-table. - The definition should be a C statement to be executed after the assembler - code for the table is written. It should write the appropriate code to - stdio stream STREAM. The argument TABLE is the jump-table insn, and NUM is - the label-number of the preceding label. - - If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of the - jump-table. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END(STREAM, NUM, TABLE) */ - - -/* Assembler Commands for Exception Regions. */ - -/* A C expression to output text to mark the start of an exception region. - - This macro need not be defined on most platforms. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_EH_REGION_BEG() */ - -/* A C expression to output text to mark the end of an exception region. - - This macro need not be defined on most platforms. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_EH_REGION_END() */ - -/* A C expression to switch to the section in which the main exception table is - to be placed (*note Sections::.). The default is a section named - `.gcc_except_table' on machines that support named sections via - `ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION_NAME', otherwise if `-fpic' or `-fPIC' is in effect, the - `data_section', otherwise the `readonly_data_section'. */ -/* #define EXCEPTION_SECTION() */ - -/* If defined, a C string constant for the assembler operation to switch to the - section for exception handling frame unwind information. If not defined, - GNU CC will provide a default definition if the target supports named - sections. `crtstuff.c' uses this macro to switch to the appropriate - section. - - You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind - information and the default definition does not work. */ -/* #define EH_FRAME_SECTION_ASM_OP */ - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if the normal exception table output should - be omitted. - - This macro need not be defined on most platforms. */ -/* #define OMIT_EH_TABLE() */ - -/* Alternate runtime support for looking up an exception at runtime and finding - the associated handler, if the default method won't work. - - This macro need not be defined on most platforms. */ -/* #define EH_TABLE_LOOKUP() */ - -/* A C expression that decides whether or not the current function needs to - have a function unwinder generated for it. See the file `except.c' for - details on when to define this, and how. */ -/* #define DOESNT_NEED_UNWINDER */ - -/* An rtx used to mask the return address found via RETURN_ADDR_RTX, so that it - does not contain any extraneous set bits in it. */ -/* #define MASK_RETURN_ADDR */ - -/* Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind - information, but it does not yet work with exception handling. Otherwise, - if your target supports this information (if it defines - `INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX' and either `UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP' or - `OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF'), GCC will provide a default definition of 1. - - If this macro is defined to 1, the DWARF 2 unwinder will be the default - exception handling mechanism; otherwise, setjmp/longjmp will be used by - default. - - If this macro is defined to anything, the DWARF 2 unwinder will be used - instead of inline unwinders and __unwind_function in the non-setjmp case. */ -/* #define DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO */ - - -/* Assembler Commands for Alignment. */ - -/* The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of LABEL, which follows - a BARRIER. - - This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment to be - done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently define the - macro. */ -/* #define LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER(LABEL) */ - -/* The desired alignment for the location counter at the beginning - of a loop. - - This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment to be - done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently define the - macro. */ -/* #define LOOP_ALIGN(LABEL) */ - -/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM an assembler instruction - to advance the location counter by NBYTES bytes. Those bytes should be zero - when loaded. NBYTES will be a C expression of type `int'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP(STREAM, NBYTES) \ - fprintf (STREAM, "\t.zero\t%u\n", (NBYTES)) */ - -/* Define this macro if `ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP' should not be used in the text - section because it fails put zeros in the bytes that are skipped. This is - true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo-op to skip bytes produces no-op - instructions rather than zeros when used in the text section. */ -/* #define ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT */ - -/* A C statement to output to the stdio stream STREAM an assembler command to - advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the POWER bytes. POWER - will be a C expression of type `int'. */ -#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN(STREAM, POWER) \ - fprintf ((STREAM), "\t.p2align %d\n", (POWER)) - - -/* Macros Affecting all Debug Formats. */ - -/* A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler - register number REGNO. In simple cases, the value of this expression may be - REGNO itself. But sometimes there are some registers that the compiler - knows about and DBX does not, or vice versa. In such cases, some register - may need to have one number in the compiler and another for DBX. - - If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GNU CC, and they can be - used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they *must* have consecutive - numbers after renumbering with `DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER'. Otherwise, debuggers - will be unable to access such a pair, because they expect register pairs to - be consecutive in their own numbering scheme. - - If you find yourself defining `DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER' in way that does not - preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is redefine the - actual register numbering scheme. */ -#define DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER(REGNO) \ -(GPR_P (REGNO) ? ((REGNO) - GPR_FIRST) \ - : ACCUM_P (REGNO) ? ((REGNO) - ACCUM_FIRST + 84) \ - : FLAG_P (REGNO) ? 66 /* return psw for all flags */ \ - : (REGNO) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM ? (GPR_SP - GPR_FIRST) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_PSW ? (66 + 0) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_BPSW ? (66 + 1) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_PC ? (66 + 2) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_BPC ? (66 + 3) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_DPSW ? (66 + 4) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_DPC ? (66 + 5) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_RPT_C ? (66 + 7) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_RPT_S ? (66 + 8) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_RPT_E ? (66 + 9) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_MOD_S ? (66 + 10) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_MOD_E ? (66 + 11) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_IBA ? (66 + 14) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_EIT_VB ? (66 + 15) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_INT_S ? (66 + 16) \ - : (REGNO) == CR_INT_M ? (66 + 17) \ - : -1) - -/* A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic - variable having address X (an RTL expression). The default computation - assumes that X is based on the frame-pointer and gives the offset from the - frame-pointer. This is required for targets that produce debugging output - for DBX or COFF-style debugging output for SDB and allow the frame-pointer - to be eliminated when the `-g' options is used. */ -/* #define DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET(X) */ - -/* A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument having - address X (an RTL expression). The nominal offset is OFFSET. */ -/* #define DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET(OFFSET, X) */ - -/* A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GNU CC produces - when the user specifies `-g' or `-ggdb'. Define this if you have arranged - for GNU CC to support more than one format of debugging output. Currently, - the allowable values are `DBX_DEBUG', `SDB_DEBUG', `DWARF_DEBUG', - `DWARF2_DEBUG', and `XCOFF_DEBUG'. - - The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the user - can always get a specific type of output by using `-gstabs', `-gcoff', - `-gdwarf-1', `-gdwarf-2', or `-gxcoff'. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ - -#undef PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE -#define PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE DBX_DEBUG - - -/* Specific Options for DBX Output. */ - -/* Define this macro if GNU CC should produce debugging output for DBX in - response to the `-g' option. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO */ - -/* Define this macro if GNU CC should produce XCOFF format debugging output in - response to the `-g' option. This is a variant of DBX format. */ -/* #define XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO */ - -/* Define this macro to control whether GNU CC should by default generate GDB's - extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format debugging - information is enabled at all). If you don't define the macro, the default - is 1: always generate the extended information if there is any occasion to. */ -/* #define DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS */ - -/* Define this macro if all `.stabs' commands should be output while in the - text section. */ -/* #define DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT */ - -/* A C string constant naming the assembler pseudo op to use instead of - `.stabs' to define an ordinary debugging symbol. If you don't define this - macro, `.stabs' is used. This macro applies only to DBX debugging - information format. */ -/* #define ASM_STABS_OP */ - -/* A C string constant naming the assembler pseudo op to use instead of - `.stabd' to define a debugging symbol whose value is the current location. - If you don't define this macro, `.stabd' is used. This macro applies only - to DBX debugging information format. */ -/* #define ASM_STABD_OP */ - -/* A C string constant naming the assembler pseudo op to use instead of - `.stabn' to define a debugging symbol with no name. If you don't define - this macro, `.stabn' is used. This macro applies only to DBX debugging - information format. */ -/* #define ASM_STABN_OP */ - -/* Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct - `xsTAGNAME'. On some systems, this construct is used to describe a forward - reference to a structure named TAGNAME. On other systems, this construct is - not supported at all. */ -/* #define DBX_NO_XREFS */ - -/* A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally continued - (split into two separate `.stabs' directives) when it exceeds a certain - length (by default, 80 characters). On some operating systems, DBX requires - this splitting; on others, splitting must not be done. You can inhibit - splitting by defining this macro with the value zero. You can override the - default splitting-length by defining this macro as an expression for the - length you desire. */ -/* #define DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH */ - -/* Normally continuation is indicated by adding a `\' character to the end of a - `.stabs' string when a continuation follows. To use a different character - instead, define this macro as a character constant for the character you - want to use. Do not define this macro if backslash is correct for your - system. */ -/* #define DBX_CONTIN_CHAR */ - -/* Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before - outputting the `.stabs' pseudo-op for a non-global static variable. */ -/* #define DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION */ - -/* The value to use in the "code" field of the `.stabs' directive for a - typedef. The default is `N_LSYM'. */ -/* #define DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE */ - -/* The value to use in the "code" field of the `.stabs' directive for a static - variable located in the text section. DBX format does not provide any - "right" way to do this. The default is `N_FUN'. */ -/* #define DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE */ - -/* The value to use in the "code" field of the `.stabs' directive for a - parameter passed in registers. DBX format does not provide any "right" way - to do this. The default is `N_RSYM'. */ -/* #define DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE */ - -/* The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter - passed in registers. DBX format does not customarily provide any way to do - this. The default is `'P''. */ -/* #define DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER */ - -/* The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a stack - parameter. The default is `'p''. */ -/* #define DBX_MEMPARM_STABS_LETTER */ - -/* Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its arguments - should precede the assembler code for the function. Normally, in DBX - format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler code. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST */ - -/* Define this macro if the `N_LBRAC' symbol for a block should precede the - debugging information for variables and functions defined in that block. - Normally, in DBX format, the `N_LBRAC' symbol comes first. */ -/* #define DBX_LBRAC_FIRST */ - -/* Define this macro if the value of a symbol describing the scope of a block - (`N_LBRAC' or `N_RBRAC') should be relative to the start of the enclosing - function. Normally, GNU C uses an absolute address. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE */ - -/* Define this macro if GNU C should generate `N_BINCL' and `N_EINCL' - stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems. This macro - also directs GNU C to output a type number as a pair of a file - number and a type number within the file. Normally, GNU C does not - generate `N_BINCL' or `N_EINCL' stabs, and it outputs a single - number for a type number. */ -/* #define DBX_USE_BINCL */ - - -/* Open ended Hooks for DBX Output. */ - -/* Define this macro to say how to output to STREAM the debugging information - for the start of a scope level for variable names. The argument NAME is the - name of an assembler symbol (for use with `assemble_name') whose value is - the address where the scope begins. */ -/* #define DBX_OUTPUT_LBRAC(STREAM, NAME) */ - -/* Like `DBX_OUTPUT_LBRAC', but for the end of a scope level. */ -/* #define DBX_OUTPUT_RBRAC(STREAM, NAME) */ - -/* Define this macro if the target machine requires special handling to output - an enumeration type. The definition should be a C statement (sans - semicolon) to output the appropriate information to STREAM for the type - TYPE. */ -/* #define DBX_OUTPUT_ENUM(STREAM, TYPE) */ - -/* Define this macro if the target machine requires special output at the end - of the debugging information for a function. The definition should be a C - statement (sans semicolon) to output the appropriate information to STREAM. - FUNCTION is the `FUNCTION_DECL' node for the function. */ -/* #define DBX_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_END(STREAM, FUNCTION) */ - -/* Define this macro if you need to control the order of output of the standard - data types at the beginning of compilation. The argument SYMS is a `tree' - which is a chain of all the predefined global symbols, including names of - data types. - - Normally, DBX output starts with definitions of the types for integers and - characters, followed by all the other predefined types of the particular - language in no particular order. - - On some machines, it is necessary to output different particular types - first. To do this, define `DBX_OUTPUT_STANDARD_TYPES' to output those - symbols in the necessary order. Any predefined types that you don't - explicitly output will be output afterward in no particular order. - - Be careful not to define this macro so that it works only for C. There are - no global variables to access most of the built-in types, because another - language may have another set of types. The way to output a particular type - is to look through SYMS to see if you can find it. Here is an example: - - { - tree decl; - for (decl = syms; decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl)) - if (!strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), - "long int")) - dbxout_symbol (decl); - ... - } - - This does nothing if the expected type does not exist. - - See the function `init_decl_processing' in `c-decl.c' to find the names to - use for all the built-in C types. */ -/* #define DBX_OUTPUT_STANDARD_TYPES(SYMS) */ - -/* Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot - handle the `.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1' gdb dbx - extention construct. On those machines, define this macro to turn - this feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions. */ -/* #define NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END */ - - -/* File names in DBX format. */ - -/* Define this if DBX wants to have the current directory recorded in each - object file. - - Note that the working directory is always recorded if GDB extensions are - enabled. */ -/* #define DBX_WORKING_DIRECTORY */ - -/* A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream STREAM - which indicates that file NAME is the main source file--the file specified - as the input file for compilation. This macro is called only once, at the - beginning of compilation. - - This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output for DBX - debugging information is appropriate. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME(STREAM, NAME) */ - -/* A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream STREAM - which indicates that the current directory during compilation is named NAME. - - This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output for DBX - debugging information is appropriate. */ -/* #define DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY(STREAM, NAME) */ - -/* A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of compilation - of the main source file NAME. - - If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end of - compilation, which is correct for most machines. */ -/* #define DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END(STREAM, NAME) */ - -/* A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream STREAM - which indicates that file NAME is the current source file. This output is - generated each time input shifts to a different source file as a result of - `#include', the end of an included file, or a `#line' command. - - This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output for DBX - debugging information is appropriate. */ -/* #define DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME(STREAM, NAME) */ - - -/* Macros for SDB and Dwarf Output. */ - -/* Define this macro if GNU CC should produce COFF-style debugging output for - SDB in response to the `-g' option. */ -/* #define SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO */ - -/* Define this macro if GNU CC should produce dwarf format debugging output in - response to the `-g' option. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO */ - -/* Define this macro if GNU CC should produce dwarf version 2 format debugging - output in response to the `-g' option. - - To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also define - `INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX' and either set `RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P' on the - prologue insns if you use RTL for the prologue, or call `dwarf2out_def_cfa' - and `dwarf2out_reg_save' as appropriate from `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' if you - don't. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */ - -/* Define these macros to override the assembler syntax for the special SDB - assembler directives. See `sdbout.c' for a list of these macros and their - arguments. If the standard syntax is used, you need not define them - yourself. */ -/* #define PUT_SDB_... */ - -/* Some assemblers do not support a semicolon as a delimiter, even between SDB - assembler directives. In that case, define this macro to be the delimiter - to use (usually `\n'). It is not necessary to define a new set of - `PUT_SDB_OP' macros if this is the only change required. */ -/* #define SDB_DELIM */ - -/* Define this macro to override the usual method of constructing a dummy name - for anonymous structure and union types. See `sdbout.c' for more - information. */ -/* #define SDB_GENERATE_FAKE */ - -/* Define this macro to allow references to unknown structure, union, or - enumeration tags to be emitted. Standard COFF does not allow handling of - unknown references, MIPS ECOFF has support for it. */ -/* #define SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES */ - -/* Define this macro to allow references to structure, union, or enumeration - tags that have not yet been seen to be handled. Some assemblers choke if - forward tags are used, while some require it. */ -/* #define SDB_ALLOW_FORWARD_REFERENCES */ - - -/* Cross Compilation and Floating Point. */ - -/* While all modern machines use 2's complement representation for integers, - there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers. This - means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers - in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine doing - the compilation. - - Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of - range and precision, the cross compiler cannot safely use the host machine's - floating point arithmetic. Therefore, floating point constants must be - represented in the target machine's format. This means that the cross - compiler cannot use `atof' to parse a floating point constant; it must have - its own special routine to use instead. Also, constant folding must emulate - the target machine's arithmetic (or must not be done at all). - - The macros in the following table should be defined only if you are cross - compiling between different floating point formats. - - Otherwise, don't define them. Then default definitions will be set up which - use `double' as the data type, `==' to test for equality, etc. - - You don't need to worry about how many times you use an operand of any of - these macros. The compiler never uses operands which have side effects. */ - -/* A macro for the C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the - target machine's format. Typically this would be a `struct' containing an - array of `int'. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_TYPE */ - -/* A macro for a C expression which compares for equality the two values, X and - Y, both of type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE'. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUES_EQUAL(X, Y) */ - -/* A macro for a C expression which tests whether X is less than Y, both values - being of type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE' and interpreted as floating point numbers in - the target machine's representation. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUES_LESS(X, Y) */ - -/* A macro for a C expression which performs the standard library function - `ldexp', but using the target machine's floating point representation. Both - X and the value of the expression have type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE'. The second - argument, SCALE, is an integer. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_LDEXP(X, SCALE) */ - -/* A macro whose definition is a C expression to convert the target-machine - floating point value X to a signed integer. X has type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE'. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_FIX(X) */ - -/* A macro whose definition is a C expression to convert the target-machine - floating point value X to an unsigned integer. X has type - `REAL_VALUE_TYPE'. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX(X) */ - -/* A macro whose definition is a C expression to round the target-machine - floating point value X towards zero to an integer value (but still as a - floating point number). X has type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE', and so does the - value. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_RNDZINT(X) */ - -/* A macro whose definition is a C expression to round the target-machine - floating point value X towards zero to an unsigned integer value (but still - represented as a floating point number). X has type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE', and - so does the value. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_RNDZINT(X) */ - -/* A macro for a C expression which converts STRING, an expression of type - `char *', into a floating point number in the target machine's - representation for mode MODE. The value has type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE'. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_ATOF(STRING, MODE) */ - -/* Define this macro if infinity is a possible floating point value, and - therefore division by 0 is legitimate. */ -/* #define REAL_INFINITY */ - -/* A macro for a C expression which determines whether X, a floating point - value, is infinity. The value has type `int'. By default, this is defined - to call `isinf'. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_ISINF(X) */ - -/* A macro for a C expression which determines whether X, a floating point - value, is a "nan" (not-a-number). The value has type `int'. By default, - this is defined to call `isnan'. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_ISNAN(X) */ - -/* Define the following additional macros if you want to make floating point - constant folding work while cross compiling. If you don't define them, - cross compilation is still possible, but constant folding will not happen - for floating point values. */ - -/* A macro for a C statement which calculates an arithmetic operation of the - two floating point values X and Y, both of type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE' in the - target machine's representation, to produce a result of the same type and - representation which is stored in OUTPUT (which will be a variable). - - The operation to be performed is specified by CODE, a tree code which will - always be one of the following: `PLUS_EXPR', `MINUS_EXPR', `MULT_EXPR', - `RDIV_EXPR', `MAX_EXPR', `MIN_EXPR'. - - The expansion of this macro is responsible for checking for overflow. If - overflow happens, the macro expansion should execute the statement `return - 0;', which indicates the inability to perform the arithmetic operation - requested. */ -/* #define REAL_ARITHMETIC(OUTPUT, CODE, X, Y) */ - -/* The real.h file actually defines REAL_ARITHMETIC appropriately if it was - defined at all before entering into the code, by using #undef first. */ -#define REAL_ARITHMETIC - -/* A macro for a C expression which returns the negative of the floating point - value X. Both X and the value of the expression have type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE' - and are in the target machine's floating point representation. - - There is no way for this macro to report overflow, since overflow can't - happen in the negation operation. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_NEGATE(X) */ - -/* A macro for a C expression which converts the floating point value X to mode - MODE. - - Both X and the value of the expression are in the target machine's floating - point representation and have type `REAL_VALUE_TYPE'. However, the value - should have an appropriate bit pattern to be output properly as a floating - constant whose precision accords with mode MODE. - - There is no way for this macro to report overflow. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_TRUNCATE(MODE, X) */ - -/* A macro for a C expression which converts a floating point value X into a - double-precision integer which is then stored into LOW and HIGH, two - variables of type INT. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_TO_INT(LOW, HIGH, X) */ - -/* A macro for a C expression which converts a double-precision integer found - in LOW and HIGH, two variables of type INT, into a floating point value - which is then stored into X. */ -/* #define REAL_VALUE_FROM_INT(X, LOW, HIGH) */ - - -/* Miscellaneous Parameters. */ - -/* Define this if you have defined special-purpose predicates in the file - `MACHINE.c'. This macro is called within an initializer of an array of - structures. The first field in the structure is the name of a predicate and - the second field is an array of rtl codes. For each predicate, list all rtl - codes that can be in expressions matched by the predicate. The list should - have a trailing comma. Here is an example of two entries in the list for a - typical RISC machine: - - #define PREDICATE_CODES \ - {"gen_reg_rtx_operand", {SUBREG, REG}}, \ - {"reg_or_short_cint_operand", {SUBREG, REG, CONST_INT}}, - - Defining this macro does not affect the generated code (however, incorrect - definitions that omit an rtl code that may be matched by the predicate can - cause the compiler to malfunction). Instead, it allows the table built by - `genrecog' to be more compact and efficient, thus speeding up the compiler. - The most important predicates to include in the list specified by this macro - are thoses used in the most insn patterns. */ - -#define PREDICATE_CODES \ - { "short_memory_operand", { MEM }}, \ - { "long_memory_operand", { MEM }}, \ - { "d30v_memory_operand", { MEM }}, \ - { "single_reg_memory_operand", { MEM }}, \ - { "const_addr_memory_operand", { MEM }}, \ - { "call_operand", { MEM }}, \ - { "gpr_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "accum_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "gpr_or_accum_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "cr_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "repeat_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "flag_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "br_flag_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "br_flag_or_constant_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT }}, \ - { "gpr_or_br_flag_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "f0_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "f1_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "carry_operand", { REG, SUBREG }}, \ - { "reg_or_0_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT, \ - CONST_DOUBLE }}, \ - { "gpr_or_signed6_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT }}, \ - { "gpr_or_unsigned5_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT }}, \ - { "gpr_or_unsigned6_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT }}, \ - { "gpr_or_constant_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT, \ - CONST, SYMBOL_REF, \ - LABEL_REF }}, \ - { "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT, \ - CONST, SYMBOL_REF, \ - LABEL_REF, CONST_DOUBLE }}, \ - { "gpr_or_memory_operand", { REG, SUBREG, MEM }}, \ - { "move_input_operand", { REG, SUBREG, MEM, CONST_INT, \ - CONST, SYMBOL_REF, \ - LABEL_REF, CONST_DOUBLE }}, \ - { "move_output_operand", { REG, SUBREG, MEM }}, \ - { "signed6_operand", { CONST_INT }}, \ - { "unsigned5_operand", { CONST_INT }}, \ - { "unsigned6_operand", { CONST_INT }}, \ - { "bitset_operand", { CONST_INT }}, \ - { "condexec_test_operator", { EQ, NE }}, \ - { "condexec_branch_operator", { EQ, NE }}, \ - { "condexec_unary_operator", { ABS, NEG, NOT, ZERO_EXTEND }}, \ - { "condexec_addsub_operator", { PLUS, MINUS }}, \ - { "condexec_binary_operator", { MULT, AND, IOR, XOR, \ - ASHIFT, ASHIFTRT, LSHIFTRT, \ - ROTATE, ROTATERT }}, \ - { "condexec_shiftl_operator", { ASHIFT, ROTATE }}, \ - { "condexec_extend_operator", { SIGN_EXTEND, ZERO_EXTEND }}, \ - { "branch_zero_operator", { EQ, NE }}, \ - { "cond_move_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT, \ - CONST, SYMBOL_REF, \ - LABEL_REF, MEM }}, \ - { "cond_exec_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT, \ - CONST, SYMBOL_REF, \ - LABEL_REF, MEM }}, \ - { "srelational_si_operator", { EQ, NE, LT, LE, GT, GE }}, \ - { "urelational_si_operator", { LTU, LEU, GTU, GEU }}, \ - { "relational_di_operator", { EQ, NE, LT, LE, GT, GE, \ - LTU, LEU, GTU, GEU }}, - -/* An alias for a machine mode name. This is the machine mode that elements of - a jump-table should have. */ -#define CASE_VECTOR_MODE SImode - -/* Define as C expression which evaluates to nonzero if the tablejump - instruction expects the table to contain offsets from the address of the - table. - Do not define this if the table should contain absolute addresses. */ -/* #define CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE 1 */ - -/* Define this if control falls through a `case' insn when the index value is - out of range. This means the specified default-label is actually ignored by - the `case' insn proper. */ -/* #define CASE_DROPS_THROUGH */ - -/* Define this to be the smallest number of different values for which it is - best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. The - default is four for machines with a `casesi' instruction and five otherwise. - This is best for most machines. */ -/* #define CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD */ - -/* Define this macro if operations between registers with integral mode smaller - than a word are always performed on the entire register. Most RISC machines - have this property and most CISC machines do not. */ -#define WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS 1 - -/* Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read - memory in MODE, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the bits outside - of MODE to be either the sign-extension or the zero-extension of the data - read. Return `SIGN_EXTEND' for values of MODE for which the insn - sign-extends, `ZERO_EXTEND' for which it zero-extends, and `NIL' for other - modes. - - This macro is not called with MODE non-integral or with a width greater than - or equal to `BITS_PER_WORD', so you may return any value in this case. Do - not define this macro if it would always return `NIL'. On machines where - this macro is defined, you will normally define it as the constant - `SIGN_EXTEND' or `ZERO_EXTEND'. */ - -#define LOAD_EXTEND_OP(MODE) SIGN_EXTEND - -/* Define if loading short immediate values into registers sign extends. */ -#define SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND - -/* An alias for a tree code that should be used by default for conversion of - floating point values to fixed point. Normally, `FIX_ROUND_EXPR' is used. */ -#define IMPLICIT_FIX_EXPR FIX_ROUND_EXPR - -/* Define this macro if the same instructions that convert a floating point - number to a signed fixed point number also convert validly to an unsigned - one. */ -/* #define FIXUNS_TRUNC_LIKE_FIX_TRUNC */ - -/* An alias for a tree code that is the easiest kind of division to compile - code for in the general case. It may be `TRUNC_DIV_EXPR', `FLOOR_DIV_EXPR', - `CEIL_DIV_EXPR' or `ROUND_DIV_EXPR'. These four division operators differ - in how they round the result to an integer. `EASY_DIV_EXPR' is used when it - is permissible to use any of those kinds of division and the choice should - be made on the basis of efficiency. */ -#define EASY_DIV_EXPR TRUNC_DIV_EXPR - -/* The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly from - memory to memory. */ -#define MOVE_MAX 8 - -/* The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly from - memory to memory. If this is undefined, the default is `MOVE_MAX'. - Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the largest value that - `MOVE_MAX' can have at run-time. */ -/* #define MAX_MOVE_MAX */ - -/* A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits - actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number of - bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted. When this - macro is non-zero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit a - sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that - truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have - instructions that act on bitfields at variable positions, which may include - `bit test' instructions, a nonzero `SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED' also enables - deletion of truncations of the values that serve as arguments to bitfield - instructions. - - If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and position - (for bitfield operations), or if no variable-position bitfield instructions - exist, you should define this macro. - - However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation only - applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended) bitfield - operations. Define `SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED' to be zero on such machines. - Instead, add patterns to the `md' file that include the implied truncation - of the shift instructions. - - You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero. */ -/* #define SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED */ - -/* A C expression which is nonzero if on this machine it is safe to "convert" - an integer of INPREC bits to one of OUTPREC bits (where OUTPREC is smaller - than INPREC) by merely operating on it as if it had only OUTPREC bits. - - On many machines, this expression can be 1. - - When `TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION' returns 1 for a pair of sizes for modes for - which `MODES_TIEABLE_P' is 0, suboptimal code can result. If this is the - case, making `TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION' return 0 in such cases may improve - things. */ -#define TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION(OUTPREC, INPREC) 1 - -/* A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator with - an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction (`sCOND') when the - condition is true. This description must apply to *all* the `sCOND' - patterns and all the comparison operators whose results have a `MODE_INT' - mode. - - A value of 1 or -1 means that the instruction implementing the comparison - operator returns exactly 1 or -1 when the comparison is true and 0 when the - comparison is false. Otherwise, the value indicates which bits of the - result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is true. This value is - interpreted in the mode of the comparison operation, which is given by the - mode of the first operand in the `sCOND' pattern. Either the low bit or the - sign bit of `STORE_FLAG_VALUE' be on. Presently, only those bits are used - by the compiler. - - If `STORE_FLAG_VALUE' is neither 1 or -1, the compiler will generate code - that depends only on the specified bits. It can also replace comparison - operators with equivalent operations if they cause the required bits to be - set, even if the remaining bits are undefined. For example, on a machine - whose comparison operators return an `SImode' value and where - `STORE_FLAG_VALUE' is defined as `0x80000000', saying that just the sign bit - is relevant, the expression - - (ne:SI (and:SI X (const_int POWER-OF-2)) (const_int 0)) - - can be converted to - - (ashift:SI X (const_int N)) - - where N is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being tested into the - sign bit. - - There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit for - a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits, but we do - not know of any machine that has such an instruction. If you are trying to - port GNU CC to such a machine, include an instruction to perform a - logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the comparison operators - and let us know (*note How to Report Bugs: Bug Reporting.). - - Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value from a - comparison (or the condition codes). Here are rules to guide the choice of - value for `STORE_FLAG_VALUE', and hence the instructions to be used: - - * Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for - `STORE_FLAG_VALUE'. It is more efficient for the compiler to - "normalize" the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for - the comparison operators to do so because there may be - opportunities to combine the normalization with other - operations. - - * For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or -1, with -1 - being slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and - 1 preferred on other machines. - - * As a second choice, choose a value of `0x80000001' if - instructions exist that set both the sign and low-order bits - but do not define the others. - - * Otherwise, use a value of `0x80000000'. - - Many machines can produce both the value chosen for `STORE_FLAG_VALUE' and - its negation in the same number of instructions. On those machines, you - should also define a pattern for those cases, e.g., one matching - - (set A (neg:M (ne:M B C))) - - Some machines can also perform `and' or `plus' operations on condition code - values with less instructions than the corresponding `sCOND' insn followed - by `and' or `plus'. On those machines, define the appropriate patterns. - Use the names `incscc' and `decscc', respectively, for the the patterns - which perform `plus' or `minus' operations on condition code values. See - `rs6000.md' for some examples. The GNU Superoptizer can be used to find - such instruction sequences on other machines. - - You need not define `STORE_FLAG_VALUE' if the machine has no store-flag - instructions. */ -/* #define STORE_FLAG_VALUE */ - -/* A C expression that gives a non-zero floating point value that is returned - when comparison operators with floating-point results are true. Define this - macro on machine that have comparison operations that return floating-point - values. If there are no such operations, do not define this macro. */ -/* #define FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE */ - -/* An alias for the machine mode for pointers. On most machines, define this - to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware pointer; - `SImode' on 32-bit machine or `DImode' on 64-bit machines. On some machines - you must define this to be one of the partial integer modes, such as - `PSImode'. - - The width of `Pmode' must be at least as large as the value of - `POINTER_SIZE'. If it is not equal, you must define the macro - `POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED' to specify how pointers are extended to `Pmode'. */ -#define Pmode SImode - -/* An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions being - called, in `call' RTL expressions. On most machines this should be - `QImode'. */ -#define FUNCTION_MODE QImode - -/* A C expression for the maximum number of instructions above which the - function DECL should not be inlined. DECL is a `FUNCTION_DECL' node. - - The default definition of this macro is 64 plus 8 times the number of - arguments that the function accepts. Some people think a larger threshold - should be used on RISC machines. */ -/* #define INTEGRATE_THRESHOLD(DECL) */ - -/* Define this if the preprocessor should ignore `#sccs' directives and print - no error message. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define SCCS_DIRECTIVE */ - -/* Define this macro if the system header files support C++ as well as C. This - macro inhibits the usual method of using system header files in C++, which - is to pretend that the file's contents are enclosed in `extern "C" {...}'. */ -/* #define NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C */ - -/* Define this macro if you want to implement any pragmas. If defined, it - should be a C statement to be executed when `#pragma' is seen. The argument - STREAM is the stdio input stream from which the source text can be read. - - It is generally a bad idea to implement new uses of `#pragma'. The only - reason to define this macro is for compatibility with other compilers that - do support `#pragma' for the sake of any user programs which already use it. */ -/* #define HANDLE_PRAGMA(STREAM) */ - -/* Define this macro to handle System V style pragmas (particularly #pack). - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -#define HANDLE_SYSV_PRAGMA - -/* Define this macro if you want to handle #pragma weak (HANDLE_SYSV_PRAGMA - must also be defined). */ -/* #define HANDLE_WEAK_PRAGMA */ - -/* If defined, a C expression whose value is nonzero if IDENTIFIER with - arguments ARGS is a valid machine specific attribute for DECL. The - attributes in ATTRIBUTES have previously been assigned to DECL. */ -/* #define VALID_MACHINE_DECL_ATTRIBUTE(DECL, ATTRIBUTES, IDENTIFIER, ARGS) */ - -/* If defined, a C expression whose value is nonzero if IDENTIFIER with - arguments ARGS is a valid machine specific attribute for TYPE. The - attributes in ATTRIBUTES have previously been assigned to TYPE. */ -/* #define VALID_MACHINE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTE(TYPE, ATTRIBUTES, IDENTIFIER, ARGS) */ - -/* If defined, a C expression whose value is zero if the attributes on TYPE1 - and TYPE2 are incompatible, one if they are compatible, and two if they are - nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be generated). */ -/* #define COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES(TYPE1, TYPE2) */ - -/* If defined, a C statement that assigns default attributes to newly defined - TYPE. */ -/* #define SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES(TYPE) */ - -/* Define this macro to control use of the character `$' in identifier names. - The value should be 0, 1, or 2. 0 means `$' is not allowed by default; 1 - means it is allowed by default if `-traditional' is used; 2 means it is - allowed by default provided `-ansi' is not used. 1 is the default; there is - no need to define this macro in that case. */ -/* #define DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS */ - -/* Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character `$' in - label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++ have `$' in the - identifiers. If this macro is defined, `.' is used instead. - - Defined in svr4.h. */ -/* #define NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL */ - -/* Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character `.' in - label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++ have names that - use `.'. If this macro is defined, these names are rewritten to avoid `.'. */ -/* #define NO_DOT_IN_LABEL */ - -/* Define this macro if the target system expects every program's `main' - function to return a standard "success" value by default (if no other value - is explicitly returned). - - The definition should be a C statement (sans semicolon) to generate the - appropriate rtl instructions. It is used only when compiling the end of - `main'. */ -/* #define DEFAULT_MAIN_RETURN */ - -/* Define this if the target system supports the function `atexit' from the - ANSI C standard. If this is not defined, and `INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP' is not - defined, a default `exit' function will be provided to support C++. - - Defined by svr4.h */ -/* #define HAVE_ATEXIT */ - -/* Define this if your `exit' function needs to do something besides calling an - external function `_cleanup' before terminating with `_exit'. The - `EXIT_BODY' macro is only needed if netiher `HAVE_ATEXIT' nor - `INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP' are defined. */ -/* #define EXIT_BODY */ - -/* Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the - delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of INSN, even - if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in INSN. INSN is always a - `jump_insn' or an `insn'; GNU CC knows that every `call_insn' has this - behavior. On machines where some `insn' or `jump_insn' is really a function - call and hence has this behavior, you should define this macro. - - You need not define this macro if it would always return zero. */ -/* #define INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED(INSN) */ - -/* Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the - delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of INSN, even - if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in INSN. INSN is - always a `jump_insn' or an `insn'. On machines where some `insn' or - `jump_insn' is really a function call and its operands are registers whose - use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should define this macro. - Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move instructions which copy - arguments into the argument registers into the delay slot of INSN. - - You need not define this macro if it would always return zero. */ -/* #define INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED(INSN) */ - -/* In rare cases, correct code generation requires extra machine dependent - processing between the second jump optimization pass and delayed branch - scheduling. On those machines, define this macro as a C statement to act on - the code starting at INSN. */ -#define MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG(INSN) d30v_machine_dependent_reorg (INSN) - -/* Define this macro if in some cases global symbols from one translation unit - may not be bound to undefined symbols in another translation unit without - user intervention. For instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be - explicitly imported from shared libraries (DLLs). */ -/* #define MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES */ - -/* A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via - conditional execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of - BRANCH_COST+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and 1 if it - does use cc0. */ -#define MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE d30v_cond_exec - -#define D30V_DEFAULT_MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE 4 - -/* Values of the -mcond-exec=n string. */ -extern int d30v_cond_exec; -extern char *d30v_cond_exec_string; - -/* Indicate how many instructions can be issued at the same time. */ -#define ISSUE_RATE 2 - - -/* External functions called. */ - -#ifndef PROTO -#if defined (USE_PROTOTYPES) ? USE_PROTOTYPES : defined (__STDC__) -#define PROTO(ARGS) ARGS -#else -#define PROTO(ARGS) () -#endif -#endif - -#ifdef BUFSIZ /* stdio.h has been included, ok to use FILE * */ -#define STDIO_PROTO(ARGS) PROTO(ARGS) -#else -#define STDIO_PROTO(ARGS) () -#endif - -#ifndef TREE_CODE -union tree_node; -#define Tree union tree_node * -#else -#define Tree tree -#endif - -#ifndef RTX_CODE -struct rtx_def; -#define Rtx struct rtx_def * -#else -#define Rtx rtx -#endif - -extern void override_options PROTO((void)); -extern int short_memory_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int long_memory_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int d30v_memory_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int single_reg_memory_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int const_addr_memory_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int call_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int gpr_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int accum_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int gpr_or_accum_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int cr_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int repeat_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int flag_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int br_flag_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int br_flag_or_constant_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int gpr_br_flag_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int f0_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int f1_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int carry_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int reg_or_0_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int gpr_or_signed6_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int gpr_or_unsigned5_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int gpr_or_unsigned6_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int gpr_or_constant_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int gpr_or_dbl_const_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int gpr_or_memory_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int move_input_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int move_output_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int signed6_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int unsigned5_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int unsigned6_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int bitset_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int condexec_test_operator PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int condexec_branch_operator PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int condexec_unary_operator PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int condexec_addsub_operator PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int condexec_binary_operator PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int condexec_shiftl_operator PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int condexec_extend_operator PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int branch_zero_operator PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int cond_move_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int cond_exec_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int srelational_si_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int urelational_si_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern int relational_di_operand PROTO((Rtx, int)); -extern d30v_stack_t *d30v_stack_info PROTO((void)); -extern int direct_return PROTO((void)); - -extern void d30v_init_cumulative_args PROTO((CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, Tree, - Rtx, int, int)); - -extern int d30v_function_arg_boundary PROTO((int, Tree)); -extern Rtx d30v_function_arg PROTO((CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, int, - Tree, int, int)); - -extern int d30v_function_arg_partial_nregs PROTO((CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, int, - Tree, int)); - -extern int d30v_function_arg_pass_by_reference PROTO((CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, int, - Tree, int)); - -extern void d30v_function_arg_advance PROTO((CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, int, - Tree, int)); - - -extern Rtx d30v_expand_builtin_saveregs PROTO((Tree)); -extern void d30v_setup_incoming_varargs PROTO((CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, int, - Tree, int *, int)); - -extern void d30v_function_prologue STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, int)); -extern void d30v_function_epilogue STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, int)); -extern void d30v_function_profiler STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, int)); -extern void d30v_split_double PROTO((Rtx, Rtx *, Rtx *)); -extern void d30v_print_operand STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, Rtx, int)); -extern void d30v_print_operand_address STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, Rtx)); -extern int d30v_trampoline_size PROTO((void)); -extern void d30v_initialize_trampoline PROTO((Rtx, Rtx, Rtx)); -extern int d30v_legitimate_address_p PROTO((int, Rtx, int)); -extern Rtx d30v_legitimize_address PROTO((Rtx, Rtx, int, int)); -extern int d30v_mode_dependent_address_p PROTO((Rtx)); -extern Rtx d30v_emit_comparison PROTO((int, Rtx, Rtx, Rtx)); -extern char *d30v_move_2words PROTO((Rtx *, Rtx)); -extern int d30v_emit_cond_move PROTO((Rtx, Rtx, Rtx, Rtx)); -extern char *d30v_cond_move PROTO((Rtx *, Rtx, char *, char *)); -extern void d30v_machine_dependent_reorg PROTO((Rtx)); -extern int d30v_adjust_cost PROTO((Rtx, Rtx, Rtx, int)); -extern Rtx d30v_return_addr PROTO((void)); - - -/* External variables referenced */ - -/* Define the information needed to generate branch and scc insns. This is - stored from the compare operation. Note that we can't use "rtx" here - since it hasn't been defined! */ - -extern Rtx d30v_compare_op0; -extern Rtx d30v_compare_op1; - -/* Define the information needed to modify the epilogue for EH. */ - -extern Rtx d30v_eh_epilogue_sp_ofs; - -/* Size of the accumulated function arguments. */ -extern int current_function_outgoing_args_size; - -/* End of d30v.h */ -/* END CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v */ diff --git a/gcc/config/d30v/d30v.md b/gcc/config/d30v/d30v.md deleted file mode 100755 index 35d5b30..0000000 --- a/gcc/config/d30v/d30v.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3910 +0,0 @@ -;; CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v -;; D30v Machine description template -;; Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -;; Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. - -;; This file is part of GNU CC. - -;; GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -;; any later version. - -;; GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -;; GNU General Public License for more details. - -;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -;; along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to -;; the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -;;- See file "rtl.def" for documentation on define_insn, match_*, et. al. - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Constraints -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Standard Constraints -;; -;; `m' A memory operand is allowed, with any kind of address that the -;; machine supports in general. -;; -;; `o' A memory operand is allowed, but only if the address is -;; "offsettable". This means that adding a small integer (actually, the -;; width in bytes of the operand, as determined by its machine mode) may be -;; added to the address and the result is also a valid memory address. -;; -;; `V' A memory operand that is not offsettable. In other words, -;; anything that would fit the `m' constraint but not the `o' constraint. -;; -;; `<' A memory operand with autodecrement addressing (either -;; predecrement or postdecrement) is allowed. -;; -;; `>' A memory operand with autoincrement addressing (either -;; preincrement or postincrement) is allowed. -;; -;; `r' A register operand is allowed provided that it is in a general -;; register. -;; -;; `d', `a', `f', ... -;; Other letters can be defined in machine-dependent fashion to stand for -;; particular classes of registers. `d', `a' and `f' are defined on the -;; 68000/68020 to stand for data, address and floating point registers. -;; -;; `i' An immediate integer operand (one with constant value) is allowed. -;; This includes symbolic constants whose values will be known only at -;; assembly time. -;; -;; `n' An immediate integer operand with a known numeric value is allowed. -;; Many systems cannot support assembly-time constants for operands less -;; than a word wide. Constraints for these operands should use `n' rather -;; than `i'. -;; -;; 'I' First machine-dependent integer constant. -;; 'J' Second machine-dependent integer constant. -;; 'K' Third machine-dependent integer constant. -;; 'L' Fourth machine-dependent integer constant. -;; 'M' Fifth machine-dependent integer constant. -;; 'N' Sixth machine-dependent integer constant. -;; 'O' Seventh machine-dependent integer constant. -;; 'P' Eighth machine-dependent integer constant. -;; -;; Other letters in the range `I' through `P' may be defined in a -;; machine-dependent fashion to permit immediate integer operands with -;; explicit integer values in specified ranges. For example, on the 68000, -;; `I' is defined to stand for the range of values 1 to 8. This is the -;; range permitted as a shift count in the shift instructions. -;; -;; `E' An immediate floating operand (expression code `const_double') is -;; allowed, but only if the target floating point format is the same as -;; that of the host machine (on which the compiler is running). -;; -;; `F' An immediate floating operand (expression code `const_double') is -;; allowed. -;; -;; 'G' First machine-dependent const_double. -;; 'H' Second machine-dependent const_double. -;; -;; `s' An immediate integer operand whose value is not an explicit -;; integer is allowed. -;; -;; This might appear strange; if an insn allows a constant operand with a -;; value not known at compile time, it certainly must allow any known -;; value. So why use `s' instead of `i'? Sometimes it allows better code -;; to be generated. -;; -;; For example, on the 68000 in a fullword instruction it is possible to -;; use an immediate operand; but if the immediate value is between -128 and -;; 127, better code results from loading the value into a register and -;; using the register. This is because the load into the register can be -;; done with a `moveq' instruction. We arrange for this to happen by -;; defining the letter `K' to mean "any integer outside the range -128 to -;; 127", and then specifying `Ks' in the operand constraints. -;; -;; `g' Any register, memory or immediate integer operand is allowed, -;; except for registers that are not general registers. -;; -;; `X' Any operand whatsoever is allowed, even if it does not satisfy -;; `general_operand'. This is normally used in the constraint of a -;; `match_scratch' when certain alternatives will not actually require a -;; scratch register. -;; -;; `0' Match operand 0. -;; `1' Match operand 1. -;; `2' Match operand 2. -;; `3' Match operand 3. -;; `4' Match operand 4. -;; `5' Match operand 5. -;; `6' Match operand 6. -;; `7' Match operand 7. -;; `8' Match operand 8. -;; `9' Match operand 9. -;; -;; An operand that matches the specified operand number is allowed. If a -;; digit is used together with letters within the same alternative, the -;; digit should come last. -;; -;; This is called a "matching constraint" and what it really means is that -;; the assembler has only a single operand that fills two roles considered -;; separate in the RTL insn. For example, an add insn has two input -;; operands and one output operand in the RTL, but on most CISC machines an -;; add instruction really has only two operands, one of them an -;; input-output operand: -;; -;; addl #35,r12 -;; -;; Matching constraints are used in these circumstances. More precisely, -;; the two operands that match must include one input-only operand and one -;; output-only operand. Moreover, the digit must be a smaller number than -;; the number of the operand that uses it in the constraint. -;; -;; For operands to match in a particular case usually means that they are -;; identical-looking RTL expressions. But in a few special cases specific -;; kinds of dissimilarity are allowed. For example, `*x' as an input -;; operand will match `*x++' as an output operand. For proper results in -;; such cases, the output template should always use the output-operand's -;; number when printing the operand. -;; -;; `p' An operand that is a valid memory address is allowed. This is for -;; "load address" and "push address" instructions. -;; -;; `p' in the constraint must be accompanied by `address_operand' as the -;; predicate in the `match_operand'. This predicate interprets the mode -;; specified in the `match_operand' as the mode of the memory reference for -;; which the address would be valid. -;; -;; `Q` First non constant, non register machine-dependent insns -;; `R` Second non constant, non register machine-dependent insns -;; `S` Third non constant, non register machine-dependent insns -;; `T` Fourth non constant, non register machine-dependent insns -;; `U` Fifth non constant, non register machine-dependent insns -;; -;; Letters in the range `Q' through `U' may be defined in a -;; machine-dependent fashion to stand for arbitrary operand types. The -;; machine description macro `EXTRA_CONSTRAINT' is passed the operand as -;; its first argument and the constraint letter as its second operand. -;; -;; A typical use for this would be to distinguish certain types of memory -;; references that affect other insn operands. -;; -;; Do not define these constraint letters to accept register references -;; (`reg'); the reload pass does not expect this and would not handle it -;; properly. - -;; Multiple Alternative Constraints -;; `?' Disparage slightly the alternative that the `?' appears in, as a -;; choice when no alternative applies exactly. The compiler regards this -;; alternative as one unit more costly for each `?' that appears in it. -;; -;; `!' Disparage severely the alternative that the `!' appears in. This -;; alternative can still be used if it fits without reloading, but if -;; reloading is needed, some other alternative will be used. - -;; Constraint modifiers -;; `=' Means that this operand is write-only for this instruction: the -;; previous value is discarded and replaced by output data. -;; -;; `+' Means that this operand is both read and written by the -;; instruction. -;; -;; When the compiler fixes up the operands to satisfy the constraints, it -;; needs to know which operands are inputs to the instruction and which are -;; outputs from it. `=' identifies an output; `+' identifies an operand -;; that is both input and output; all other operands are assumed to be -;; input only. -;; -;; `&' Means (in a particular alternative) that this operand is written -;; before the instruction is finished using the input operands. Therefore, -;; this operand may not lie in a register that is used as an input operand -;; or as part of any memory address. -;; -;; `&' applies only to the alternative in which it is written. In -;; constraints with multiple alternatives, sometimes one alternative -;; requires `&' while others do not. -;; -;; `&' does not obviate the need to write `='. -;; -;; `%' Declares the instruction to be commutative for this operand and the -;; following operand. This means that the compiler may interchange the two -;; operands if that is the cheapest way to make all operands fit the -;; constraints. This is often used in patterns for addition instructions -;; that really have only two operands: the result must go in one of the -;; arguments. -;; -;; `#' Says that all following characters, up to the next comma, are to be -;; ignored as a constraint. They are significant only for choosing -;; register preferences. -;; -;; `*' Says that the following character should be ignored when choosing -;; register preferences. `*' has no effect on the meaning of the -;; constraint as a constraint, and no effect on reloading. - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: D30V register classes -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; `a' Accumulator registers (a0, a1) -;; `b' Flag registers for speculative execution (f0, f1) -;; `c' CR registers -;; `d' GPR registers -;; `e' Even GPR registers -;; `f' Any flag registers (f0, f1, ..., c) -;; `l' CR7, the repeat count -;; `x' F0 -;; `y' F1 -;; `z' Flag registers other than F0 and F1. - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: D30V special constraints -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; `G' Const double with 0 in both low & high part. -;; `H' Unused. -;; `I' Signed 6 bit integer constant (>= -32 && <= 31). -;; `J' Unsigned 5 bit integer constant (>= 0 && <= 31). -;; `K' Integer constant with 1 bit set (for bset). -;; `L' Integer constant with 1 bit clear (for bclr). -;; `M' Integer constant 32. -;; `N' Integer constant 1. -;; `O' Integer constant 0. -;; `P' Integer constant >= 32 && <= 63. -;; `Q' Short memory operand (can be done in small insn). -;; `R' Memory operand using a single register for address. -;; `S' Memory operand to constant address. -;; `T' Unused. -;; `U' Unused. - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Standard operand flags -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; `=' Output a number unique to each instruction in the compilation. -;; `a' Substitute an operand as if it were a memory reference. -;; `c' Omit the syntax that indicates an immediate operand. -;; `l' Substitute a LABEL_REF into a jump instruction. -;; `n' Like %cDIGIT, except negate the value before printing. - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: D30V print_operand flags -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; `.' Print r0 -;; `f' Print a SF constant as an int. -;; `s' Subtract 32 and negate. -;; `A' Print accumulator number without an `a' in front of it. -;; `B' Print bit offset for BSET, etc. instructions. -;; `E' Print u if this is zero extend, nothing if this is sign extend. -;; `F' Emit /{f,t,x}{f,t,x} for executing a false condition. -;; `L' Print the lower half of a 64 bit item. -;; `M' Print a memory reference for ld/st instructions. -;; `R' Return appropriate cmp instruction for relational test. -;; `S' Subtract 32. -;; `T' Emit /{f,t,x}{f,t,x} for executing a true condition. -;; `U' Print the upper half of a 64 bit item. - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Attributes -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; The `define_attr' expression is used to define each attribute required by -;; the target machine. It looks like: -;; -;; (define_attr NAME LIST-OF-VALUES DEFAULT) - -;; NAME is a string specifying the name of the attribute being defined. - -;; LIST-OF-VALUES is either a string that specifies a comma-separated list of -;; values that can be assigned to the attribute, or a null string to indicate -;; that the attribute takes numeric values. - -;; DEFAULT is an attribute expression that gives the value of this attribute -;; for insns that match patterns whose definition does not include an explicit -;; value for this attribute. - -;; For each defined attribute, a number of definitions are written to the -;; `insn-attr.h' file. For cases where an explicit set of values is specified -;; for an attribute, the following are defined: - -;; * A `#define' is written for the symbol `HAVE_ATTR_NAME'. -;; -;; * An enumeral class is defined for `attr_NAME' with elements of the -;; form `UPPER-NAME_UPPER-VALUE' where the attribute name and value are first -;; converted to upper case. -;; -;; * A function `get_attr_NAME' is defined that is passed an insn and -;; returns the attribute value for that insn. - -;; For example, if the following is present in the `md' file: -;; -;; (define_attr "type" "branch,fp,load,store,arith" ...) -;; -;; the following lines will be written to the file `insn-attr.h'. -;; -;; #define HAVE_ATTR_type -;; enum attr_type {TYPE_BRANCH, TYPE_FP, TYPE_LOAD, TYPE_STORE, TYPE_ARITH}; -;; extern enum attr_type get_attr_type (); - -;; If the attribute takes numeric values, no `enum' type will be defined and -;; the function to obtain the attribute's value will return `int'. - -;; Whether we are using the haifa scheduler -(define_attr "haifa" "no,yes" - (const (symbol_ref "HAIFA_P"))) - -;; Note, we lie a little bit here to make it simpler to optimize. We pretend there -;; is a separate long functional unit for long instructions that uses both the IU & MU. - -(define_attr "type" "iu,mu,br,br2,either,scarry,lcarry,scmp,lcmp,sload,lload,mul,long,multi,unknown" - (const_string "unknown")) - -;; Length in word units -(define_attr "length" "" - (cond [(eq_attr "type" "iu,mu,either,scmp,sload,mul,scarry,") - (const_int 4) - (eq_attr "type" "long,lcmp,lload,lcarry") - (const_int 8) - (eq_attr "type" "multi,unknown") (const_int 64) ;; set higher to give a fudge factor - (eq_attr "type" "br") (if_then_else (and (ge (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) - (const_int -1048576)) - (lt (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) - (const_int 1048575))) - (const_int 4) - (const_int 8)) - (eq_attr "type" "br2") (if_then_else (and (ge (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) - (const_int -16384)) - (lt (minus (pc) (match_dup 0)) - (const_int 16383))) - (const_int 4) - (const_int 8))] - (const_int 8))) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Function Units -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; On most RISC machines, there are instructions whose results are not -;; available for a specific number of cycles. Common cases are instructions -;; that load data from memory. On many machines, a pipeline stall will result -;; if the data is referenced too soon after the load instruction. - -;; In addition, many newer microprocessors have multiple function units, -;; usually one for integer and one for floating point, and often will incur -;; pipeline stalls when a result that is needed is not yet ready. - -;; The descriptions in this section allow the specification of how much time -;; must elapse between the execution of an instruction and the time when its -;; result is used. It also allows specification of when the execution of an -;; instruction will delay execution of similar instructions due to function -;; unit conflicts. - -;; For the purposes of the specifications in this section, a machine is divided -;; into "function units", each of which execute a specific class of -;; instructions in first-in-first-out order. Function units that accept one -;; instruction each cycle and allow a result to be used in the succeeding -;; instruction (usually via forwarding) need not be specified. Classic RISC -;; microprocessors will normally have a single function unit, which we can call -;; `memory'. The newer "superscalar" processors will often have function units -;; for floating point operations, usually at least a floating point adder and -;; multiplier. - -;; Each usage of a function units by a class of insns is specified with a -;; `define_function_unit' expression, which looks like this: - -;; (define_function_unit NAME MULTIPLICITY SIMULTANEITY TEST READY-DELAY -;; ISSUE-DELAY [CONFLICT-LIST]) - -;; NAME is a string giving the name of the function unit. - -;; MULTIPLICITY is an integer specifying the number of identical units in the -;; processor. If more than one unit is specified, they will be scheduled -;; independently. Only truly independent units should be counted; a pipelined -;; unit should be specified as a single unit. (The only common example of a -;; machine that has multiple function units for a single instruction class that -;; are truly independent and not pipelined are the two multiply and two -;; increment units of the CDC 6600.) - -;; SIMULTANEITY specifies the maximum number of insns that can be executing in -;; each instance of the function unit simultaneously or zero if the unit is -;; pipelined and has no limit. - -;; All `define_function_unit' definitions referring to function unit NAME must -;; have the same name and values for MULTIPLICITY and SIMULTANEITY. - -;; TEST is an attribute test that selects the insns we are describing in this -;; definition. Note that an insn may use more than one function unit and a -;; function unit may be specified in more than one `define_function_unit'. - -;; READY-DELAY is an integer that specifies the number of cycles after which -;; the result of the instruction can be used without introducing any stalls. - -;; ISSUE-DELAY is an integer that specifies the number of cycles after the -;; instruction matching the TEST expression begins using this unit until a -;; subsequent instruction can begin. A cost of N indicates an N-1 cycle delay. -;; A subsequent instruction may also be delayed if an earlier instruction has a -;; longer READY-DELAY value. This blocking effect is computed using the -;; SIMULTANEITY, READY-DELAY, ISSUE-DELAY, and CONFLICT-LIST terms. For a -;; normal non-pipelined function unit, SIMULTANEITY is one, the unit is taken -;; to block for the READY-DELAY cycles of the executing insn, and smaller -;; values of ISSUE-DELAY are ignored. - -;; CONFLICT-LIST is an optional list giving detailed conflict costs for this -;; unit. If specified, it is a list of condition test expressions to be -;; applied to insns chosen to execute in NAME following the particular insn -;; matching TEST that is already executing in NAME. For each insn in the list, -;; ISSUE-DELAY specifies the conflict cost; for insns not in the list, the cost -;; is zero. If not specified, CONFLICT-LIST defaults to all instructions that -;; use the function unit. - -;; Typical uses of this vector are where a floating point function unit can -;; pipeline either single- or double-precision operations, but not both, or -;; where a memory unit can pipeline loads, but not stores, etc. - -;; As an example, consider a classic RISC machine where the result of a load -;; instruction is not available for two cycles (a single "delay" instruction is -;; required) and where only one load instruction can be executed -;; simultaneously. This would be specified as: - -;; (define_function_unit "memory" 1 1 (eq_attr "type" "load") 2 0) - -;; For the case of a floating point function unit that can pipeline -;; either single or double precision, but not both, the following could be -;; specified: -;; -;; (define_function_unit "fp" 1 0 -;; (eq_attr "type" "sp_fp") 4 4 -;; [(eq_attr "type" "dp_fp")]) -;; -;; (define_function_unit "fp" 1 0 -;; (eq_attr "type" "dp_fp") 4 4 -;; [(eq_attr "type" "sp_fp")]) - -;; Note: The scheduler attempts to avoid function unit conflicts and uses all -;; the specifications in the `define_function_unit' expression. It has -;; recently come to our attention that these specifications may not allow -;; modeling of some of the newer "superscalar" processors that have insns using -;; multiple pipelined units. These insns will cause a potential conflict for -;; the second unit used during their execution and there is no way of -;; representing that conflict. We welcome any examples of how function unit -;; conflicts work in such processors and suggestions for their representation. - -(define_function_unit "iu" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "no") - (eq_attr "type" "iu,either")) - 2 2 - [(eq_attr "type" "long,lcmp,lload,multi,unknown")]) - -(define_function_unit "iu" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "yes") - (eq_attr "type" "iu,either")) - 1 1 - [(eq_attr "type" "long,lcmp,lload,multi,unknown")]) - -(define_function_unit "iu" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "no") - (eq_attr "type" "scmp,mul,scarry")) - 4 2 - [(eq_attr "type" "long,lcmp,lload,multi,unknown")]) - -(define_function_unit "iu" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "yes") - (eq_attr "type" "scmp,mul,scarry")) - 2 1 - [(eq_attr "type" "long,lcmp,lload,multi,unknown")]) - -(define_function_unit "mu" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "no") - (eq_attr "type" "mu,br,br2,scarry,scmp,sload,either")) - 2 2 - [(eq_attr "type" "long,lcmp,lload,multi,unknown")]) - -(define_function_unit "mu" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "yes") - (eq_attr "type" "mu,br,br2,either")) - 1 1 - [(eq_attr "type" "long,lcmp,lload,multi,unknown")]) - -(define_function_unit "mu" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "no") - (eq_attr "type" "scarry,scmp,sload")) - 4 2 - [(eq_attr "type" "long,lcmp,lload,multi,unknown")]) - -(define_function_unit "mu" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "yes") - (eq_attr "type" "scarry,scmp,sload")) - 2 1 - [(eq_attr "type" "long,lcmp,lload,multi,unknown")]) - -(define_function_unit "long" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "no") - (eq_attr "type" "long,multi,unknown")) - 2 2 - [(eq_attr "type" "iu,mu,scarry,scmp,sload,mul,br,br2,either")]) - -(define_function_unit "long" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "yes") - (eq_attr "type" "long,multi,unknown")) - 1 1 - [(eq_attr "type" "iu,mu,scarry,scmp,sload,mul,br,br2,either")]) - -(define_function_unit "long" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "no") - (eq_attr "type" "lcmp,lload,lcarry")) - 4 2 - [(eq_attr "type" "iu,mu,scarry,scmp,sload,mul,br,br2,either")]) - -(define_function_unit "long" 1 0 - (and (eq_attr "haifa" "yes") - (eq_attr "type" "lcmp,lload,lcarry")) - 2 1 - [(eq_attr "type" "iu,mu,scarry,scmp,sload,mul,br,br2,either")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Delay Slots -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; The insn attribute mechanism can be used to specify the requirements for -;; delay slots, if any, on a target machine. An instruction is said to require -;; a "delay slot" if some instructions that are physically after the -;; instruction are executed as if they were located before it. Classic -;; examples are branch and call instructions, which often execute the following -;; instruction before the branch or call is performed. - -;; On some machines, conditional branch instructions can optionally "annul" -;; instructions in the delay slot. This means that the instruction will not be -;; executed for certain branch outcomes. Both instructions that annul if the -;; branch is true and instructions that annul if the branch is false are -;; supported. - -;; Delay slot scheduling differs from instruction scheduling in that -;; determining whether an instruction needs a delay slot is dependent only -;; on the type of instruction being generated, not on data flow between the -;; instructions. See the next section for a discussion of data-dependent -;; instruction scheduling. - -;; The requirement of an insn needing one or more delay slots is indicated via -;; the `define_delay' expression. It has the following form: -;; -;; (define_delay TEST -;; [DELAY-1 ANNUL-TRUE-1 ANNUL-FALSE-1 -;; DELAY-2 ANNUL-TRUE-2 ANNUL-FALSE-2 -;; ...]) - -;; TEST is an attribute test that indicates whether this `define_delay' applies -;; to a particular insn. If so, the number of required delay slots is -;; determined by the length of the vector specified as the second argument. An -;; insn placed in delay slot N must satisfy attribute test DELAY-N. -;; ANNUL-TRUE-N is an attribute test that specifies which insns may be annulled -;; if the branch is true. Similarly, ANNUL-FALSE-N specifies which insns in -;; the delay slot may be annulled if the branch is false. If annulling is not -;; supported for that delay slot, `(nil)' should be coded. - -;; For example, in the common case where branch and call insns require a single -;; delay slot, which may contain any insn other than a branch or call, the -;; following would be placed in the `md' file: - -;; (define_delay (eq_attr "type" "branch,call") -;; [(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") (nil) (nil)]) - -;; Multiple `define_delay' expressions may be specified. In this case, each -;; such expression specifies different delay slot requirements and there must -;; be no insn for which tests in two `define_delay' expressions are both true. - -;; For example, if we have a machine that requires one delay slot for branches -;; but two for calls, no delay slot can contain a branch or call insn, and any -;; valid insn in the delay slot for the branch can be annulled if the branch is -;; true, we might represent this as follows: - -;; (define_delay (eq_attr "type" "branch") -;; [(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") -;; (eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") -;; (nil)]) -;; -;; (define_delay (eq_attr "type" "call") -;; [(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") (nil) (nil) -;; (eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") (nil) (nil)]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Moves -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Wrap moves in define_expand to prevent memory->memory moves from being -;; generated at the RTL level, which generates better code for most machines -;; which can't do mem->mem moves. - -;; If operand 0 is a `subreg' with mode M of a register whose own mode is wider -;; than M, the effect of this instruction is to store the specified value in -;; the part of the register that corresponds to mode M. The effect on the rest -;; of the register is undefined. - -;; This class of patterns is special in several ways. First of all, each of -;; these names *must* be defined, because there is no other way to copy a datum -;; from one place to another. - -;; Second, these patterns are not used solely in the RTL generation pass. Even -;; the reload pass can generate move insns to copy values from stack slots into -;; temporary registers. When it does so, one of the operands is a hard -;; register and the other is an operand that can need to be reloaded into a -;; register. - -;; Therefore, when given such a pair of operands, the pattern must -;; generate RTL which needs no reloading and needs no temporary -;; registers--no registers other than the operands. For example, if -;; you support the pattern with a `define_expand', then in such a -;; case the `define_expand' mustn't call `force_reg' or any other such -;; function which might generate new pseudo registers. - -;; This requirement exists even for subword modes on a RISC machine -;; where fetching those modes from memory normally requires several -;; insns and some temporary registers. Look in `spur.md' to see how -;; the requirement can be satisfied. - -;; During reload a memory reference with an invalid address may be passed as an -;; operand. Such an address will be replaced with a valid address later in the -;; reload pass. In this case, nothing may be done with the address except to -;; use it as it stands. If it is copied, it will not be replaced with a valid -;; address. No attempt should be made to make such an address into a valid -;; address and no routine (such as `change_address') that will do so may be -;; called. Note that `general_operand' will fail when applied to such an -;; address. -;; -;; The global variable `reload_in_progress' (which must be explicitly declared -;; if required) can be used to determine whether such special handling is -;; required. -;; -;; The variety of operands that have reloads depends on the rest of -;; the machine description, but typically on a RISC machine these can -;; only be pseudo registers that did not get hard registers, while on -;; other machines explicit memory references will get optional -;; reloads. -;; -;; If a scratch register is required to move an object to or from memory, it -;; can be allocated using `gen_reg_rtx' prior to reload. But this is -;; impossible during and after reload. If there are cases needing scratch -;; registers after reload, you must define `SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS' and -;; perhaps also `SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS' to detect them, and provide -;; patterns `reload_inM' or `reload_outM' to handle them. *Note Register -;; Classes::. - -;; The constraints on a `moveM' must permit moving any hard register to any -;; other hard register provided that `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK' permits mode M in -;; both registers and `REGISTER_MOVE_COST' applied to their classes returns a -;; value of 2. - -;; It is obligatory to support floating point `moveM' instructions -;; into and out of any registers that can hold fixed point values, -;; because unions and structures (which have modes `SImode' or -;; `DImode') can be in those registers and they may have floating -;; point members. - -;; There may also be a need to support fixed point `moveM' instructions in and -;; out of floating point registers. Unfortunately, I have forgotten why this -;; was so, and I don't know whether it is still true. If `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK' -;; rejects fixed point values in floating point registers, then the constraints -;; of the fixed point `moveM' instructions must be designed to avoid ever -;; trying to reload into a floating point register. - -(define_expand "movqi" - [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "general_operand" "") - (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" ""))] - "" - " -{ - if (!reload_in_progress && !reload_completed - && !register_operand (operands[0], QImode) - && !reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], QImode)) - operands[1] = copy_to_mode_reg (QImode, operands[1]); -}") - -(define_insn "*movqi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "move_output_operand" "=d,d,d,d,Q,m,Q,m,d,c") - (match_operand:QI 1 "move_input_operand" "dI,i,Q,m,d,d,O,O,c,d"))] - "register_operand (operands[0], QImode) || reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], QImode)" - "@ - or %0,%.,%1 - or %0,%.,%1 - ldb %0,%M1 - ldb %0,%M1 - stb %1,%M0 - stb %1,%M0 - stb %.,%M0 - stb %.,%M0 - mvfsys %0,%1 - mvtsys %0,%1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8,4,8,4,8,4,4") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload,mu,long,mu,long,mu,mu")]) - -(define_expand "movhi" - [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "general_operand" "") - (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" ""))] - "" - " -{ - if (!reload_in_progress && !reload_completed - && !register_operand (operands[0], HImode) - && !reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], HImode)) - operands[1] = copy_to_mode_reg (HImode, operands[1]); -}") - -(define_insn "*movhi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "move_output_operand" "=d,d,d,d,Q,m,Q,m,d,c") - (match_operand:HI 1 "move_input_operand" "dI,i,Q,m,d,d,O,O,c,d"))] - "register_operand (operands[0], HImode) || reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], HImode)" - "@ - or %0,%.,%1 - or %0,%.,%1 - ldh %0,%M1 - ldh %0,%M1 - sth %1,%M0 - sth %1,%M0 - sth %.,%M0 - sth %.,%M0 - mvfsys %0,%1 - mvtsys %0,%1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8,4,8,4,8,4,4") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload,mu,long,mu,long,mu,mu")]) - -(define_expand "movsi" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" ""))] - "" - " -{ - if (!reload_in_progress && !reload_completed - && !register_operand (operands[0], SImode) - && !reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], SImode)) - operands[1] = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, operands[1]); - - /* Convert addressing modes into the appropriate add/sub with the clobbers - needed. This is generated by builtin_setjmp in the exception handling. */ - if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == PLUS) - { - emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (operands[0], XEXP (operands[1], 0), - XEXP (operands[1], 1))); - DONE; - } - - else if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MINUS) - { - emit_insn (gen_subsi3 (operands[0], XEXP (operands[1], 0), - XEXP (operands[1], 1))); - DONE; - } -}") - -(define_insn "*movsi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "move_output_operand" "=d,d,d,d,d,Q,m,Q,m,d,c") - (match_operand:SI 1 "move_input_operand" "dI,F,i,Q,m,d,d,O,O,c,d"))] - "register_operand (operands[0], SImode) || reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], SImode)" - "@ - or %0,%.,%1 - or %0,%.,%L1 - or %0,%.,%1 - ldw %0,%M1 - ldw %0,%M1 - stw %1,%M0 - stw %1,%M0 - stw %.,%M0 - stw %.,%M0 - mvfsys %0,%1 - mvtsys %0,%1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,8,4,8,4,8,4,8,4,4") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,long,sload,lload,mu,long,mu,long,mu,mu")]) - -(define_expand "movdi" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "general_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 1 "general_operand" ""))] - "" - " -{ - if (!reload_in_progress && !reload_completed - && !register_operand (operands[0], DImode) - && !register_operand (operands[1], DImode)) - operands[1] = copy_to_mode_reg (DImode, operands[1]); -}") - -(define_insn "*movdi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "move_output_operand" "=e,e,e,e,Q,m,e,a,a") - (match_operand:DI 1 "move_input_operand" "eI,iF,Q,m,e,e,a,e,O"))] - "register_operand (operands[0], DImode) || register_operand (operands[1], DImode)" - "* return d30v_move_2words (operands, insn);" - [(set_attr "length" "8,16,4,8,4,8,8,4,4") - (set_attr "type" "multi,multi,sload,lload,mu,long,multi,iu,iu")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" ""))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 3)) - (set (match_dup 4) (match_dup 5))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[2], &operands[4]); - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &operands[3], &operands[5]); -}") - -(define_expand "movsf" - [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "general_operand" "") - (match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand" ""))] - "" - " -{ - if (!reload_in_progress && !reload_completed - && !register_operand (operands[0], SFmode) - && !reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], SFmode)) - operands[1] = copy_to_mode_reg (SFmode, operands[1]); -}") - -(define_insn "*movsf_internal" - [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "move_output_operand" "=d,d,d,d,d,Q,m,Q,m") - (match_operand:SF 1 "move_input_operand" "d,G,F,Q,m,d,d,G,G"))] - "register_operand (operands[0], SFmode) || reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], SFmode)" - "@ - or %0,%.,%1 - or %0,%.,0 - or %0,%.,%f1 - ldw %0,%M1 - ldw %0,%M1 - stw %1,%M0 - stw %1,%M0 - stw %.,%M0 - stw %.,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,8,4,8,4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,either,long,sload,lload,mu,long,mu,long")]) - -(define_expand "movdf" - [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "general_operand" "") - (match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand" ""))] - "" - " -{ - if (!reload_in_progress && !reload_completed - && !register_operand (operands[0], DFmode) - && !register_operand (operands[1], DFmode)) - operands[1] = copy_to_mode_reg (DFmode, operands[1]); -}") - -(define_insn "*movdf_internal" - [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "move_output_operand" "=e,e,e,e,Q,m,!*e,!*a") - (match_operand:DF 1 "move_input_operand" "eG,F,Q,m,e,e,!*a,!*e"))] - "register_operand (operands[0], DFmode) || register_operand (operands[1], DFmode)" - "* return d30v_move_2words (operands, insn);" - [(set_attr "length" "8,16,4,8,4,8,8,4") - (set_attr "type" "multi,multi,sload,lload,mu,long,multi,iu")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DF 1 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" ""))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 3)) - (set (match_dup 4) (match_dup 5))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[2], &operands[4]); - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &operands[3], &operands[5]); -}") - -(define_expand "movcc" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "general_operand" "") - (match_operand:CC 1 "general_operand" ""))] - "" - " -{ - if (!reload_in_progress && !reload_completed - && GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM - && GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM) - operands[1] = copy_to_mode_reg (CCmode, operands[1]); -}") - -(define_insn "*movcc_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "move_output_operand" "=f,f,f,d,f,d,*d,*d,*Q,*m") - (match_operand:CC 1 "move_input_operand" "f,O,N,f,d,dON,*Q,*m,*d,*d"))] - "!memory_operand (operands[0], CCmode) || !memory_operand (operands[1], CCmode)" - "@ - orfg %0,%1,%1 - andfg %0,%0,0 - orfg %0,%0,1 - mvfsys %0,%1 - mvtsys %0,%1 - or %0,%.,%1 - ldb %0,%M1 - ldb %0,%M1 - stb %1,%M0 - stb %1,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,4,4,4,4,4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,either,either,mu,mu,either,sload,lload,mu,long")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Conversions -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Signed conversions from a smaller integer to a larger integer -(define_insn "extendqihi2" - [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d") - (sign_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - # - ldb %0,%M1 - ldb %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "type" "multi,sload,lload") - (set_attr "length" "16,4,8")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (sign_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(match_dup 2) - (match_dup 3)] - " -{ - rtx op0 = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]); - rtx op1 = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[1]); - rtx shift = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, 24); - - operands[2] = gen_ashlsi3 (op0, op1, shift); - operands[3] = gen_ashrsi3 (op0, op0, shift); -}") - -(define_insn "extendqisi2" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d") - (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - # - ldb %0,%M1 - ldb %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "type" "multi,sload,lload") - (set_attr "length" "16,4,8")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(match_dup 2) - (match_dup 3)] - " -{ - rtx op0 = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]); - rtx op1 = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[1]); - rtx shift = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, 24); - - operands[2] = gen_ashlsi3 (op0, op1, shift); - operands[3] = gen_ashrsi3 (op0, op0, shift); -}") - -(define_insn "extendhisi2" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d") - (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - # - ldh %0,%M1 - ldh %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "type" "multi,sload,lload") - (set_attr "length" "16,4,8")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "gpr_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(match_dup 2) - (match_dup 3)] - " -{ - rtx op0 = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]); - rtx op1 = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[1]); - rtx shift = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, 16); - - operands[2] = gen_ashlsi3 (op0, op1, shift); - operands[3] = gen_ashrsi3 (op0, op0, shift); -}") - -(define_insn "extendqidi2" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e") - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,8,12") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 2) (sign_extend:SI (match_dup 1))) - (set (match_dup 3) (ashiftrt:SI (match_dup 2) (const_int 31)))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[2]); -}") - -(define_insn "extendhidi2" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e") - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,8,12") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 2) (sign_extend:SI (match_dup 1))) - (set (match_dup 3) (ashiftrt:SI (match_dup 2) (const_int 31)))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[2]); -}") - -(define_insn "extendsidi2" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e") - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,8,12") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 1)) - (set (match_dup 3) (ashiftrt:SI (match_dup 2) (const_int 31)))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[2]); -}") - -;; Unsigned conversions from a smaller integer to a larger integer - -(define_insn "zero_extendqihi2" - [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d") - (zero_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - and %0,%1,0xff - ldbu %0,%M1 - ldbu %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "zero_extendqisi2" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d") - (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - and %0,%1,0xff - ldbu %0,%M1 - ldbu %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "zero_extendhisi2" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d") - (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - and %0,%1,0xffff - ldhu %0,%M1 - ldhu %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "zero_extendqidi2" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e") - (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,8,12") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 2) (zero_extend:SI (match_dup 1))) - (set (match_dup 3) (const_int 0))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[2]); -}") - -(define_insn "zero_extendhidi2" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e") - (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,8,12") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:HI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 2) (zero_extend:SI (match_dup 1))) - (set (match_dup 3) (const_int 0))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[2]); -}") - -(define_insn "zero_extendsidi2" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e") - (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "d,Q,m")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,8,12") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_or_memory_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 1)) - (set (match_dup 3) (const_int 0))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[2]); -}") - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: 32 bit Integer arithmetic -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Addition -(define_expand "addsi3" - [(parallel [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" ""))) - (clobber (match_dup 3)) - (clobber (match_dup 4)) - (clobber (match_dup 5))])] - "" - " -{ - operands[3] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_CARRY); - operands[4] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_OVERFLOW); - operands[5] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_ACC_OVER); -}") - -(define_insn "*addsi3_internal" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" "f,f"))] - "" - "add %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long")]) - -;; Subtraction -(define_expand "subsi3" - [(parallel [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" ""))) - (clobber (match_dup 3)) - (clobber (match_dup 4)) - (clobber (match_dup 5))])] - "" - " -{ - operands[3] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_CARRY); - operands[4] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_OVERFLOW); - operands[5] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_ACC_OVER); -}") - -(define_insn "*subsi3_internal" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,d,O,O") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i,dI,i"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "f,f,f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "f,f,f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" "f,f,f,f"))] - "" - "@ - sub %0,%1,%2 - sub %0,%1,%2 - sub %0,%.,%2 - sub %0,%.,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,either,long")]) - -;; Multiplication (same size) -(define_insn "mulsi3" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_signed6_operand" "dI")))] - "" - "mul %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -;; Signed multiplication producing 64 bit results from 32 bit inputs -(define_insn "mulsidi3" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "=a") - (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d")) - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d"))))] - "" - "mulx %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -(define_insn "*mulsidi3_const" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "=a") - (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d")) - (match_operand:DI 2 "signed6_operand" "I")))] - "" - "mulx %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -;; Signed multiplication producing just the upper 32 bits from a 32x32->64 -;; bit multiply. We specifically allow any integer constant here so -;; allow division by constants to be done by multiplying by a large constant. - -(define_expand "smulsi3_highpart" - [(set (match_dup 3) - (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "")) - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" ""))) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (truncate:SI (lshiftrt:DI (match_dup 3) - (const_int 32))))] - "" - " -{ - operands[3] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); - - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT && - !IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (operands[2]), -32, 31)) - operands[2] = force_reg (SImode, operands[2]); - - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == REG || GET_CODE (operands[2]) == SUBREG) - operands[2] = gen_rtx (SIGN_EXTEND, DImode, operands[2]); -}") - -(define_insn "*di_highpart" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (truncate:SI (lshiftrt:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_or_accum_operand" "e,a") - (const_int 32))))] - "" - "@ - or %0,%.,%U1 - mvfacc %0,%1,32" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either,iu")]) - -;; Negation -(define_expand "negsi2" - [(parallel [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (neg:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" ""))) - (clobber (match_dup 2)) - (clobber (match_dup 3)) - (clobber (match_dup 4))])] - "" - " -{ - operands[2] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_CARRY); - operands[3] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_OVERFLOW); - operands[4] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_ACC_OVER); -}") - -(define_insn "*negsi2_internal" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (neg:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 2 "flag_operand" "=f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "=f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "=f"))] - "" - "sub %0,%.,%1" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -;; Absolute value -(define_insn "abssi2" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (abs:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d")))] - "" - "abs %0,%1" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: 64 bit Integer arithmetic -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Addition -(define_expand "adddi3" - [(parallel [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (plus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" ""))) - (clobber (match_dup 3)) - (clobber (match_dup 4)) - (clobber (match_dup 5))])] - "" - " -{ - operands[3] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_CARRY); - operands[4] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_OVERFLOW); - operands[5] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_ACC_OVER); -}") - -(define_insn "*adddi3_internal" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e,e") - (plus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "%e,e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "I,i,e,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,12,8,16") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "addsi3_set_carry" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i"))) - (set (match_operand:CC 3 "carry_operand" "=f,f") - (unspec [(match_dup 1) - (match_dup 2)] 1)) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "=f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" "=f,f"))] - "" - "add %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scarry,lcarry")]) - -(define_insn "addsi3_use_carry" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (unspec [(match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i") - (match_operand:CC 3 "carry_operand" "+f,f")] 2)) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "=f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" "=f,f"))] - "" - "addc %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scarry,lcarry")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (plus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" ""))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" ""))] - "reload_completed" - [(match_dup 6) - (match_dup 7)] - " -{ - rtx high[3]; - rtx low[3]; - - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &high[0], &low[0]); - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &high[1], &low[1]); - d30v_split_double (operands[2], &high[2], &low[2]); - - operands[6] = gen_addsi3_set_carry (low[0], low[1], low[2], operands[3], - operands[4], operands[5]); - - operands[7] = gen_addsi3_use_carry (high[0], high[1], high[2], operands[3], - operands[4], operands[5]); -}") - -;; Subtraction -(define_expand "subdi3" - [(parallel [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (minus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" ""))) - (clobber (match_dup 3)) - (clobber (match_dup 4)) - (clobber (match_dup 5))])] - "" - " -{ - operands[3] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_CARRY); - operands[4] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_OVERFLOW); - operands[5] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_ACC_OVER); -}") - -(define_insn "*subdi3_internal" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e,e") - (minus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "I,i,e,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,12,8,16") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "subsi3_set_carry" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,d,O,O") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i,dI,i"))) - (set (match_operand:CC 3 "carry_operand" "=f,f,f,f") - (unspec [(match_dup 1) - (match_dup 2)] 3)) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f"))] - "" - "@ - sub %0,%1,%2 - sub %0,%1,%2 - sub %0,%.,%2 - sub %0,%.,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scarry,lcarry,scarry,lcarry")]) - -(define_insn "subsi3_use_carry" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (unspec [(match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,d,O,O") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "dI,i,dI,i") - (match_operand:CC 3 "carry_operand" "+f,f,f,f")] 4)) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" "=f,f,f,f"))] - "" - "@ - subb %0,%1,%2 - subb %0,%1,%2 - subb %0,%.,%2 - subb %0,%.,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scarry,lcarry,scarry,lcarry")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (minus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" ""))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" ""))] - "reload_completed" - [(match_dup 6) - (match_dup 7)] - " -{ - rtx high[3]; - rtx low[3]; - - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &high[0], &low[0]); - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &high[1], &low[1]); - d30v_split_double (operands[2], &high[2], &low[2]); - - operands[6] = gen_subsi3_set_carry (low[0], low[1], low[2], operands[3], - operands[4], operands[5]); - - operands[7] = gen_subsi3_use_carry (high[0], high[1], high[2], operands[3], - operands[4], operands[5]); -}") - -;; Negation -(define_expand "negdi2" - [(parallel [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (neg:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" ""))) - (clobber (match_dup 2)) - (clobber (match_dup 3)) - (clobber (match_dup 4))])] - "" - " -{ - operands[2] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_CARRY); - operands[3] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_OVERFLOW); - operands[4] = gen_rtx (REG, CCmode, FLAG_ACC_OVER); -}") - -(define_insn "*negdi2_internal" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e") - (neg:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 2 "flag_operand" "=f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "=f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "=f"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e") - (neg:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 2 "flag_operand" "=f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "=f")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "=f"))] - "reload_completed" - [(match_dup 5) - (match_dup 6)] - " -{ - rtx high[2]; - rtx low[2]; - rtx r0 = const0_rtx; - - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &high[0], &low[0]); - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &high[1], &low[1]); - - operands[5] = gen_subsi3_set_carry (low[0], r0, low[1], operands[2], - operands[3], operands[4]); - - operands[6] = gen_subsi3_use_carry (high[0], r0, high[1], operands[2], - operands[3], operands[4]); -}") - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: 32 bit Integer Shifts and Rotates -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Arithmetic Shift Left (negate the shift value and use shift right) -(define_expand "ashlsi3" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (ashift:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_unsigned5_operand" "")))] - "" - " -{ - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != CONST_INT) - operands[2] = gen_rtx (NEG, SImode, negate_rtx (SImode, operands[2])); -}") - -(define_insn "*ashlsi3_constant" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (ashift:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "unsigned5_operand" "J")))] - "" - "sra %0,%1,%n2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*ashlsi3_register" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (ashift:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (neg:SI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d"))))] - "" - "sra %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -;; Arithmetic Shift Right -(define_insn "ashrsi3" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (ashiftrt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_unsigned5_operand" "dJ")))] - "" - "sra %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4")]) - -;; Logical Shift Right -(define_insn "lshrsi3" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (lshiftrt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_unsigned5_operand" "dJ")))] - "" - "srl %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -;; Rotate Left (negate the shift value and use rotate right) -(define_expand "rotlsi3" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (rotate:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_unsigned5_operand" "")))] - "" - " -{ - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != CONST_INT) - operands[2] = gen_rtx (NEG, SImode, negate_rtx (SImode, operands[2])); -}") - -(define_insn "*rotlsi3_constant" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (rotate:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "unsigned5_operand" "J")))] - "" - "rot %0,%1,%n2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*rotlsi3_register" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (rotate:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (neg:SI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d"))))] - "" - "rot %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -;; Rotate Right -(define_insn "rotrsi3" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (rotatert:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_unsigned5_operand" "dJ")))] - "" - "rot %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: 64 bit Integer Shifts and Rotates -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Arithmetic Shift Left -(define_expand "ashldi3" - [(parallel [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (ashift:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_unsigned6_operand" ""))) - (clobber (match_scratch:CC 3 ""))])] - "" - " -{ - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT) - { - if (IN_RANGE_P (INTVAL (operands[2]), 0, 63)) - { - emit_insn (gen_ashldi3_constant (operands[0], operands[1], operands[2])); - DONE; - } - else - operands[2] = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, operands[2]); - } - - operands[2] = gen_rtx (NEG, SImode, negate_rtx (SImode, operands[2])); -}") - -(define_insn "ashldi3_constant" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e") - (ashift:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "0,e") - (match_operand:SI 2 "unsigned6_operand" "J,P")))] - "" - "@ - src %U0,%L0,%n2\;sra %L0,%L0,%n2 - sra %U0,%L1,%s2\;or %L0,%.,0" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "*ashldi3_register" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e") - (ashift:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "0") - (neg:SI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d")))) - (clobber (match_scratch:CC 3 "=b"))] - "" - "cmpge %3,%2,-31\;src%T3 %U0,%L0,%2\;sra%T3 %L0,%L0,%2\;sub%F3 %U0,%2,-32\;sra%F3 %U0,%L0,%U0\;or%F3 %L0,%.,0" - [(set_attr "length" "32") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -;; Arithmetic Shift Right -(define_insn "ashrdi3" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e") - (ashiftrt:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "0,e,0") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_unsigned6_operand" "J,P,d"))) - (clobber (match_scratch:CC 3 "=X,X,b"))] - "" - "@ - src %L0,%U0,%2\;sra %U0,%U0,%2 - sra %L0,%U1,%S2\;sra %U0,%L0,31 - cmple %3,%2,31\;src%T3 %L0,%U0,%2\;sra%T3 %U0,%U0,%2\;add%F3 %L0,%2,-32\;sra%F3 %L0,%U0,%L0\;sra%F3 %U0,%U0,31" - [(set_attr "length" "8,8,28") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -;; Logical Shift Right - -(define_insn "lshrdi3" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,e") - (lshiftrt:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "0,e,0") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_unsigned6_operand" "J,P,d"))) - (clobber (match_scratch:CC 3 "=X,X,b"))] - "" - "@ - src %L0,%U0,%2\;srl %U0,%U0,%2 - srl %L0,%U1,%S2\;or %U0,%.,0 - cmple %3,%2,31\;src%T3 %L0,%U0,%2\;srl%T3 %U0,%U0,%2\;add%F3 %L0,%2,-32\;srl%F3 %L0,%U0,%L0\;or%F3 %U0,%.,0" - [(set_attr "length" "8,8,28") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: 32 Bit Integer Logical operations -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Logical AND, 32 bit integers -(define_expand "andsi3" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "")))] - "" - "") - -(define_insn "*andsi3_register" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d")))] - "" - "and %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*andsi3_move" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%0,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "const_int_operand" "n,n")))] - "((INTVAL (operands[2]) & 0xffffffff) == 0xffffffff)" - "@ - ; and 0xffffffff to same register - and %0,%1,-1" - [(set_attr "length" "0,4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*andsi3_constant" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d,d,d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "const_int_operand" "L,O,I,i")))] - "" - "@ - bclr %0,%1,%B2 - or %0,%.,0 - and %0,%1,%2 - and %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,either,either,long")]) - -(define_insn "*andsi3_bclr" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (not:SI (lshiftrt:SI (const_int -2147483648) - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d")))))] - "" - "bclr %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -;; Inclusive OR, 32 bit integers -(define_expand "iorsi3" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "")))] - "" - "") - -(define_insn "*iorsi3_register" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d")))] - "" - "or %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*iorsi3_constant" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d,0,d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "const_int_operand" "K,O,I,i")))] - "" - "@ - bset %0,%1,%B2 - ; or 0 to same register (%0) - or %0,%1,%2 - or %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4,0,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,either,either,long")]) - -(define_insn "*iorsi3_bset" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (lshiftrt:SI (const_int -2147483648) - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d"))))] - "" - "bset %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -;; Exclusive OR, 32 bit integers -(define_expand "xorsi3" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (xor:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "")))] - "" - "") - -(define_insn "*xorsi3_register" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (xor:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d")))] - "" - "xor %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*xorsi3_constant" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (xor:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d,0,d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "const_int_operand" "K,O,I,i")))] - "" - "@ - bnot %0,%1,%B2 - ; xor 0 to same register (%0) - xor %0,%1,%2 - xor %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4,0,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,either,either,long")]) - -(define_insn "*iorsi3_bnot" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (xor:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (lshiftrt:SI (const_int -2147483648) - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d"))))] - "" - "bnot %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -;; One's complement, 32 bit integers -(define_insn "one_cmplsi2" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (not:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d")))] - "" - "not %0,%1" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: 64 Bit Integer Logical operations -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Logical AND, 64 bit integers -(define_insn "anddi3" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,&e,e,e,e") - (and:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "%e,0,e,e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "0,e,e,I,i,F")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,8,8,8,12,16") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (and:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 3) (and:SI (match_dup 4) (match_dup 5))) - (set (match_dup 6) (and:SI (match_dup 7) (match_dup 8)))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[6]); - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &operands[4], &operands[7]); - d30v_split_double (operands[2], &operands[5], &operands[8]); -}") - -;; Includive OR, 64 bit integers -(define_insn "iordi3" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,&e,e,e,e") - (ior:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "%e,0,e,e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "0,e,e,I,i,F")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,8,8,8,12,16") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (ior:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 3) (ior:SI (match_dup 4) (match_dup 5))) - (set (match_dup 6) (ior:SI (match_dup 7) (match_dup 8)))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[6]); - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &operands[4], &operands[7]); - d30v_split_double (operands[2], &operands[5], &operands[8]); -}") - -;; Excludive OR, 64 bit integers -(define_insn "xordi3" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,e,&e,e,e,e") - (xor:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "%e,0,e,e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "0,e,e,I,i,F")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,8,8,8,12,16") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (xor:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 3) (xor:SI (match_dup 4) (match_dup 5))) - (set (match_dup 6) (xor:SI (match_dup 7) (match_dup 8)))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[6]); - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &operands[4], &operands[7]); - d30v_split_double (operands[2], &operands[5], &operands[8]); -}") - -;; One's complement, 64 bit integers -(define_insn "one_cmpldi2" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "=e,&e") - (not:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "0,e")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (not:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 3) (not:SI (match_dup 4))) - (set (match_dup 5) (not:SI (match_dup 6)))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[0], &operands[3], &operands[5]); - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &operands[4], &operands[6]); -}") - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Multiply and accumulate instructions -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -(define_insn "*mac_reg" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "+a") - (plus:DI (match_dup 0) - (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d")) - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d")))))] - "" - "mac%A0 %.,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -(define_insn "*mac_const" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "+a") - (plus:DI (match_dup 0) - (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d")) - (match_operand:DI 2 "signed6_operand" "I"))))] - "" - "mac%A0 %.,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -(define_insn "*macs_reg" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "+a") - (plus:DI (match_dup 0) - (ashift:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d")) - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d"))) - (const_int 1))))] - "" - "macs%A0 %.,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -(define_insn "*macs_const" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "+a") - (plus:DI (match_dup 0) - (ashift:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d")) - (match_operand:DI 2 "signed6_operand" "I")) - (const_int 1))))] - "" - "macs%A0 %.,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -(define_insn "*msub_reg" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "+a") - (minus:DI (match_dup 0) - (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d")) - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d")))))] - "" - "msub%A0 %.,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -(define_insn "*msub_const" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "+a") - (minus:DI (match_dup 0) - (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d")) - (match_operand:DI 2 "signed6_operand" "I"))))] - "" - "msub%A0 %.,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -(define_insn "*msubs_reg" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "+a") - (minus:DI (match_dup 0) - (ashift:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d")) - (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d"))) - (const_int 1))))] - "" - "msubs%A0 %.,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - -(define_insn "*msubs_const" - [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "accum_operand" "+a") - (minus:DI (match_dup 0) - (ashift:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d")) - (match_operand:DI 2 "signed6_operand" "I")) - (const_int 1))))] - "" - "msubs%A0 %.,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mul")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Comparisons -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Note, we store the operands in the comparison insns, and use them later -;; when generating the branch or scc operation. - -;; First the routines called by the machine independent part of the compiler -(define_expand "cmpsi" - [(set (cc0) - (compare (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "")))] - "" - " -{ - d30v_compare_op0 = operands[0]; - d30v_compare_op1 = operands[1]; - DONE; -}") - -(define_expand "cmpdi" - [(set (cc0) - (compare (match_operand:DI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 1 "nonmemory_operand" "")))] - "" - " -{ - d30v_compare_op0 = operands[0]; - d30v_compare_op1 = operands[1]; - DONE; -}") - -;; Now, the actual comparisons, generated by the branch and/or scc operations - -;; 32 bit integer tests -(define_insn "*srelational" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f,f") - (match_operator:CC 1 "srelational_si_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 3 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i")]))] - "" - "%R1 %0,%2,%3" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scmp,lcmp")]) - -(define_insn "*urelational" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f,f") - (match_operator:CC 1 "urelational_si_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 3 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dJP,i")]))] - "" - "%R1 %0,%2,%3" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scmp,lcmp")]) - -;; Code used after splitting DI compares - -(define_insn "*movcccc_signed_true" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f,f") - (if_then_else:CC (match_operand:CC 1 "br_flag_operand" "f,f") - (match_operator:CC 3 "srelational_si_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 4 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 5 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i")]) - (match_dup 0)))] - "" - "%R3%T1 %0,%4,%5" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scmp,lcmp")]) - -(define_insn "*movcccc_signed_false" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f,f") - (if_then_else:CC (match_operand:CC 1 "br_flag_operand" "f,f") - (match_dup 0) - (match_operator:CC 3 "srelational_si_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 4 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 5 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i")])))] - "" - "%R3%F1 %0,%4,%5" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scmp,lcmp")]) - -(define_insn "*movcccc_unsigned_true" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f,f") - (if_then_else:CC (match_operand:CC 1 "br_flag_operand" "f,f") - (match_operator:CC 3 "urelational_si_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 4 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 5 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dJP,i")]) - (match_dup 0)))] - "" - "%R3%T1 %0,%4,%5" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scmp,lcmp")]) - -(define_insn "*movcccc_unsigned_false" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f,f") - (if_then_else:CC (match_operand:CC 1 "br_flag_operand" "f,f") - (match_dup 0) - (match_operator:CC 3 "urelational_si_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 4 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 5 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dJP,i")])))] - "" - "%R3%F1 %0,%4,%5" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "scmp,lcmp")]) - -;; 64 bit integer tests -(define_insn "*eqdi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "br_flag_operand" "=b,b,b") - (eq:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eI,i,F")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,12,16") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "br_flag_operand" "") - (eq:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 0) - (eq:CC (match_dup 3) - (match_dup 4))) - (set (match_dup 0) - (if_then_else:CC (match_dup 0) - (eq:CC (match_dup 5) - (match_dup 6)) - (match_dup 0)))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &operands[3], &operands[5]); - d30v_split_double (operands[2], &operands[4], &operands[6]); -}") - -(define_insn "*nedi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "br_flag_operand" "=b,b,b") - (ne:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eI,i,F")))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "8,12,16") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "br_flag_operand" "") - (ne:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "")))] - "reload_completed" - [(set (match_dup 0) - (ne:CC (match_dup 3) - (match_dup 4))) - (set (match_dup 0) - (if_then_else:CC (match_dup 0) - (match_dup 0) - (ne:CC (match_dup 5) - (match_dup 6))))] - " -{ - d30v_split_double (operands[1], &operands[3], &operands[5]); - d30v_split_double (operands[2], &operands[4], &operands[6]); -}") - -(define_insn "*ltdi_zero" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f") - (lt:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e") - (const_int 0)))] - "" - "cmplt %0,%U1,0" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "scmp")]) - -(define_insn "*ltdi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=&f,&f,&f") - (lt:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eJP,i,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "=&b,&b,&b"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,16,24") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "*ledi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=&f,&f,&f") - (le:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eJP,i,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "=&b,&b,&b"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,16,24") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "*gtdi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=&f,&f,&f") - (gt:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eJP,i,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "=&b,&b,&b"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,16,24") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "*gedi_zero" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f") - (ge:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e") - (const_int 0)))] - "" - "cmpge %0,%U1,0" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "scmp")]) - -(define_insn "*gedi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=&f,&f,&f") - (ge:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eJP,i,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "=&b,&b,&b"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,16,24") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "*ltudi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=&f,&f,&f") - (ltu:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eJP,i,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "=&b,&b,&b"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,16,24") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "*leudi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=&f,&f,&f") - (leu:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eJP,i,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "=&b,&b,&b"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,16,24") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "*gtudi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=&f,&f,&f") - (gtu:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eJP,i,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "=&b,&b,&b"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,16,24") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_insn "*geudi_internal" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=&f,&f,&f") - (geu:CC (match_operand:DI 1 "gpr_operand" "e,e,e") - (match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "eJP,i,F"))) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "=&b,&b,&b"))] - "" - "#" - [(set_attr "length" "12,16,24") - (set_attr "type" "multi")]) - -(define_split - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "") - (match_operator:CC 1 "relational_di_operator" - [(match_operand:DI 2 "gpr_operand" "") - (match_operand:DI 3 "gpr_or_dbl_const_operand" "")])) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "br_flag_operand" ""))] - "reload_completed" - [(match_dup 5) - (match_dup 6) - (match_dup 7)] - " -{ - enum rtx_code cond = GET_CODE (operands[1]); - enum rtx_code ucond = unsigned_condition (cond); - rtx tmpflag = operands[4]; - rtx outflag = operands[0]; - rtx high[2]; - rtx low[2]; - - d30v_split_double (operands[2], &high[0], &low[0]); - d30v_split_double (operands[3], &high[1], &low[1]); - - operands[5] = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, - tmpflag, - gen_rtx (EQ, CCmode, high[0], high[1])); - - operands[6] = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, - outflag, - gen_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, CCmode, - tmpflag, - outflag, - gen_rtx (cond, CCmode, high[0], high[1]))); - - operands[7] = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, - outflag, - gen_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, CCmode, - tmpflag, - gen_rtx (ucond, CCmode, low[0], low[1]), - outflag)); -}") - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Branches -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Define_expands called by the machine independent part of the compiler -;; to allocate a new comparison register - -(define_expand "beq" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (EQ, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "bne" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (NE, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "bgt" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (GT, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "bge" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (GE, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "blt" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (LT, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "ble" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (LE, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "bgtu" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (GTU, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "bgeu" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (GEU, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "bltu" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (LTU, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "bleu" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (ne:CC (match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (LEU, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -;; Actual branches. We must allow for the (label_ref) and the (pc) to be -;; swapped. If they are swapped, it reverses the sense of the branch. -;; Also handle changing the ne to eq. -;; In order for the length calculations to be correct, the label must be -;; operand 0. - -;; We used to handle branches against 0 to be folded directly into -;; bratnz/bratzr instruction, but this dimisses the possibility of doing -;; conditional execution. Instead handle these via peepholes. - -;; Branches based off of the flag bits -(define_insn "*bra_true" - [(set (pc) - (if_then_else (match_operator:CC 1 "condexec_branch_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 2 "br_flag_or_constant_operand" "b,I,N") - (const_int 0)]) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "" - "* -{ - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == REG || GET_CODE (operands[2]) == SUBREG) - return \"bra%F1 %l0\"; - - if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != CONST_INT) - fatal_insn (\"bad jump\", insn); - - if ((GET_CODE (operands[1]) == EQ && INTVAL (operands[2]) == 0) - || (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == NE && INTVAL (operands[2]) != 0)) - return \"bra %l0\"; - - return \"; jump to %l0 optimized away\"; -}" - [(set_attr "type" "br")]) - -(define_insn "*bra_false" - [(set (pc) - (if_then_else (match_operator:CC 1 "condexec_branch_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 2 "br_flag_or_constant_operand" "b,I,N") - (const_int 0)]) - (pc) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))))] - "" - "* -{ - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == REG || GET_CODE (operands[2]) == SUBREG) - return \"bra%T1 %l0\"; - - if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != CONST_INT) - fatal_insn (\"bad jump\", insn); - - if ((GET_CODE (operands[1]) == EQ && INTVAL (operands[2]) != 0) - || (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == NE && INTVAL (operands[2]) == 0)) - return \"bra %l0\"; - - return \"; jump to %l0 optimized away\"; -}" - [(set_attr "type" "br")]) - -;; Peepholes to turn set flag, cond. jumps into branch if register ==/!= 0. - -(define_peephole - [(set (match_operand:CC 1 "br_flag_operand" "=b") - (match_operator:CC 2 "branch_zero_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 3 "gpr_operand" "d") - (const_int 0)])) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (match_operator:CC 4 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)]) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) - (pc)))] - "(find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (operands[1])) != 0)" - "* -{ - int true_false = 1; - - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == EQ) - true_false = !true_false; - - if (GET_CODE (operands[4]) == EQ) - true_false = !true_false; - - return (true_false) ? \"bratnz %3,%l0\" : \"bratzr %3,%l0\"; -}" - [(set_attr "type" "br2")]) - -(define_peephole - [(set (match_operand:CC 1 "br_flag_operand" "=b") - (match_operator:CC 2 "branch_zero_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 3 "gpr_operand" "d") - (const_int 0)])) - (set (pc) - (if_then_else (match_operator:CC 4 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_dup 1) - (const_int 0)]) - (pc) - (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))))] - "(find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (operands[1])) != 0)" - "* -{ - int true_false = 0; - - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == EQ) - true_false = !true_false; - - if (GET_CODE (operands[4]) == EQ) - true_false = !true_false; - - return (true_false) ? \"bratnz %3,%l0\" : \"bratzr %3,%l0\"; -}" - [(set_attr "type" "br2")]) - -;; Convert if (a & mask) into btst. */ -(define_peephole - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "bitset_operand" "K"))) - (set (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "=f") - (ne:CC (match_dup 0) - (const_int 0)))] - "(find_regno_note (prev_nonnote_insn (insn), REG_DEAD, REGNO (operands[0])) != 0)" - "btst %3,%1,%B2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Set flag operations -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Define_expands called by the machine independent part of the compiler -;; to allocate a new comparison register - -;; ??? These patterns should all probably use (ne:SI ... (const_int 0)) instead -;; of (eq:SI ... (const_int 1)), because the former is the canonical form. -;; The non-canonical form was used here because I was just trying to get the -;; port working again after it broke, and the non-canonical form was the -;; safer faster way to fix this. - - -(define_expand "seq" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (EQ, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "sne" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (NE, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "sgt" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (GT, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "sge" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (GE, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "slt" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (LT, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "sle" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (LE, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "sgtu" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (GTU, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "sgeu" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (GEU, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "sltu" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (LTU, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -(define_expand "sleu" - [(match_dup 2) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (eq:SI (match_dup 1) (const_int 1)))] - "" - " -{ - operands[1] = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode); - operands[2] = d30v_emit_comparison (LEU, operands[1], - d30v_compare_op0, - d30v_compare_op1); -}") - -;; Set flag operations We purposely prefer using flag registers other than f0 -;; and f1 to allow the setcc operations not add to the register pressure on -;; f0/f1. -(define_insn "*setcc_internal" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,!*d") - (eq:SI (match_operand:CC 1 "flag_operand" "z,!b,!*d") - (const_int 1)))] - "" - "@ - mvfsys %0,%1 - mvfsys %0,%1 - or %0,%.,%1" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Operations on flags -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -(define_insn "andcc3" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f") - (and:CC (match_operand:CC 1 "flag_operand" "f") - (match_operand:CC 2 "flag_operand" "f")))] - "" - "andfg %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "iorcc3" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f") - (ior:CC (match_operand:CC 1 "flag_operand" "f") - (match_operand:CC 2 "flag_operand" "f")))] - "" - "orfg %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "xorcc3" - [(set (match_operand:CC 0 "flag_operand" "=f") - (xor:CC (match_operand:CC 1 "flag_operand" "f") - (match_operand:CC 2 "flag_operand" "f")))] - "" - "xorfg %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -;; This is the canonical form produced by combine. - -(define_insn "incscc" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (plus:SI (eq:SI (match_operand:CC 1 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 1)) - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d")))] - "" - "add%T1 %0,%2,1" -[(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "decscc" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (eq:SI (match_operand:CC 2 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 1))))] - "" - "sub%T2 %0,%1,1" -[(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Call and branch instructions -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Subroutine call instruction returning no value. Operand 0 is the function -;; to call; operand 1 is the number of bytes of arguments pushed (in mode -;; `SImode', except it is normally a `const_int'); operand 2 is the number of -;; registers used as operands. - -;; On most machines, operand 2 is not actually stored into the RTL pattern. It -;; is supplied for the sake of some RISC machines which need to put this -;; information into the assembler code; they can put it in the RTL instead of -;; operand 1. - -(define_expand "call" - [(parallel [(call (match_operand 0 "call_operand" "") - (match_operand 1 "" "")) - (use (match_operand 2 "" "")) - (clobber (match_dup 3))])] - "" - " -{ - if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) == SUBREG) - XEXP (operands[0], 0) = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (operands[0], 0)); - - if (!operands[2]) - operands[2] = const0_rtx; - - operands[3] = gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, GPR_LINK); -}") - -(define_insn "*call_internal" - [(call (match_operand 0 "call_operand" "R,S") - (match_operand 1 "" "")) - (use (match_operand 2 "" "")) - (clobber (match_operand 3 "" "=d,d"))] - "" - "@ - jsr %0 - bsr %0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,long")]) - -;; Subroutine call instruction returning a value. Operand 0 is the hard -;; register in which the value is returned. There are three more operands, the -;; same as the three operands of the `call' instruction (but with numbers -;; increased by one). - -;; Subroutines that return `BLKmode' objects use the `call' insn. - -(define_expand "call_value" - [(parallel [(set (match_operand 0 "gpr_operand" "") - (call (match_operand 1 "call_operand" "") - (match_operand 2 "" ""))) - (use (match_operand 3 "" "")) - (clobber (match_dup 4))])] - "" - " -{ - if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == SUBREG) - XEXP (operands[1], 0) = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (operands[1], 0)); - - if (!operands[3]) - operands[3] = const0_rtx; - - operands[4] = gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, GPR_LINK); -}") - -(define_insn "*call_value_internal" - [(set (match_operand 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (call (match_operand 1 "call_operand" "R,S") - (match_operand 2 "" ""))) - (use (match_operand 3 "" "")) - (clobber (match_operand 4 "" "=d,d"))] - "" - "@ - jsr %1 - bsr %1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,long")]) - -;; Subroutine return -(define_insn "return" - [(return)] - "direct_return ()" - "jmp link" - [(set_attr "length" "4")]) - -;; Normal unconditional jump -(define_insn "jump" - [(set (pc) (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")))] - "" - "bra %l0" - [(set_attr "type" "br")]) - -;; Indirect jump through a register -(define_insn "indirect_jump" - [(set (pc) (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "d"))] - "" - "jmp %0" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mu")]) - -;; Instruction to jump to a variable address. This is a low-level capability -;; which can be used to implement a dispatch table when there is no `casesi' -;; pattern. - -;; This pattern requires two operands: the address or offset, and a label which -;; should immediately precede the jump table. If the macro -;; `CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE' is defined then the first operand is an offset -;; which counts from the address of the table; otherwise, it is an absolute -;; address to jump to. In either case, the first operand has mode `Pmode'. - -;; The `tablejump' insn is always the last insn before the jump table it uses. -;; Its assembler code normally has no need to use the second operand, but you -;; should incorporate it in the RTL pattern so that the jump optimizer will not -;; delete the table as unreachable code. - -(define_insn "tablejump" - [(set (pc) (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "d")) - (use (label_ref (match_operand 1 "" "")))] - "" - "jmp %0" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "mu")]) - - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Prologue and Epilogue instructions -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Called after register allocation to add any instructions needed for the -;; prologue. Using a prologue insn is favored compared to putting all of the -;; instructions in the FUNCTION_PROLOGUE macro, since it allows the scheduler -;; to intermix instructions with the saves of the caller saved registers. In -;; some cases, it might be necessary to emit a barrier instruction as the last -;; insn to prevent such scheduling. - -(define_expand "prologue" - [(const_int 1)] - "" - " -{ - d30v_expand_prologue (); - DONE; -}") - -;; Called after register allocation to add any instructions needed for the -;; epilogue. Using a epilogue insn is favored compared to putting all of the -;; instructions in the FUNCTION_PROLOGUE macro, since it allows the scheduler -;; to intermix instructions with the saves of the caller saved registers. In -;; some cases, it might be necessary to emit a barrier instruction as the last -;; insn to prevent such scheduling. - -(define_expand "epilogue" - [(const_int 2)] - "" - " -{ - d30v_expand_epilogue (); - DONE; -}") - -(define_expand "eh_epilogue" - [(use (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "r")) - (use (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "r")) - (use (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "r"))] - "" - " -{ - d30v_eh_epilogue_sp_ofs = operands[1]; - if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != REG || REGNO (operands[2]) != GPR_LINK) - { - rtx ra = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, GPR_LINK); - emit_move_insn (ra, operands[2]); - operands[2] = ra; - } -}") - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Conditional move instructions -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; Conditionally move operand 2 or operand 3 into operand 0 according to the -;; comparison in operand 1. If the comparison is true, operand 2 is moved into -;; operand 0, otherwise operand 3 is moved. - -;; The mode of the operands being compared need not be the same as the operands -;; being moved. Some machines, sparc64 for example, have instructions that -;; conditionally move an integer value based on the floating point condition -;; codes and vice versa. - -;; If the machine does not have conditional move instructions, do not -;; define these patterns. - -(define_expand "movqicc" - [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "cond_move_operand" "") - (if_then_else:QI (match_operand 1 "" "") - (match_operand:QI 2 "cond_move_operand" "") - (match_operand:QI 3 "cond_move_operand" "")))] - "TARGET_COND_MOVE" - " -{ - if (!d30v_emit_cond_move (operands[0], operands[1], operands[2], operands[3])) - FAIL; - - DONE; -}") - -(define_insn "*movqicc_internal" - [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "cond_move_operand" "=d,d,d,d,&d,Q,m") - (if_then_else:QI (match_operator:CC 1 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 2 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (match_operand:QI 3 "cond_move_operand" "0,dIQ,0,im,dim,dO,dO") - (match_operand:QI 4 "cond_move_operand" "dIQ,0,im,0,dim,dO,dO")))] - "TARGET_COND_MOVE - && (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM - || (reg_or_0_operand (operands[2], QImode) - && reg_or_0_operand (operands[3], QImode)))" - "* return d30v_cond_move (operands, insn, \"ldbu\", \"stb\");" - [(set_attr "type" "either,either,long,long,multi,multi,multi") - (set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8,16,8,16")]) - -(define_expand "movhicc" - [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "cond_move_operand" "") - (if_then_else:HI (match_operand 1 "" "") - (match_operand:HI 2 "cond_move_operand" "") - (match_operand:HI 3 "cond_move_operand" "")))] - "TARGET_COND_MOVE" - " -{ - if (!d30v_emit_cond_move (operands[0], operands[1], operands[2], operands[3])) - FAIL; - - DONE; -}") - -(define_insn "*movhicc_internal" - [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "cond_move_operand" "=d,d,d,d,&d,Q,m") - (if_then_else:HI (match_operator:CC 1 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 2 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (match_operand:HI 3 "cond_move_operand" "0,dIQ,0,im,dim,dO,dO") - (match_operand:HI 4 "cond_move_operand" "dIQ,0,im,0,dim,dO,dO")))] - "TARGET_COND_MOVE - && (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM - || (reg_or_0_operand (operands[2], HImode) - && reg_or_0_operand (operands[3], HImode)))" - "* return d30v_cond_move (operands, insn, \"ldhu\", \"sth\");" - [(set_attr "type" "either,either,long,long,multi,multi,multi") - (set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8,16,8,16")]) - -(define_expand "movsicc" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "cond_move_operand" "") - (if_then_else:SI (match_operand 1 "" "") - (match_operand:SI 2 "cond_move_operand" "") - (match_operand:SI 3 "cond_move_operand" "")))] - "TARGET_COND_MOVE" - " -{ - if (!d30v_emit_cond_move (operands[0], operands[1], operands[2], operands[3])) - FAIL; - - DONE; -}") - -(define_insn "*movsicc_internal" - [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "cond_move_operand" "=d,d,d,d,&d,Q,m") - (if_then_else:SI (match_operator:CC 1 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 2 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (match_operand:SI 3 "cond_move_operand" "0,dIQ,0,im,dim,dO,dO") - (match_operand:SI 4 "cond_move_operand" "dIQ,0,im,0,dim,dO,dO")))] - "TARGET_COND_MOVE - && (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM - || (reg_or_0_operand (operands[2], SImode) - && reg_or_0_operand (operands[3], SImode)))" - "* return d30v_cond_move (operands, insn, \"ldw\", \"stw\");" - [(set_attr "type" "either,either,long,long,multi,multi,multi") - (set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8,16,8,16")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Conditional execution -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_qi_store_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:QI 0 "memory_operand" "=Q,Q,m,m") - (match_operand:QI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,O,d,O")) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "@ - stb%T2 %1,%M0 - stb%T2 %.,%M0 - stb%T2 %1,%M0 - stb%T2 %.,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,mu,long,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_qi_store_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:QI 0 "memory_operand" "=Q,Q,m,m") - (match_operand:QI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,O,d,O")))] - "" - "@ - stb%F2 %1,%M0 - stb%F2 %.,%M0 - stb%F2 %1,%M0 - stb%F2 %.,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,mu,long,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_qi_load_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:QI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (match_operand:QI 1 "cond_exec_operand" "dI,i,Q,m")) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "@ - or%T2 %0,%.,%1 - or%T2 %0,%.,%1 - ldb%T2 %0,%M1 - ldb%T2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_qi_load_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:QI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (match_operand:QI 1 "cond_exec_operand" "dI,i,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - or%F2 %0,%.,%1 - or%F2 %0,%.,%1 - ldb%F2 %0,%M1 - ldb%F2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_hi_store_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:HI 0 "memory_operand" "=Q,Q,m,m") - (match_operand:HI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,O,d,O")) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "@ - sth%T2 %1,%M0 - sth%T2 %.,%M0 - sth%T2 %1,%M0 - sth%T2 %.,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,mu,long,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_hi_store_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:HI 0 "memory_operand" "=Q,Q,m,m") - (match_operand:HI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,O,d,O")))] - "" - "@ - sth%F2 %1,%M0 - sth%F2 %.,%M0 - sth%F2 %1,%M0 - sth%F2 %.,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,mu,long,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_hi_load_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:HI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (match_operand:HI 1 "cond_exec_operand" "dI,i,Q,m")) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "@ - or%T2 %0,%.,%1 - or%T2 %0,%.,%1 - ldh%T2 %0,%M1 - ldh%T2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_hi_load_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:HI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (match_operand:HI 1 "cond_exec_operand" "dI,i,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - or%F2 %0,%.,%1 - or%F2 %0,%.,%1 - ldh%F2 %0,%M1 - ldh%F2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_hi_extend_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:HI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (match_operator:HI 4 "condexec_extend_operator" - [(match_operand 1 "d30v_memory_operand" "Q,m")])) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "ldb%E4%T2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_hi_extend_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:HI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (match_operator:HI 4 "condexec_extend_operator" - [(match_operand 1 "d30v_memory_operand" "Q,m")])))] - "" - "ldb%E4%F2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_hi_extend2_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:HI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (zero_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_operand" "d"))) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "and%T2 %0,%1,0xff" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_hi_extend2_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:HI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (zero_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_operand" "d"))))] - "" - "and%F2 %0,%1,0xff" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_store_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "memory_operand" "=Q,Q,m,m") - (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,O,d,O")) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "@ - stw%T2 %1,%M0 - stw%T2 %.,%M0 - stw%T2 %1,%M0 - stw%T2 %.,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,mu,long,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_store_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "memory_operand" "=Q,Q,m,m") - (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,O,d,O")))] - "" - "@ - stw%F2 %1,%M0 - stw%F2 %.,%M0 - stw%F2 %1,%M0 - stw%F2 %.,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,mu,long,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_load_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (match_operand:SI 1 "cond_exec_operand" "dI,i,Q,m")) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "@ - or%T2 %0,%.,%1 - or%T2 %0,%.,%1 - ldw%T2 %0,%M1 - ldw%T2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_load_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (match_operand:SI 1 "cond_exec_operand" "dI,i,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - or%F2 %0,%.,%1 - or%F2 %0,%.,%1 - ldw%F2 %0,%M1 - ldw%F2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_unary_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (match_operator:SI 4 "condexec_unary_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d")])) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "* -{ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[4])) - { - default: - fatal_insn (\"cond_exec_si_unary_true:\", insn); - - case ABS: return \"abs%T2 %0,%1\"; - case NOT: return \"not%T2 %0,%1\"; - case NEG: return \"sub%T2 %0,%.,%1\"; - } -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_unary_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (match_operator:SI 4 "condexec_unary_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d")])))] - "" - "* -{ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[4])) - { - default: - fatal_insn (\"cond_exec_si_unary_false:\", insn); - - case ABS: return \"abs%F2 %0,%1\"; - case NOT: return \"not%F2 %0,%1\"; - case NEG: return \"sub%F2 %0,%.,%1\"; - } -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_extend_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (match_operator:SI 4 "condexec_extend_operator" - [(match_operand 1 "d30v_memory_operand" "Q,m")])) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "* -{ - return ((GET_MODE (operands[1]) == QImode) - ? \"ldb%E4%T2 %0,%M1\" - : \"ldh%E4%T2 %0,%M1\"); -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_extend_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (match_operator:SI 4 "condexec_extend_operator" - [(match_operand 1 "d30v_memory_operand" "Q,m")])))] - "" - "* -{ - return ((GET_MODE (operands[1]) == QImode) - ? \"ldb%E4%F2 %0,%M1\" - : \"ldh%E4%F2 %0,%M1\"); -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_extend2_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_operand" "d"))) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "and%T2 %0,%1,0xff" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_extend2_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "gpr_operand" "d"))))] - "" - "and%F2 %0,%1,0xff" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_extend3_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "gpr_operand" "d"))) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "and%T2 %0,%1,0xffff" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_extend3_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "gpr_operand" "d"))))] - "" - "and%F2 %0,%1,0xffff" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_addsub_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 6 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 7 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (parallel [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (match_operator:SI 8 "condexec_addsub_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i")])) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" ""))]) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "* -{ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[8])) - { - default: - fatal_insn (\"cond_exec_si_addsub_true:\", insn); - - case PLUS: return \"add%T6 %0,%1,%2\"; - case MINUS: return \"sub%T6 %0,%1,%2\"; - } -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_addsub_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 6 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 7 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (parallel [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (match_operator:SI 8 "condexec_addsub_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i")])) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 3 "flag_operand" "")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 4 "flag_operand" "")) - (clobber (match_operand:CC 5 "flag_operand" ""))]))] - "" - "* -{ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[8])) - { - default: - fatal_insn (\"cond_exec_si_addsub_false:\", insn); - - case PLUS: return \"add%F6 %0,%1,%2\"; - case MINUS: return \"sub%F6 %0,%1,%2\"; - } -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_binary_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 3 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 4 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (match_operator:SI 5 "condexec_binary_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i")])) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "* -{ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[5])) - { - default: - fatal_insn (\"cond_exec_si_binary_true:\", insn); - - case AND: return \"and%T3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case IOR: return \"or%T3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case XOR: return \"xor%T3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case ASHIFT: return \"sra%T3 %0,%1,%n2\"; - case ASHIFTRT: return \"sra%T3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case LSHIFTRT: return \"srl%T3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case ROTATE: return \"rot%T3 %0,%1,%n2\"; - case ROTATERT: return \"rot%T3 %0,%1,%2\"; - } -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_binary_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 3 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 4 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (match_operator:SI 5 "condexec_binary_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d,d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_constant_operand" "dI,i")])))] - "" - "* -{ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[5])) - { - default: - fatal_insn (\"cond_exec_si_binary_false:\", insn); - - case AND: return \"and%F3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case IOR: return \"or%F3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case XOR: return \"xor%F3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case ASHIFT: return \"sra%F3 %0,%1,%n2\"; - case ASHIFTRT: return \"sra%F3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case LSHIFTRT: return \"srl%F3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case ROTATE: return \"rot%F3 %0,%1,%n2\"; - case ROTATERT: return \"rot%F3 %0,%1,%2\"; - } -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_shiftl_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 3 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 4 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (match_operator:SI 5 "condexec_shiftl_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (neg:SI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d"))])) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "* -{ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[5])) - { - default: - fatal_insn (\"cond_exec_si_shiftl_true:\", insn); - - case ASHIFT: return \"sra%T3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case ROTATE: return \"rot%T3 %0,%1,%2\"; - } -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_shiftl_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 3 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 4 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (match_operator:SI 5 "condexec_shiftl_operator" - [(match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "d") - (neg:SI (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_operand" "d"))])))] - "" - "* -{ - switch (GET_CODE (operands[5])) - { - default: - fatal_insn (\"cond_exec_si_shiftl_false:\", insn); - - case ASHIFT: return \"sra%F3 %0,%1,%2\"; - case ROTATE: return \"rot%F3 %0,%1,%2\"; - } -}" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "either")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_mul_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 3 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 4 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_signed6_operand" "dI"))) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "mul%T3 %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "iu")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_si_mul_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 3 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 4 "br_flag_operand" "b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SI 0 "gpr_operand" "=d") - (mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gpr_operand" "%d") - (match_operand:SI 2 "gpr_or_signed6_operand" "dI"))))] - "" - "mul%F3 %0,%1,%2" - [(set_attr "length" "4") - (set_attr "type" "iu")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_sf_store_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SF 0 "memory_operand" "=Q,Q,m,m") - (match_operand:SF 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,G,d,G")) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "@ - stw%T2 %1,%M0 - stw%T2 %.,%M0 - stw%T2 %1,%M0 - stw%T2 %.,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,mu,long,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_sf_store_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SF 0 "memory_operand" "=Q,Q,m,m") - (match_operand:SF 1 "reg_or_0_operand" "d,G,d,G")))] - "" - "@ - stw%F2 %1,%M0 - stw%F2 %.,%M0 - stw%F2 %1,%M0 - stw%F2 %.,%M0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,4,8,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,mu,long,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_sf_load_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (set (match_operand:SF 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (match_operand:SF 1 "cond_exec_operand" "d,F,Q,m")) - (const_int 0))] - "" - "@ - or%T2 %0,%.,%1 - or%T2 %0,%.,%f1 - ldw%T2 %0,%M1 - ldw%T2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_sf_load_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 2 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 3 "br_flag_operand" "b,b,b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) - (set (match_operand:SF 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d,d,d") - (match_operand:SF 1 "cond_exec_operand" "d,F,Q,m")))] - "" - "@ - or%F2 %0,%.,%1 - or%F2 %0,%.,%f1 - ldw%F2 %0,%M1 - ldw%F2 %0,%M1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8,4,8") - (set_attr "type" "either,long,sload,lload")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_call_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 4 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 5 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (parallel [(call (match_operand 0 "call_operand" "R,S") - (match_operand 1 "" "")) - (use (match_operand 2 "" "")) - (clobber (match_operand 3 "" ""))]) ;; return address, r63 - (const_int 0))] - "" - "jsr%T4 %0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_call_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 4 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 5 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) ;; return address, r63 - (parallel [(call (match_operand 0 "call_operand" "R,S") - (match_operand 1 "" "")) - (use (match_operand 2 "" "")) - (clobber (match_operand 3 "" ""))]))] - "" - "jsr%F4 %0" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_call_value_true" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 5 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 6 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (parallel [(set (match_operand 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (call (match_operand 1 "call_operand" "R,S") - (match_operand 2 "" ""))) - (use (match_operand 3 "" "")) - (clobber (match_operand 4 "" ""))]) ;; return address, r63 - (const_int 0))] - "" - "jsr%T5 %1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,long")]) - -(define_insn "*cond_exec_call_value_false" - [(if_then_else (match_operator 5 "condexec_test_operator" - [(match_operand:CC 6 "br_flag_operand" "b,b") - (const_int 0)]) - (const_int 0) ;; return address, r63 - (parallel [(set (match_operand 0 "gpr_operand" "=d,d") - (call (match_operand 1 "call_operand" "R,S") - (match_operand 2 "" ""))) - (use (match_operand 3 "" "")) - (clobber (match_operand 4 "" ""))]))] - "" - "jsr%F5 %1" - [(set_attr "length" "4,8") - (set_attr "type" "mu,long")]) - - -;; :::::::::::::::::::: -;; :: -;; :: Miscellaneous instructions -;; :: -;; :::::::::::::::::::: - -;; No operation, needed in case the user uses -g but not -O. -(define_insn "nop" - [(const_int 0)] - "" - "nop || nop" - [(set_attr "length" "8") - (set_attr "type" "long")]) - -;; Pseudo instruction that prevents the scheduler from moving code above this -;; point. -(define_insn "blockage" - [(unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] 0)] - "" - "" - [(set_attr "length" "0") - (set_attr "type" "unknown")]) - - -;; END CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v diff --git a/gcc/config/d30v/libgcc1.asm b/gcc/config/d30v/libgcc1.asm deleted file mode 100755 index dd18248..0000000 --- a/gcc/config/d30v/libgcc1.asm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -/* CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v */ -/* Assembly support functions for libgcc1. - * - * Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - * Contributed by Cygnus Support - * - * This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - * Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any - * later version. - * - * In addition to the permissions in the GNU General Public License, the - * Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission to link the - * compiled version of this file with other programs, and to distribute - * those programs without any restriction coming from the use of this - * file. (The General Public License restrictions do apply in other - * respects; for example, they cover modification of the file, and - * distribution when not linked into another program.) - * - * This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - * - * As a special exception, if you link this library with files - * compiled with GCC to produce an executable, this does not cause - * the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License. - * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why - * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. - */ - - -#ifdef L_udivsi3 - -/* For division, we use the following algorithm: - * - * unsigned - * __divsi3 (unsigned a, unsigned b) - * { - * unsigned al = a; - * unsigned ah = 0; - * unsigned tmpf; - * int i; - * - * for (i = 32; i > 0; i--) - * { - * ah = (ah << 1) | (al >> 31); - * tmpf = (ah >= b) ? 1 : 0; - * ah -= ((tmpf) ? b : 0); - * al = (al << 1) | tmpf; - * } - * - * return al; // for __udivsi3 - * return ah; // for __umodsi3 - * } - */ - - .file "_udivsi3" - .text - .globl __umodsi3 - .globl __udivsi3 - .type __umodsi3,@function - .type __udivsi3,@function - .stabs "libgcc1.asm",100,0,0,__umodsi3 - .stabs "int:t(0,1)=r(0,1);-2147483648;2147483647;",128,0,0,0 - .stabs "__umodsi3:F(0,1)",36,0,1,__umodsi3 - .stabs "a:P(0,1)",64,0,1,2 - .stabs "b:P(0,1)",64,0,1,3 - -__umodsi3: - bra.s .Lmerge || orfg f1,f1,1 ; indicate this is __umodsi3 -.Lumod: - .size __umodsi3,.Lumod-__umodsi3 - .stabs "",36,0,0,.Lumod-__umodsi3 - - .stabs "__udivsi3:F(0,1)",36,0,1,__udivsi3 - .stabs "a:P(0,1)",64,0,1,2 - .stabs "b:P(0,1)",64,0,1,3 -__udivsi3: - andfg f1,f1,0 || nop ; indicate this is __udivsi3 - -.Lmerge: - ; r2 = al - ; r3 = b - ; r4 = ah - ; r5 = loop counter - ; f0 = tmpf - ; f1 = 1 if this is mod, 0 if this is div - or r4,r0,0 || sub r5,r0,-32 ; ah = 0, loop = 32 - -.Lloop: - src r4,r2,-1 || sub r5,r5,1 ; ah = (ah << 1) | (al >> 31); decrement loop count - cmpuge f0,r4,r3 || sra r2,r2,-1 ; f0 = (ah >= b); al <<= 1 - sub/tx r4,r4,r3 || or/tx r2,r2,1 ; ah -= (tmpf) ? b : 0; al |= tmpf - bratnz.s r5,.Lloop || nop ; loop back if not done - jmp link || or/xt r2,r0,r4 ; if mod, update register, then return to user -.Ludiv: - .size __udivsi3,.Ludiv-__udivsi3 - .stabs "",36,0,0,.Ludiv-__udivsi3 - -#endif /* L_udivsi3 */ - - -#ifdef L_divsi3 - -/* For division, we use the following algorithm: - * - * unsigned - * __divsi3 (unsigned a, unsigned b) - * { - * unsigned al = __builtin_abs (a); - * unsigned b2 = __builtin_abs (b); - * unsigned ah = 0; - * unsigned tmpf; - * int i; - * - * for (i = 32; i > 0; i--) - * { - * ah = (ah << 1) | (al >> 31); - * tmpf = (ah >= b2) ? 1 : 0; - * ah -= ((tmpf) ? b2 : 0); - * al = (al << 1) | tmpf; - * } - * - * if (a < 0) - * ah = -ah, al = -al; - * - * if (b < 0) - * al = -al; - * - * return al; // for __divsi3 - * return ah; // for __modsi3 - * } - */ - - .file "_divsi3" - .text - .globl __modsi3 - .globl __divsi3 - .type __modsi3,@function - .type __divsi3,@function - .stabs "libgcc1.asm",100,0,0,__modsi3 - .stabs "int:t(0,1)=r(0,1);-2147483648;2147483647;",128,0,0,0 - .stabs "__modsi3:F(0,1)",36,0,1,__modsi3 - .stabs "a:P(0,1)",64,0,1,2 - .stabs "b:P(0,1)",64,0,1,3 - -__modsi3: - bra.s .Lmerge || orfg f1,f1,1 ; indicate this is __modsi3 -.Lmod: - .size __modsi3,.Lmod-__modsi3 - .stabs "",36,0,0,.Lmod-__modsi3 - - .stabs "__divsi3:F(0,1)",36,0,1,__divsi3 - .stabs "a:P(0,1)",64,0,1,2 - .stabs "b:P(0,1)",64,0,1,3 -__divsi3: - andfg f1,f1,0 || nop ; indicate this is __divsi3 - -.Lmerge: - ; r2 = al - ; r3 = b2 - ; r4 = ah - ; r5 = loop counter - ; r6 = a - ; r7 = b - ; f0 = tmpf - ; f1 = 1 if this is mod, 0 if this is div - or r6,r0,r2 || or r7,r0,r3 ; copy original inputs - abs r2,r2 || abs r3,r3 ; make both postive - or r4,r0,0 || sub r5,r0,-32 ; ah = 0, loop = 32 - -.Lloop: - src r4,r2,-1 || sub r5,r5,1 ; ah = (ah << 1) | (al >> 31); decrement loop count - cmpuge f0,r4,r3 || sra r2,r2,-1 ; f0 = (ah >= b); al <<= 1 - sub/tx r4,r4,r3 || or/tx r2,r2,1 ; ah -= (tmpf) ? b : 0; al |= tmpf - bratnz.s r5,.Lloop || nop ; loop back if not done - cmplt f0,r6,0 || nop ; f0 = (a < 0) - - sub/tx r2,r0,r2 || sub/tx r4,r0,r4 ; negate both al, ah if (a < 0) - cmplt f0,r7,0 -> sub/tx r2,r0,r2 ; negate al if (b < 0) - jmp link || or/xt r2,r0,r4 ; update result if mod; return to user -.Ldiv: - .size __divsi3,.Ldiv-__divsi3 - .stabs "",36,0,0,.Ldiv-__divsi3 - -#endif /* L_divsi3 */ -/* END CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v */ diff --git a/gcc/config/d30v/t-d30v b/gcc/config/d30v/t-d30v deleted file mode 100755 index feeb96f..0000000 --- a/gcc/config/d30v/t-d30v +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -# CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v -# Build libgcc1 from assembler sources -LIBGCC1 = libgcc1-asm.a -CROSS_LIBGCC1 = libgcc1-asm.a -LIB1ASMSRC = d30v/libgcc1.asm -LIB1ASMFUNCS = _udivsi3 _divsi3 - -# Turn on full debug for libgcc.a. -LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS = -g - -# These are really part of libgcc1, but this will cause them to be -# built correctly, so... -LIB2FUNCS_EXTRA = fp-bit.c dp-bit.c - -dp-bit.c: $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c config.status - cat $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c > dp-bit.c - -fp-bit.c: $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c config.status - echo '#define FLOAT' > fp-bit.c - echo '#define _fpadd_parts _fpadd_parts_sf' >> fp-bit.c - cat $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c >> fp-bit.c - -# For svr4 we build crtbegin.o and crtend.o which serve to add begin and -# end labels to the .ctors and .dtors section when we link using gcc. - -EXTRA_PARTS=crtbegin.o crtend.o - -# We need to use -fPIC when we are using gcc to compile the routines in -# crtstuff.c. This is only really needed when we are going to use gcc/g++ -# to produce a shared library, but since we don't know ahead of time when -# we will be doing that, we just always use -fPIC when compiling the -# routines in crtstuff.c. - -# Right now, disable, since we don't support shared libraries on d30v yet. -#CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS = -fPIC -# END CYGNUS LOCAL --meissner/d30v diff --git a/gcc/config/d30v/xm-d30v.h b/gcc/config/d30v/xm-d30v.h deleted file mode 100755 index 905d843..0000000 --- a/gcc/config/d30v/xm-d30v.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,199 +0,0 @@ -/* CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v */ -/* Definitions of target machine for use as an example. - Hack to fit. - Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. - -This file is part of GNU CC. - -GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -any later version. - -GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to -the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* #defines that need visibility everywhere. */ -#define FALSE 0 -#define TRUE 1 - -/* Define this macro if the host system is System V. */ -/* #define USG */ - -/* Define this macro if the host system is VMS. */ -/* #define VMS */ - -/* A C expression for the status code to be returned when the compiler exits - after serious errors. */ -#define FATAL_EXIT_CODE 33 - -/* A C expression for the status code to be returned when the compiler exits - without serious errors. */ -#define SUCCESS_EXIT_CODE 0 - -/* Defined if the host machine stores words of multi-word values in big-endian - order. (GNU CC does not depend on the host byte ordering within a word.) */ -#define HOST_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN - -/* Define this macro to be 1 if the host machine stores `DFmode', `XFmode' or - `TFmode' floating point numbers in memory with the word containing the sign - bit at the lowest address; otherwise, define it to be zero. - - This macro need not be defined if the ordering is the same as for multi-word - integers. */ -/* #define HOST_FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN */ - -/* A numeric code distinguishing the floating point format for the host - machine. See `TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT' in *Note Storage Layout:: for the - alternatives and default. */ -/* #define HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT */ - -/* A C expression for the number of bits in `char' on the host machine. */ -#define HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR 8 - -/* A C expression for the number of bits in `short' on the host machine. */ -#define HOST_BITS_PER_SHORT 16 - -/* A C expression for the number of bits in `int' on the host machine. */ -#define HOST_BITS_PER_INT 32 - -/* A C expression for the number of bits in `long' on the host machine. */ -#define HOST_BITS_PER_LONG 32 - -/* Define this macro to indicate that the host compiler only supports `int' bit - fields, rather than other integral types, including `enum', as do most C - compilers. */ -/* #define ONLY_INT_FIELDS */ - -/* A C expression for the size of ordinary obstack chunks. If you don't define - this, a usually-reasonable default is used. */ -/* #define OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE */ - -/* The function used to allocate obstack chunks. If you don't define this, - `xmalloc' is used. */ -/* #define OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC */ - -/* The function used to free obstack chunks. If you don't define this, `free' - is used. */ -/* #define OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE */ - -/* Define this macro to indicate that the compiler is running with the `alloca' - implemented in C. This version of `alloca' can be found in the file - `alloca.c'; to use it, you must also alter the `Makefile' variable `ALLOCA'. - (This is done automatically for the systems on which we know it is needed.) - - If you do define this macro, you should probably do it as follows: - - #ifndef __GNUC__ - #define USE_C_ALLOCA - #else - #define alloca __builtin_alloca - #endif - - so that when the compiler is compiled with GNU CC it uses the more efficient - built-in `alloca' function. */ - -#ifndef __GNUC__ -#define USE_C_ALLOCA -#else -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#endif - -/* Define this macro to indicate that the host compiler does not properly - handle converting a function value to a pointer-to-function when it is used - in an expression. */ -/* #define FUNCTION_CONVERSION_BUG */ - -/* Define this if the library function `vprintf' is available on your system. */ -/* #define HAVE_VPRINTF */ - -/* Define this macro to enable support for multibyte characters in the input to - GNU CC. This requires that the host system support the ANSI C library - functions for converting multibyte characters to wide characters. */ -/* #define MULTIBYTE_CHARS */ - -/* Define this if the library function `putenv' is available on your system. */ -/* #define HAVE_PUTENV */ - -/* Define this if your system is POSIX.1 compliant. */ -/* #define POSIX */ - -/* Define this if your system *does not* provide the variable `sys_siglist'. */ -/* #define NO_SYS_SIGLIST */ - -/* Define this if your system has the variable `sys_siglist', and there is - already a declaration of it in the system header files. */ -/* #define DONT_DECLARE_SYS_SIGLIST */ - -/* Define this to be 1 if you know that the host compiler supports prototypes, - even if it doesn't define __STDC__, or define it to be 0 if you do not want - any prototypes used in compiling GNU CC. If `USE_PROTOTYPES' is not - defined, it will be determined automatically whether your compiler supports - prototypes by checking if `__STDC__' is defined. */ -/* #define USE_PROTOTYPES */ - -/* Define this if you wish suppression of prototypes generated from the machine - description file, but to use other prototypes within GNU CC. If - `USE_PROTOTYPES' is defined to be 0, or the host compiler does not support - prototypes, this macro has no effect. */ -/* #define NO_MD_PROTOTYPES */ - -/* Define this if you wish to generate prototypes for the `gen_call' or - `gen_call_value' functions generated from the machine description file. If - `USE_PROTOTYPES' is defined to be 0, or the host compiler does not support - prototypes, or `NO_MD_PROTOTYPES' is defined, this macro has no effect. As - soon as all of the machine descriptions are modified to have the appropriate - number of arguments, this macro will be removed. - - Some systems do provide this variable, but with a different name such as - `_sys_siglist'. On these systems, you can define `sys_siglist' as a macro - which expands into the name actually provided. */ -/* #define MD_CALL_PROTOTYPES */ - -/* Define this macro to be a C character constant representing the character - used to separate components in paths. The default value is. the colon - character */ -/* #define PATH_SEPARATOR */ - -/* If your system uses some character other than slash to separate directory - names within a file specification, define this macro to be a C character - constant specifying that character. When GNU CC displays file names, the - character you specify will be used. GNU CC will test for both slash and the - character you specify when parsing filenames. */ -/* #define DIR_SEPARATOR */ - -/* Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object files - on your machine. If you do not define this macro, GNU CC will use `.o' as - the suffix for object files. */ -/* #define OBJECT_SUFFIX */ - -/* Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for executable - files on your machine. If you do not define this macro, GNU CC will use the - null string as the suffix for object files. */ -/* #define EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX */ - -/* If defined, `collect2' will scan the individual object files specified on - its command line and create an export list for the linker. Define this - macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards object files that are - not referenced from `main' and uses export lists. */ -/* #define COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST */ - -/* In addition, configuration files for system V define `bcopy', `bzero' and - `bcmp' as aliases. Some files define `alloca' as a macro when compiled with - GNU CC, in order to take advantage of the benefit of GNU CC's built-in - `alloca'. */ - -/* target machine dependencies. - tm.h is a symbolic link to the actual target specific file. */ -#include "tm.h" - -/* end of xm-generic.h */ -/* END CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/d30v */ |